Uploaded by equipe.ingsarpi.oht

interpretation ansi & asme

advertisement
Interpretations No.1 to ANSI/ASME B31.3
(This supplement is not part of the ANSIIASME 831.3. It is included for infonnation only.)
It has been agreed to publish Interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3 as part
of the subscription service. This supplement includes Interpretations concerning B31 J issued between
January 1,1980, and December 31,1982. Future versions of this supplement will cover inquiries issued
over 1 year periods. Each Interpretation applies to the lat~st Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of
the Interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
,::: ~
~
-.,(
. I
\~>
~ ..
•. ' .
..'
B31.3 Interpretations No. I
".. .
Interpretation:
1·1
Subject:
Table 327.4.IA, Umitations on Imperfections in Welds
Date Issued:
February 8. 1980
File:
1426
1-1,1·:
'
;. . ~
Question: Does Note F to Table 327.4.1 A al10w concavity of the root surface of a depth equivalent
to the actual external weld reinforcement, prOVided the reinforcement does nol exceed the maximum al·
lowed by the Code?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee thaI Note F to Table 327.4.1 A allows concavity of the rOOl
surface of a depth equivalent to the actual external weld reinforcement, provided the reinforcement does
not exceed the maximum allowed by the Code.
Interpretation:
1·2
Subject:
337, Pressure Tests
Date Issued:
April II, 1980
File:
1428
Question (1): When pressure testing, does 337 reqUire the test pump to be isolated from the piping
being tested when the test pressure has been attained?
Reply (l): It is the opinion of the Committee that the Code does not require isolation of the test
pump. It is not the intent of the Code to require specific equipment which may be necessary to perform the
examinations and tests required by the Code.
Question (2): What are the acceptance criteria for pressure tests performed in accordance with
ANSI/ ASME B31.3?
Reply (2): It is the opinion of the Committee that the acceptance criterion is a visual examination for
leakage to verify that there are no leaks in the tested piping.
Question (3): In reference to 337.1, what are some examples of "minor repairs or additions"?
Reply (3): It is the opinion of the Committee that minor repairs or additions are those which would
not affect the load carrying ability or leak tightness when precautionary measures are taken to assure sound
construction.
3
1·3
B31.3 Interpretations No. I
Interpretation:
)-3
Subject:
302.2.4, Allowances for Pressure and Temperature Variations
Date Issued:
April 11, 1980
File:
1434
Question (1): What is the reason for allowances for occasional variations of pressure and temperature above design conditions in ANSI/ ASME B31.3?
Reply (l): As stated in ANSI/ASME B31.3. "Occasional variations of pressure or tempera ture. or
both, above operating levels are characteristic of certain services". It is the opinion of the Committee that
this Code recognizes that occasional loads do not require the same factor of safety on stress as long time
sustained loads. ANSI/ASME B31.3 allows an increase in allowable stress when designing for such varia·
tions prOVided all of the limitations of 302.2.3 (now 302.2.4) are adhered to.
Question (2): Is the allowance normally used in refinery and offshore facilities design?
Reply (2): The Committee does not have statistics on the frequency of application of various Code
provisions by users. It is the opinion of the Committee that occasional variations are normally designed for
in certain services in petroleum refineries and offshore facilities.
Question (3): Is it permissible to apply 302.2.3 (now 302.2.4) to offshore piping installations designed in accordance with ANSI/ ASME B3I.3?
Reply (3): Yes. It is the opinion of the Committee that all provisions of ANSI/ASME B31.3 are applicable to all facilities covered by the scope of the Code unless there is a specific statement to the contrary.
The reader is directed to the Introduction and Scope of the Code which state, "The designer is cau.
tioned that the Code is not a design handbook. The Code does not do away"With the need for the designer
or competent engineering judgement" and "Where service requirements necessitate measures beyond the
Code ~imum, such measurts shall be specified by the engineering design. Where so specified, the Code
requires that they be accomplished."
4
831.3 Interpretations No.1
r
"
Interpretation:
1-4
Subject:
337.1, Pressure Tests
Date Issued:
April II, ]980
File:
]435
1-4, 1·5
Question (]): Does the test referred to in 337.1 apply only to newly constructed piping systems?
Reply (1): Yes. It is the opinion of the Committee that the test required by 337.J applies only to
newly constructed piping systems, whether in the original installation or replacement in or of existing
facilities.
Question (2): Does the test referred to in 337.1 apply only to leakage to the environment?
Reply (2): Yes. It is the opinion of the Committee that the test referred to in 337.] applies only to
leakage to the environment.
Interpretation:
1-S
Subject:
336.6.1 (c), Progressive Examination
»ate Issued:
April 11, 1980
File:
1444
Question: At what percentage repair rate does ANSI/ASME B31.3 permit one to revert to spot
radiography, upon improvement of the quality of welds, in a piping system requiring spot radiography of
welds but which has been subjected to 100% radiography due to poor weld quality?
Reply: ANSI/ASME B31.3 does not set down a repair rate percentage at which time the user may reo
tum to a random or spot percentage. 336.6.l(c), Progressive Examination, requires that all welds represented
by the original examination be repaired or replaced as per 336.6.](c)(]) or 336.6.I(c)(2). It is the opinion
of the Committee that when this is completed, one may revert (0 the original examination requirements.
5
-----
----
c'
-----
~
'. 0'
': .,
~, -','. _. '...\: ....~.:.I .... :.. ... :.
1-6
0i..
~.
,
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
Interpretation:
1·6
Subject:
319.3.6, Flexibility and Stress Intensification Factors
Date Issued:
April 11, 1980
File:
1446
Question (1): Does ANSI/ASME 831.3 provide specific stress intensification factors for unreinforced
or reinforced fabricated pipe intersections which intersect at other than 90 deg.?
Reply (1): It is the opinion of the Committee that ANSI!ASM E B31.3 does not provide specific stress
intensification factors for lateral connections at other than 90 deg.
Question (2): What is the co~rect flexibility and stress intensification factor for welded elbows at
angles less than 90 deg.?
Reply (2): It is the opinion of the Committee that, in the absence of more directly applicable data,
the flexibility characteristics and stress intensification factors specified for welding elbows and pipe bends
in Appendix D may be applied to welded elbows and pipe bends at angles less than 90 deg. in accordance
with 319.3.6.
The reader is directed to the Scope and Introduction to the Code which state, "Engineering requirements of this Code. while considered necessary and adequate (or safe design. generally employ a simplified
approach to the subject. A designer capable of applying a more rigorous analysis shall have the latitude to
do so," The designer is cautioned that the Code does not do away with the need for the designer or competent engineering judgement.
..'
t
t,'i.·.··.
"-
'.
r
; .;,.:\'
• • •~ I
-------,---
---------
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
Interpretation:
1-7
Subject:
Flexibility and Stress Intensification Factors for an ANSI B16.9 Butt-Welding Tee
Date Issued:
April 11,1980
File:
1450
1-7. 1-8
((
.'.
~. '
Question (1): What are the ANSI!ASME B31.3 flexibility and stress intensification factors for an
ANSI B16.9 butt-welding tee with a crotch radius less than 12.5% of the branch outside diameter?
Question (2): What are the ANSI/ASME B31.3 flexibility and stress intensification factors for an
ANSI Bi 6.9 butt·welding tee with a crotch thickness less than 150% of the nominal wall thickness of the
header pipe?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that extruded ANSI B16.9 welding tees with a crotch
radius less than 12.5% of the branch diameter may use flexibility characteristics and stress intensification
factors for an extruded welding tee, provided the crotch thickness is less than 150% of the nominal wall
thickness of the header pipe. If the crotch thickness is greater than 150% of the nominal header wall, or the
ANSI B16.9 tee is fabricated by methods other than extrusion, the designer has the responsibility to determine the proper flexibility characteristics and stress intensification factors.
The reader is directed to the Introduction and Scope of the Code which state: "Engineering requirements of this Code, while considered necessary and adequate for safe design, generally employ a simplified
approach to the subject. A designer capable of applying a more rigorous anaJysis shall have the latitude to do
so. He must be able to demonstrate the validity of his approach."
).,.: .-'.:;
(0
,I".
Interpretation:
1-8
Subject:
Compressors and Internal Piping
!)ate Issued:
May 23, 1980
FUe:
1465
Question: Are compressors and internal piping excluded from the scope of ANSI/ASME B31.3?
Reply: Compressors and internal piping are excluded from the scope of ANSI/ASME B31.3 as indicated by 300.1.4(d) [now 300.1.3(c)] and Fig. 300.1.1. However, the Code does not prohibit equipment
not within the scope of the Code from being designed to ANSI/ASME 8313. This is a contractual matter
between the manufacturer and customer.
7
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
1-9
I'\.
I
Interpretation:
1·9
Subject:
Table 3:!7.4.IA, Limitations on Imperfections in Welds
Date Issued:
June 20, 1980
File:
1449
Question (l): Is it the intent of Notes Band C of Table 327.4.1 A to require evaluation of porosity by
(a) summing the areas of the individual pockets in any square inch of projected weld and rejecting
the weld if the sum exceeds three times the area of a single maximum pocket allowable; or
(b) summing the diameters of the individual pockets in any square inl:h of projected weld and reo
jecting the weld if the sum exceeds the diameter calculated for a circle with an area equal to three times the
area of a single maximum pocket?
Reply (l): It is the opinion of the Committee that the total area of porosity projected radially through
the weld is the sum of the areas of all the individual areas. Neither the greatest dimension of an individual
pocket nor the total projected area shall exceed the limits set forth in Notes Band C, that is part (a) of
Question (I) is the corre!:t me thod.
Question (2): The Inquirer requests that porosity charts be sent to him.
Reply (2): The Committee does not have porosity charts. As a result of your inquiry, the Committee
will consider the addition of SUdl charts to future Addenda to the Code.
Question (3): Are tungsten inclusion imperfections classified as nonfusion or porosity'?
Reply (3): ANSI/ASME B31.3 does not specifically classify tungsten inclusion imperfections. As a
result of your inquiry, the Committee will consider specific classification for future Addenda.
8
,
B31.3 In terpretations No. 1
Interpretation:
1-10
....
.,~~.
(T
1-10
,
,
"
Subject:
Radiographic Examination in 336
Date Issued:
June 20, 1980
File:
1457
':;:",,;.
Question: What records are required by 336 for radiographic examinations performed? How long must
the records be retained?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that 336.1.3 requires the manufacturer, the erector, and
the fabricator to prepare suitable records of radiographic examinations performed for the Inspector's use.
336.4.S(b) requires the radiographic methodology to be in accordance with Article 2, Section Vof
the ASME SPV Code. T-236, System of Identification, of Section V states that:
. A system shall be used to produce permanent identification on the
radiograph traceable to the contract, component, weld or weld seam,
or part numbers, as appropriate. In addition, the Manufacturer's symbol or name and the date of the radiograph shall be plainly and permanently included on the radiograph.
T·292, Evaluation by Manufacturer, of Section V states that:
Prior to being presented to the Inspector for acceptance, the radiographs shall be examined and interpreted by the Manufacturer as complying with the referencing Code Section. The Manufacturer shall record
on a review form accompanying the radiographs the interpretation of
each radiograph and disposition of the material examined.
T·293, Radiographic Setup Information, of Section V states that:
To aid in proper interpretation of radiographs, details of the radiographic examination setup used shall accompany each group of radiographs if the same information applies. Reference to a standard setup is
acceptable if descriptions of this standard setup are readily available to
the Inspector. As a minimum, the information shall include:
(a) number of rums;
(b) the data specified in T-236 and T-237.
336.S.1(b) of ANSI/ASME B31.3 requires that the welds selected for random radiography include at
least one weld of each individual welder or welding operator doing the production welding. A record of this
is required so that the Inspector can verify this requirement.
Records are required to be retained to allow the Inspector reasonable time to exercise his rights delineated in 336.3.
9
(
1-11,1-12
(.
,
831.3 Interpretations No.1
Interpretation:
1-11
Subject:
Use of MSS SP-75 Fittings
Date Issued:
June 20, 1980
File:
1458
Question: Does ANSI/ASME B31.3 permit the usc of ASTM A 633 Gr. E material to be used in the
manufacture of fittings in accordance with MSS SP·75?
Reply: MSS sp· 75 does not list specific materials of construction for fittings covered by that specification. It is the opinion of the Committee that it is the responsibility of the designer to insure that the material used conforms with the requirements of both MSS SP·75 (Section 6) and ANSI/ASME B31.3.
Chapter III of ANSI!ASME B31.3 provides a basis for establishing allowable stresses and lists some of the
factors to be considered in evaluating the suitability of an unlisted material, such as ASTM A 633 Gr. E.
Interpretation:
1·12
Subject:
Tables 323.2.1 and 323.2.2
Date Issued:
June 20, 1980
File:
1460
Question: What impact tests does ANSI/ASME B31.3 require for solution-annealed Type 304 S5
(0.08 maximum carbon) for:
(1) weld procedure qualification;
(2) welder performance qualification;
(3) production welds?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that the impact test requirements for weldments are
covered in Column A of Table 323.3.1 modified by 3b of Column A of Table 323.2.2 to exclude testing
of the heat affected lone. On this basis weld procedure qualification requires one test piece (3 specimens)
for impact testing of the weld for each welding procedure, type of electrode or filler metal (Le., AWS E·XXXX
classification), and each flux to be used. Additional test piece(s) (3 specimens) are required if the material
thicknesses to be welded are outside the range 1/2 to t + 1/4 where t is the thickness of the test piece. Test
pieces are not required for welder performance qualification or production welds.
As a result of your inquiry, the Committee will review present impact requirements for possible
clarification. Ally revision will appear in a subsequent Addenda to the Code.
10
B31.3 Interpretations No. 1
Interpretation:
1·13
Subject:
Allowable Stresses for ASTM A 587
Date Issued:
June 20,1980
File:
1461
1-13.1-14
Question: Why does ANSl/ASME 831.3 limit allowable stresses in Appendix A to 650°F for ASTM
AS8??
Reply: At the time that ASTM A 587 was added to Appendix A. it was the opinion of the Committee that a maximum temperature of 650°F was adequate to cover applications of this material in
chemical plant and petroleum refinery piping. It should be noted, however, that this does not preclude the
use of this material at higher temperatures, and procedures for establishing upper temperature limitations
are given in 323:2.1.
As a result of your inquiry, the Committee will review the need for providing allowable stresses at
higher temperatures. Any revision will appear in a subsequent Addenda to the Code.
Interpretation:
1·14
Subject:
Umitations on Undercutting in Table 327.4.1A
. Date Issued:
June 20, 1980
Fue:
1466
Question:- Table 327.4.1 A lists the limitations for undercutting on girth welds as the lesser of 1/32
in. or Tw/4 for the depth. Is there a limitation on the length or width of undercutting?
Reply: No. It is the opinion of the Committee that the limiting dimension is only applicable to the
depth of undercutting.
11
1-15.1·16
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
Interpretation:
1·15
Subject:
323.1.1, Listed or Published Specifications
D'Jte Issued:
August 1, 1980
File:
1477
Question: What is meant by the term "published specification" as used in 323.1.1?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that a published specification for material is one that con·
tains all of the information outlined in 323.1.1 and is available to the public. In addition, a published specification is one that has been prepared for continuing usage as opposed to a single or very limited application
such as might be covered in a design specification. Examples of published specifications include manufacturer's specifications for proprieury material, federal military speCifications, and unlisted ASTM specifications.
lnterpretatkln:
1-16
Subject:
Expansion Joints
Date Issued:
August 22, 1980
File:
1455
Question: Is an expansion joint that is used to provide for relative movement between the inner and
outer shells of a refrigerated ammonia storage tank, and to seal the space between them. considered to be
piping within the scope of ANSI/ASME 831.3, and therefore subject to the rules of 319.77
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that such a flexible component used in this manner is not
within the scope of ANSl/ASME 831.3 under the provisions of300.1.4(d) [now 300.1.3(d)]. Such exclusion
does not bar contractual agreement between purchaser and manufacturer to apply the provisions of ANSI!
ASME 831.3 to such tank parts insofar as the provisions may be suitable.
12
B31.3 In tcrpretations No. I
Interpretation:
1-17
Subject:
Use of Brazed Joints for Flammable Service
Date Issued:
August 22, 1980
File:
1474
1-17. \-\8
Question: The 1976 Edition allows the use of brazed joints for flammable service. whereas the 1973
Edition prohibits brazed joints in this service. \\'hy are these provisions different?
Reply: The use of brazed joints in flammable service is allowed in the 1976 Edition only if
appropriately safeguarded :IS outlined in Appendix G. Without the consideration for safeguarding. the
1976 Edition prohibits the use of brazed joints in flammable service. which is the same requirement as in
the 1973 Edition. Recognition of safeguarding was not incorporated in the 1973 Edition.
Interpretation:
1·18
Subject:
302.3.2 Bases for Allowable Stresses
Date Issued:
August 22, 1980
File:
1475
Question: Are the allowable stress values in tension that are listed in Table 1 of Appendix A the
lowest values obtained by applying all of the criteria listed in 302.3.2(d)?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that, in the majority of cases, the allowable stress values in
tension listed in Table 1 of Appendix A are the lowest values obtained by applying all of the criteria listed
in 302.3.2(d), multiplied by the appropriate quality factor (see Note 46 to Table I). For some materials
where it was not possible to obtain allowable stress values based on the criteria of 302.3.2, a more conser·
vative basis was used (e.g., ASME BPV Code, Section VIlI, Division I and ANSI B31.3-1966).
13
C
1-19,1-20
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
,
\
Interpretation:
1-19
Subject:
Code Exclusions
Date Issued:
August 22,1980
File:
1478
Question: 300.J.4(c) and (d) [now JOO.l.3(c) and (d)] set out, and Fig. 300.1.1 illustrates, a number of pieces of equipment that are excluded from the scope of ANSI/ASME B3I.3. Often the equipment
listed as well as other equipment. sometimes of a proprietary nature, is assembled on skids or is packaged in
a manufacturing facility. When such skids or packages containing two or more of the excluded pieces of
equipment are for installation in a facility that is to be in accordance with ANSI!ASME B3I.3, is it the
intent of the Code also to exclude the piping that interconnects the equipment?
Reply: No, such interconnecting piping is not excluded. It is the opinion of the Committee that
neither the assembly method nor the point of assembly are pertinent. Whether skidded or packaged, and
whether assembled in a manufacturing facility or in the field, the intercoMecting piping must comply with
the requirements of the Code any time the ultimate installation must comply. Some examples of where
such piping must conform to the Code are: compressor interstage piping, heater external crossover piping,
and lube oil console piping.
Interpretation:
1-20
Subject:
Th.ickness Allowances in 302.4
D.lte Issued:
August 22,1980
File:
1480
Question: Should thickness allowances for items listed in 302.4 (corrosion, erosion, and thread
depth or groove depth) be included in the thickness used in the calculation of longitudinal stresses SL
in 302.3.5(c)?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that the thickness allowances described in 302.4 shall no~
be included in the waIl thickness used in the c:aIculation oflongitudinal stresses SL in 302.3.5(c). The
reader is referred to the last sentence of 302.3.5{c).
14
I ,.., , :~'
.'{'.'.'
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
..'
interpretation:
1-21
Subject:
Extruded Outlet Headers
Date Issued:
August 22; 1980
File:
1482
1-21, 1-22, 1'~3
Question: Are the rules for pressure design of extruded outlet headers in 304.3.4 applicable to extruded outlets that do not fall within the definition of an "extruded outlet header" given in that paragraph?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that the rules of 304.3.4 are not applicable to extrudet!
outlets that do not fall within the definition of an extruded outlet header as specified in that paragraph.
Pressure design of branch connections must meet the requirements of 304.3.
Interpretation:
1·22
Subject:
Value of R 1 in 304.2.3
Date Issued:
August 22,1980
File:
1483
Question: In the pressure design ofeniter bends, is the correct value of R 1 to be used in Eq. (4b) of
304.2.3 the actual bend radius of the value obtained from Eq. (5)1
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that the correct value of R 1 to be used in the pressure de·
sign of miter bends in accordance with Eq. (4b) of 304.2.3 is the actual effective bend radius of !T1iter bend
as defmed for Fig. 304.2.3. In addition, compliance with the Code requires that the value of R 1 be equal to
or greater than the value given by Eq. (5).
Interpretation:
1·23
Subject:
Bends
Date Issued:
August 22. 1980
Fde:
1485
'"
'r-
j,
:'.
Question (1): How does a bend with buckles differ from a corrugated bend?
Reply (1): It is the opinion of the Committee that a corrugated bend has intentional geometrically
spaced corruptions placed at the inside radius, whereas buckling associated with pipe bends is unintentional and random.
Question (2): Define "substantially free of buckles" as used in 329.1.
Reply (2): The Code does not define "substantially free of buckles."
IS
831.3 Interpretations No.1
1-24. 1·25
Int~rprC'tation:
1·24
Subject:
336.5 and M336.5. Extent of Required Examinatiuns
Date Issued:
August 22, 1980
File:
1486
Question: What is the technical basis for the varied p~rcentages of required examinations stated in
336.5.l(b), M336.5.1(b), 336.5.3(b). and M336.5.3(bX2)? [NOTE: M336.5.3(bX2) was deleted in ANSl/
ASME B31.3e·1980.]
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that the Code sets forth what industry considers to be the
minimum requirements for the safe design and construction of piping systems. The increasing NDE require.
ments are consistent with the increasing potential for hazards. The designer has the responsibility to specify,
and the owner to require, more stringent requirements when considered necesl'ary to increase the required
level of safety.
Interpretation:
1·25
Subject:
337.6, Sensitive Leak Test
Date Issued:
September 5, 1980
File:
1484
Question: Does demonstration of the sensitivity requirement of 337.6 apply to the gas and bubble
formation testing method specified in Article 10, Section V of the ASME BPV Code?
Reply: No. It is the opinion of the Committee that demonstration of the sensitivity requirement of
337.6 is required only if a testing method other than the gas and bubble formation testing method specified
in Article 10, Section V of the ASME BPV Code is intended to be used.
16
B31.3 Interpretations No. I
Interpretation:
1-26
Subject:
Examination and Inspection
Date Issued:
October 10, 1980
File:
1488
1-26
An equipment fabricator is contracted by an owner to construct a palletized assembly of components
and interconnecting piping to meet ANSI!ASME B31.3. Some of the components (e.g., heat exchangers)
are supplied by the owner and some of the components (e.g., valves) are purchased by the fabricator. The
engineering design is the owner's.
Question (I): With regard to 300(b)(I) and 336.1.2, does the owner have the overall responsibility,
exercised through the Authorized Inspector, to verify that compliance with all the applicable requirements
of ANSI!ASME B31.3 and the engineering design have been met by the fabricator? (NOTE: The term
A.uthorized Inspector is now Owner's Inspector.)
Reply (1): Yes. It is the opinion of the Committee that under the conditions given, the owner is also
the designer and has overall responsibility for compliance with Code requirements both for the engineering
design and the required examinations and tests.
Question (2): With regard to 336.5.l(d), does the certification referred to apply only to components
and materials, or also to fabrication, examination, inspection, and test?
Reply (2): It is the opinion of the Committee that the certification applies only to components and
materials.
Question (3): With regard to 336.1.1, under the conditions defined above, is the fabricator responsible for fulm.ling the requirements of the examiner?
Reply (3): It is the opinion of the Committee that the fabricator is responsible for fulfilling the requirements of the examiner unless otherwise specified by the owner or the engineering design.
Question (4): With regard to 336.5.1(d), if the fabricator and the examiner cannot or will not provide
the owner (Authorized Inspector) with a written certification on the materials and components, is it in
compliance with the Code if the Authorized Inspector certifies that the components and materials meet the
requirements of ANSI!ASME B31.3, provided that supporting certifications, records, or other evidence have
been reviewed by the Authorized Inspector and found satisfactory?
Reply (4): It is the opinion of the Committee that this is in compliance with the Code.
Question (5): With regard to 336.5.J(d), are the fabricator and the examiner required to furnish a
certification only for the materials and components that the fabricator supplied, or are they also reqUired
to furnish I certification for the owner supplied components?
Reply (5): The Code requires that I certification be furnished for alJ materials and components. Normally the certification is furnished by the entity providing the materials or components, but since specific
contractual agreements can modify that, it is not a matter of Code interpretation.
17
c
.~
,-. ~
"
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
/J-26. 1-27. 1·28
l
... ,
Question (6): With regard to 300.1.4(d) [later changed to 300.1.3(d)]. arc pressure vessels, heat ex·
changers. pumps. and other fluid handling or process equipment, including intcTIlal piping and connections
for external piping. excluded from ANSl/ AS~1l~ 831.31
Reply (6): It is the opinion of the Committee that pressure vessels, heat exchangers, pumps, and
other fluid handling or process equipment. including internal piping and connections for external piping,
are excluded from ANSl/ASME 831.3. as indicated in 300.1.4(d) (later changed to 300.1.3(d)}.
Interpretation:
1·27
Subject:
Random Radiography in 336.5.1(b)
Date Issued:
October 10, 1980
File:
1489
Question (1): Is it the intent of 336.5.1(b) that. in addition to the required radiography of 5% of
circumferential buttwelds for a designated lot of piping, a minimum of 5% of each welder's welds be also
radiographed?
Reply (1): No. It is the opinion of the Committee that it is the intent of the Code that each welder's
work be included in the 5% examination required in 336.S.1(b). It is not the intent to require examination
of 5% of each welder's work.
Question (2): Who selects the random welds to be examined?
.,
Reply (2): It is the opinion of the Committee that 336.1,3 places the responsibility for performing
examinations on the manufacturer, the fabricator, or the erector; and therefore, in the absence of any contractual arrangement between the owner and the manufacturer, the fabricator, or the erector giving the
owner the right to select welds for examination, the choice of selected welds would be the prerogative of
the manufacturer. the fabricator, or the erector.
Interpretation:
1-28
Subject:
Defmition of Tin Fig. 327.4.2B
Date Issued:
October 10. 1980
File:
1491
t· :
~'
Question: Figure 321.4.2B refers to the symbol T. What is the definition of T?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that the definition of the symbol Tis Jiven in Appendix J.
f
"
..
,
•.•...
'.
j.
8
-----
---------
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
Interpretation:
) ·29
Subject:
Allowable Stresses for Austenitic Stainless Steel H Grades
Date Issued:
November 3, 1980
File:
1492
1·29,1-30
Question: May the allowable stresses for ASTM A 312 Grade TP 347H pipe shown in Appendix A,
Table I be used at 1000°F and below for material that has had a stabilizing heat treatment at ISOO°F to
enhance corrosion resistance following the required solution anneal?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that the allowable stresses in Appendix A, Table 1 for
all austenitic stainless steel H grades are applicable whether or not the material has received a I500°F heat
treatment.
It should be noted, however, that heat treatment to enhance corrosion resistance is not a Code mat·
ter, and as indicated in Appendix F [F323.2(c)(2»), the designer has a responsibility to consider the pos·
sible adverse effects of any heat treatment that he might specify.
Interpretation:
1·30
Subject:
Change of Wording in 337.1
Date Issued:
November 3, 1980
File:
1495
Question: What is the reason for changing the rust sentence in 337.1 of ANSI B31.3·1976 from
"Prior to initial operation, installed piping shall be..." To "Prior to initial operation, each piping system
shall be ..."? This change is in Addenda ANSI/ASME B31.3d·1980.
Reply: This change was made because "installed piping" was not dermed and "piping system" is
dermed in 300.2.
19
C',
1-31. 1-3:!
B31.3 Interpretations No. I
Interpretation:
1-31
Subject:
336.1, Qualification of the Owner's Inspector
I)Jte Issued:
November 3, 1980
File:
1499
.. ...."
.>
Question: May the piping erector ofa facility designed in accordance with ANSI/ASME 831.3 also
act as the Authorized Inspector?
Reply: As stated in 336.1, the Authorized Inspector shall not represent nor be an employee of the
piping erector unless the owner is also the erector. Please note that the term Authorized Inspector has been
changed to Owner's Inspector in ANSI!ASME 831.3e·1980.
Interpretation:
1·32
Subject:
Pressure Relief Devices
Date Issued:
January 9.1981
File:
1490
Question (l): What specific rules govern the setting of pressure relief devices in ANSI/ASME 831.3?
Reply (I): ANSI/ASME 831.3 does not give specific rules for determining the set pressure on pres·
sure relief devices. The exact set pressure is the responsibility of the designer.
Question (2): May the limitations in 302.2.3 be used as the basis for determining the setting of pressure relief devices?
Reply (2): The limitations in 302.2.3 may not be used as the only basis for determining the set pressure of relief devices. The pressure setting of relief devices shall be such as to safely relieve excessive pres·
sures above those for which the piping system has been designed, considering all design conditions specified
in 302, including the allowances for pressure·temperature variations iit 302.2.3, as well as such considerations
as pressure accumulation and relief device capacity.
The designer is cautioned that pressure relief devices are only capable of limiting pressure. Assurance
of compliance with the limits on frequency and duration used by the designer in the design is the responsi·
bility of the owner [see 300(b)] .
20
•
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
Interpretation:
1·33
Subject:
319.4.1, Requirements for Analysis
Date Issued:
January 9,1981
File:
1507
1-33,1-34
(.... '"
',"""
'/
'<.,'
Question (1): 319.4.l(c) of ANSI B31.3-1976 lists an empirical equation that can be used to exempt
piping systems from the requirement fora formal analysis of adequate flexibility. The statement is made
that in order to apply Eq. 19 (Eq.16, 1980 Ed.), the system must be "of uniform size". Please provide an
interpretation on what is meant by "uniform size".
Reply (1): Uniform size refers to a piping system of a single nominal diameter and thickness.
Question (2): In a footnote, a warning is given listing additional criteria to be considered. Contained
in the warning is a reference to "near straight sawtooth runs". Please provide an interpretation of what
"near straight sawtooth runs" are.
Reply (2): Near straight sawtooth runs occur in piping systems containing more than one small U, L.
or Z shaped expansion loop, or bends between two anchor points.
Question (3): Considering the limitations referenced, is it the opinion of the Committee that the
formula is in general use?
Reply (3): The Committee cannot offer any specific information concerning the frequency or use of
the formula; however, the Committee is aware that the formula is still used.
The reader is referred to a paper by A. R. C. Madel, "Piping Flexibility Analysis," published in the
ASME transactions, 1955, for additional information.
Interpretation:
1-34
Subject:
Appendix D on Stress Intensification Factors
Date Issued:
February 23,1981
File:
1470-1
Question: Is it the intent that the stress intensification factors shown in Appendix D of each reo
spective Code be applied for sustained and occasional loads as weD as for expansion loads?
Reply: Stress intensification factors (SIF's) listed in Appendix D of the various Code Sections
are intended for design against fatigue failure and were to a large extent developed from cyclic bending
tests of piping components. Therefore, the application of the SIF for cyclic bending and torsion loads is
appropriate. Sustained and occasional loads may not be cyclic loads; however, it is the intent of the various
Codes to provide adequate protection from component collapse. It has been shown that the SIF of 0.75;
(but not less than 1.0) found in ANSI/ASMEB31.1 applied to sustained and occasional bending and torsion
loads provides a conservative margin against component collapse.
21
t
1-35, 1-36
(
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
Interpretation:
1·35
Subjcct:
Hydrostatic and Pneumatic Testing
Date Issued:
March 6. 1981
File:
1508
Question: If piping designed for external pressure is tested hydrostatically or pneumatically in
accordance with 337.4.3(a) or 337.4.4, is it necessary to use the ratio of the allowable stress at test temperature to the allowable stress at design temperature in establishing the test pressurc, as in Eq. 27 (now
Eq. 24) of 337.4.I(b)?
Reply: No.
Interpretation:
1-36
Subject:
337.5.2, Alternative Test for Category 0 Fluid Service
Date Issued:
March 6, 1981
File:
1509
Question (1): What pressure should be used for the preliminary check required in 337.5.2 if the operating pressure of the system does not exceed 25 psig?
Reply (1): It is the intent of 337.5.2 that the preliminary check be conducted at a pressure less than
the operating pressure to minimize the consequences of gross leakage or failure dUring the test. The value
to be used shall be selected by the designer after consideration of such consequences.
Question (2): What test fluid does 337.5.2 require for the preliminary check?
Reply (2): 337.5.2 does not define the test fluid requirements for the preliminary check.
Question (3): May the preliminary check be waived if the operating pressure is less than 25 psig?
Reply (3): No.
Please note that the test may be conducted during or prior to initial operation.
22
.........
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
1-37,1-38
Interpretation:
1-37
Subject:
Use of Term, "Radius of allY Arc Sector of Approximately 45.deg." in 304.3.4(c)
Date Issued:
April 24, 1981
File:
1496
Question: In 304.3.4(c)(3), what is intended by the expression "radius of any alC sector of approxi·
mately 4S deg."?
Reply: The approximate 45 deg. arc sector is specified as a practical necessity for establishing maxi·
mum and minimum radii limits on a die controlled contour that may have a continuously varying radius of
curvature. The current Edition of the Code does not address the limits of radii at any specific point on the
surface, although the intent of the Code is met if the radius of curvature is nowhere less than the specified
minimum. The best fit radius to any 45 deg. arc shall be within the minimum and maxinlum radii limits
specified in 304.3.4.
Interpretation:
1·38
Subject:
Yield Strength Values for ASTM A 570 Gr. C
Date Issued:
April 24, 1981
File:
1510
Question: Using the criteria of ANSI/ASME B31.3, what values of yield strength for ASTM A 570
Gr..C are suitable for establishing allowable stresses for this material from -20°F to 750°F?
Reply: Suitable yield strength values for ASTM A 570 Gr. C from -20°F to 750°F are:
Temperature, eF
-20 to 100
200
Yield Strength, ksi
300
29.3
28.3
26.7
24.4
24.0
23.8
23.1
400
500
600
6S0
700
750
33.0
30.1
Note that the yield strength does not govern in estabUshing allowable stresses in this temperature range.
It should be noted also that the only pipe specification listed in Appendix A using ASTM A 570 material is
A 134, which is limited to Category D Fluid Service (see 30S.2.l).
23
c
1·39. 1-40
B31.3 Interpretations No. I
Interpretation:
1·39
Subject:
331.3.6. Thickness Effect on Heat Treatment Requirements
Date Issued:
April 24, 1981
File:
1517
Question (1): In ANSI/ASME B31.3, is postweld heat treatment required for an NPS 2 or smaller
socket or seal weld if the fitting is A 182·F5, the pipe is A 33S·PS, a 350°F preheat is used, and the mlet
weld size is less than Yo: in.?
Reply (I): No, if the provisions of 331.3.6(b) (2) are met.
Question (2): Same, except the fitting is A 182·Fsa?
Reply (2): Postweld heat treatment is required by 331.3.6(b) (2). Exceptions to this requirement are
in 331.1.1 and 331.3.6(b) (3).
Question (3): In ANSI!ASME B31.3, is postweld heat treatment required for an NPS 2 or smaller
socket or se~ weld if the fitting is A 182·Fs or A 182·Fsa, the pipe is A 33s·Ps, and the weld is made with
metal that is not air hardening?
Reply (3): No, provided the requirements of 331.3.6(b) (3) are met.
Interpretation:
140
Subject:
Defmition of Category M Fluid Service in 300.2
Date Issued:
April 24, 1981
File:
1518
Question: What constitutes "a very small quantity" in the defi~ition of Category M Fluid Service,
in 300.21
Reply: "A very small quantity" is the amount determined by the owner to be significant in his
identification of a Category M Fluid Service. See 300(b) (I).
24
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
Interpretation:
141
Subject:
Table 327.4.1A, Umitations on Imperfections in Welds
Date Issued:
April 24, 1981
File:
1522
1-41,1-42,1-43
Question: Arc different type imperfections as listed in Table 327.4.1A permitted in the same area, as
long as each specific imperfection is within its own respective limitation?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation:
142
Subject:
Joint Factors
Date Issued:
May 22,1981
File:
1527
Question (1): Does ANSI/ASME B31.3 require the use ofa joint factor Ej other than 1.0 when estab·
lishing SE values for calculating the required thickness (304.1) of seamless pipe containing a circumferential
weld(s)?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Why doesn't Table 302.3.4 list a joint factor for a circumferential or girth butt weld?
Reply (2): Table 302.3.4 does not list a joint factor for a circumferential or girth butt·weld because
none of the design rules covered in ANSI/ASME B31.3 require the use of such a factor.
Interpretation:
143
Subject:
337.4.4, Pneumatic Testing
Date Issued:
May 22.1981
File:
1531
Question: Should a temperature correction such as that given in Eq. 24 of 337.4.2 (Eq. 27 of the
1976 Edition) be applied to a pneumatic pressure test in 337.4.4?
Reply: The requirement for a temperature correction does not apply to pneumatic pressure testing
in 337.4.4.
25
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
144, 145
Interpretation:
144
Subject:
Components and Material Manufactured to an Edition of a Standard or Specification
Which Has Been Superseded
Date Issued:
May 29,1981
File:
1526 (3)
"
,',
Question: Dated component standards and materials specifications which are acceptable for use are
listed in Appendix K. Under what conditions is it permissible to use components and material manufactured
to a superseded or later edition of these standards and specifications?
Reply: Components and material manufactured to an edition of a standard or specification which has
been superseded in the ANSI/ASME B31.3 Code may be used in piping systems designed and constructed to
the edition of the Code in which they were listed.
Components and material manufactured to an edition of a standard or specification which has been
superseded or has a later date than in the edition of ANSI/ASME B31.3 under which the piping system(s) is
being designed and constructed shall be evaluated as an unlisted component (302.2.3) or unlisted material
(323.1.1).
Interpretation:
145
Subject:
336.5 and M336.5, Type and Extent of Required Examination
Date Issued:
July 21,1981
File:
1542
Question: 336.5.1 (b) requires that random radiography be used to examine the full length of at least
5% of the circumferential butt welds in a piping installation. M336.5.l (b) increases the minimum to 20%
and includes other types of welds. Referring only to circumferential butt welds, if 100% radiography is applied, may the user omit the visual examination of these welds which is required by 336.5.1 (a) and
M336.5.1 (a), respectively?
Reply: No.
26
•
----------
0·" ..
----
---~------,-
-~-----
-----
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
1-46
Interpretation:
146
Subject:
Stress Intensification Factors
Date Issued:
August 7.1981
File:
1537
Question: When applying the equations given in Appendix 0 for determining the stress intensifica·
tion factor for a reinforced fabricated tee with a pad, what limits does the Code place on the width of the
reinforcing pad?
Reply.: The Code does not place any limits on the width of reinforcing pad used other than those reo
quired by 304.3 for pressure design.
The reader is referred to the transactions of the ASME Vol. 74, No.3, "Fatigue Tests of Piping
Components" by A. R. C. Mark! for a more complete discussion of the technical basis for the Code rules.
27
(
. '.".:.'
(2
.
-:
".",-
------ _
_-
..
-
1-47
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
Interpretation:
1-47
Subject:
1331.3 and 1331.4, Comparison orCodes
l)Jte IsslIed:
Septcmber 4, 1981
File:
1538
Question: Why cannot the two piping Code Sections B31.3 and 831.4 be combined into a single
Code Section?
Reply: It is the opiniun of the BJ 1 Cummit tce that it is appropriate to continue publishing ANSI!
ASME 1331.3 and ANSI/ASME B31.4 as separate Cude Sectiuns for the folloWing reasons.
(a) Estahlislu:d Practice. Publication of separate Code Sections began in 1952. In 1955, the B31
Committee decided, after review of pertinent factors, that other industry Sections should also be published
separately. The last edition of a combined Code for Pressure Piping, ASA B31.1·1955, appeared that same
year.
(b) Basis for Decisions. Questions of combining Code Sections, as well as developing new Sec·
tions, have been rais~d periodically during the past 25 years and, in fact, decisions to combine two Sections
have been made in two instances. Decisions to merge, or to develop separate Se..:tions, have been based on
similarities and differences in the folloWing factors:
(1) Services - fluids handled, range of pressure and temperature, etc.
(2) Environments - surroundings which may impact on piping safety, or which may be affected
by possible piping failure.
(3) Application - how the Code is used; actual or potential regulatory jurisdictions.
These factors, where they differ substantially as in the case of piping for refineries and chemical
plants versus piping for cross-country oil transportation, account for crucial differences in philosophy reo
lating to design. construction, operation, and maintenance of piping - which in turn necessita te separate
Sections.
(c) Diffm:llL'cs vs. Similarities. Similarities among different Code Sections are natural and encouraged
because of similarities in the basic subject matter. Several technical Committees are maintained by the B31
Committee to exploit opportunities for common practice among all Code Sections. But these similarities do
not warrant merging one Section with another where basic differences in services, environment, and applica·
tion exist.
(d) Specific Differences. A few of the major differences between B31.3 and B31.4that arise from
basic differences outlined above arc listed here. There are many others..
(1) Allowable Stress Basis. The more extensive and complex criteria in B31.3 are necessitated by
the extreme range of temperatures and material of construction.
(2) Unlisted MateriJlls and Cumpcments. nlese are not permitted under B31.4 because services
are of limited diversity. They arc permitted, with rules for qualifying them, in B31.3 because unanticipated
.
service can be expected to require them.
(3) Umi/atiuns un Components and Joints. These are expressed as straightforward rules in 831.4.
In B31.3 they require complex guidelines (e.g.• the safeguarding and severe cyclic conditions concepts) be·
.
cause of the diversity of services and environments.
(4) Operation and Maimelw"cc. nlese are not dealt with in B31.3 because the complexity of
activities is too great for effective codilication (e.g., corrosion can take so many forms and result from so
many sources that the designer must rely on expertise not found in the Cllde). In 831.4 the fruits of many
years of experience are summed up in useful rules (e.g., for corrosion protection and monitoring) which also
aid in protecting the public.
28
B3I.3 Interpretations No. 1
Interpretation:
148
Subject:
Carbon Sleel Pipe
Date Issued:
September 8, 198 I
File:
1549
148,149,1'50
," :
C
.
Question (1): For carbon steel pipe made from plate (such as ASTM A671) for service below -20°F, is
normalizing the plale acceptable or does the pipe require normalizing?
Reply (I): Either approach is acceptable as long as the finished product meets the impact requirements of the Code.
Question (2): What are the allowable B31.3 stresses for ASTM A671 Classes 30, 31, and 32?
Reply (2): The allowable stresses for unlisted materials may be determined in accordance with
323.1.1.
Interpretation:
149
Subject:
321, Design of Pipe Supporting Elements
Date Issued:
September 8, 1981
File:
1552
Question: Does 321.1.4(d) permit plastic materials approved for pressure piping to be used as pipe
support elements in tension at pipe temperatures above ambient?
Reply: Yes, provided the other reqUirements of 321.1 have been satisfied.
Interpretation:
I-SO
Subject:
Loads Due to Pressure Surges
Date Issued:
September 8. 1981
PUe:
ISS3
Question: How shall longitudinal piping stresses due to unbalanced loads from pressure surges which
result in anchor displacements be evaluated in ANSI/ASME B31.3?
Reply: Loads due to pressure surges are considered as primary loads. and longitudinal stress limits
must comply with 302.3.3(c) for sustained loads or 302.3.6 for occasional loads. Pressure-temperature
limits of 302.2 must also be met.
(
~',
<~~:.,
29
,
1·5 I, 1·52
(".
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
Intcrprcbtioll:
1-S 1
Subject:
Use of Aluminum Flanges
Date Issued:
October 19. 1981
File:
1554
Question: Will ASME B31 reinstate ANSI BI6.31, "Non·Ferrous Pipe Flanges 150,300,600,900,
1500 and 2000 lb" that has been dropped from ANSI/ASME B31.3·1980 Edition, Addenda ANSI/ASME
B31.3a-198I ?
Reply: Since the American National Standards Institute has withdrawn ANSI B16.3 I, the Committee considers it inappropriate to reference it. Please refer to 304.7.2 for qualifying unlisted aluminum
flanges.
Interpretation:
I-52
Subject:
B31.1 and B31.3, Synfuel Plant Piping
Date Issued:
October 27, 1981
File:
1541
Question: What section of the ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31, may be used for materials, de-
..
•j
sign, fabrication, assembly, erection, examination, inspection, and test of piping within coal based syn fuels
plants for the production of electric power and/or industrial steam?
Reply: ANSI/ASME B31.1 applies to piping associated with power boilers and subject to ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section 1inspection and stamping. (See B31.1, 300.1.3 (b) and Fig.
300.1.1.)
Either ANSI/ASME B31.1 or B31.3 is applicable to other piping associated with the production or
distribution of industrial steam or production of electric power. (See B31.3, Fig. 300.1.1.)
ANSI/ASME B31.3 applies to all other piping.
30
B31.3 Interpretations No. I
I-53, I-54
Interpretation:
I-53
Subject:
Ddinition of "Substantially Free of Buckles"
Date Issued:
February 10, 1982
File:
148SR
Question: Since ANSI/ASME B31.3 does not specifically define the phrase "substantially free of
buckles," is it intended that the definition of "substantially," given in Webster's New Collegiate Dictionary,
be applicable?
Reply: It is appropriate to use a recognized English language dictionary for each of the words in a
phrase, in the absence of any specific definition in the Code.
Interpretation:
1·54
Subject:
Definition of "d" in 304. l.l (b)
Date Issued:
February 18,1982
FUe:
1566
Question: In accordance with 304. l.l (b), what is the correct definition of d, inside diameter of pipe,
given in equation form?
Reply: The correct dermition of d for pressure design is given by the following equation:
,.
d -D- 2(T- c)
where D and care dermed in 304.1.1 and T = pipe wall thickness, measured or minimum per purchase
specification (see Appendix 1).
31
}-55
B31.3 Interpretations No. }
Interpretation:
I-55
Subject:
304.3.4 and Appendix D
[}Jte Issued:
February 19, 1982
File:
1567
Question (1): Maya "drawn tee" be considered as an extruded outlet header in accordance with
304.3.4?
Reply (I): Yes, provided that it is extruded using a die or dies to control the radii of the extrusion
and that all of the limits on geometry required by 304.3.4 are met.
Question (2): Are the stress intensification factors given in Appendix 0 for welding tees valid for
fabricated tees and/or for tees formed by an extrusion process?
Reply (2): The stress intensification factors given in Appendix 0 for welding tees are not valid for
fabricated tees employing intersection welds. Stress intensification factors for fabricated tees are given
separately in Appendix 0 in the description column.
The stress intensification factors for welding tees formed by an extrusion process are given in Appen·
dix 0 both for tees in accordance with ANSI B16.9, with the geometry limits specified, and for extruded
welding tees with other geometry limits.
Question (3): Is the flexibility characteristic h specified in Appendix 0 for an extruded welding tee
valid only within the geometry limits for, given in 304.3.4(c)?
Reply (3): Yes. Refer to Note 2 in Appendix D.
.'
Question (4): When the geometry limits specified for the components listed in Appendix D are not
met, what equations should be used in calculating the respective flexibility characteristic h?
Reply (4): ANSl/AsME B31.3 does not specifically address the requirements for flexibility charac·
teristic h outside the geometry limits specified in Appendix D. Refer to 319.3.6 for components not covered
. in Appendix D.
Question (5): Are the geometry limitations specified for components listed in Appendix D intended
to be mandatory for manufacturing such components?
Reply (5): No; unless specifically required elsewhere in ANSl/ASME B31.3, the geometry limitations
given in Appendix 0 are intended only to provide limits on the specific applicability of the equations for
flexibility characteristic h.
Question (6): Can the limitations on,x required in 304.3.4(c) and Appendix D both be met in all
instances?
Reply (6): In certain instances, for large diameter welding tees for ANSI BI6.9. all of th~ geometry
limits specified for,x in Appendix D and in 304.3.4(c) cannot be met, in which case the flexibility characteristic II specified for B16.9 welding tees is not directly applicable. Appendix 0 also provides an equation for flexibility characteristic h for extruded welding tees with other than B16.9 geometry limitations.
Refer also to 319.3.6 for components not covered in Appendix D.
32
~ ,!
B31.3 Interpretations No. I
Interpreta tion:
1·56
Subject:
Appendix D, Flexibility and Stress Intensification Factors
Date Issued:
February 22,1982
File:
1443
1·56
Question (1): What is the basis for the formulas for stress intensification factors and flexibility f3ctors
given in Appendix D?
Reply (J): Basic background material for derivations of formulas for flexibility characteristics can be
found in the following:
(0) "Fatigue Tests of Welding Elbows and Comparable Double-Mitre Bends," by A. R. C. Markl,
Trans. ASME Vol. 69, n 8, 1947, pp. 869·879.
(b) "Fatigue Tests on Flanged Assemblies," by A. R. C. Markl and H. H. George, Trans. ASME
Vol. 72,1950, pp. 77-87.
(c) "Fatigue Tests of Piping Components:' by A. R. C. Markl, Trans. ASME Vol. 74, 1952,
pp.287.303.
(d) "Piping Flexibility Analysis," by A. R. C. Markl, Trans. ASME Vol. 77,1955, pp. 127·149.
(e) "-Effects of Internal Pressure on Flexibility and Stress·Intensification Factors of Curved Pipe
or Welding Elbows," E. C. Rodabaugh and H. H. George, Trans. ASME Vol. 79, 1957.
if) "Comparisons of Test Data with Code Methods for Fatigue Evaluation," by E. C. Rodabaugh
and S. E. Moore, Phase Report No. 115·10, ORNL·TM·3520, Nov. 1971.
Question (2): What is the effect of relative branch to run diameter on the flexibility characteristic h
in Appendix D?
···l).....
;~
' .. ,'. "~"
e·
I. . . \
. .'
Reply (2): The relative effect of branch diameter to run diameter on flexibility characteristic h for
branch outlets is being investigated at the present time. When properly substantiated design criteria are
available, they will be considered for inclusion in the Code.
Question (3): Is f shown in Appendix D for extruded welding tees the nominal wall thickness of
the fitting or the matching pipe?
Reply (3): The T to be used is the wall thickness of the matching pipe.
Question (4): What is the effect of external crotch radius,x and crotch wall thickness Tc on flexibil·
ity characteristic h or extruded outlets?
Reply (4): The effect of crotch radius,x on flexibility characteristic h for extruded welding tees
within specified thickness limits is given in Appendix D. From a practical standpoint both the external
radius of curvature 'x and the crotch wall thickness Tc have influence on the flexibility characteristic h.
The formulated relationship has not been developed at the present time.
33
c:
I-57, I-58
831.3 Interpretations No.1
Interpretation:
1·57
Subject:
304.1.2, Straight Pipe Under Internal Pressure
Date Issued:
February 22, 1982
File:
1559
,
.
-~'.
Question (1): In accordance with 304.1.2, may the Lame Eq. (3c) be used instead ofEq. (3a) for the
internal pressure design of straight pipe?
Reply (1): Yes, Eqs. (3a), (3b), and (3c) are all permissible.
"
Question (2): When the pipe wall thickness t is equal to or greater than 0.385, may the Lame theory
be used for calculating the stresses due to internal pressure?
Reply (2): Yes, the Lame theory may be used for the determination of elastic pressure stresses; how·
ever, in the pressure design of piping components, other factors need to be considered such as those listed
in 304.1.2(b).
A discussion concerning the bursting strength of thick walled cylinders is contained in the ASME
publication, "Pressure Vessels and Piping: Design and Analysis., A Decade of Progress," B. F. Langer Com·
memorative Volume, Vol. One, 1972.
Interpretation:
I-58
Subject:
Note 2 of Appendix A
Date Issued:
February 12, 1982
File:
1568
.
",
.. "
Question: Why does Note 2 of Appendix A specify a temperature of 800°F relative to the onset of
. graphitization rather than 775°F as in ANSI/ASME B31.1 ?
Reply: Since the disassociation of the metastable iron carbide to graphite and iron is influenced by
many factors in addition to temperature (including time of exposure), it is difficult to be very precise in
specifying a temperature above which prolonged exposure will cause graphitization. The Committee con·
siders the value of 800°F to be reasonable.
34
I
J
831.3 Interpretations No. I
Interprctation:
I-59
Subject:
331.3.6, Thickness Effect on Heat Treatment Requirements
Date Issued:
May 4,1982
File:
1577
1-59,1-60
Question: 331.3 .6(a) of ANSI/ASME 831.3·1980 gives formulas for calculating thickness of various
branch welds to determine if the weld requires heat treatment. For detail (I) of Fig. 327.4.40, the thickness
is given as Tb + te. The value of te is defined in 327 .4.4(b) as "the smaller of 0.7 Tb or Y.a in." For most, the
nIlet size te is usually larger than y~ in. What value is reqUired to be used for te when determining heat treatment requirements?
Reply: 327.4.4(b) of ANSI/ASME 831.3-1980 states, "Welds shall be calculated in accordance with
304.3.3 but shall not be leSs than the sizes shown in Fig. 327.4.40." The value for te to be used is the
greater of the minimum required in 327.4.4(b) (the smaller of 0.7 Tb or Y.a in.) or the size calculated for-the
design.
Interpretation:
1-60
Subject:
336.5.1, Examination Normally Required
Date Issued:
June 9,1982
File:
1569
1'.;
~'.'
. . :-:,;.1""
" .
'.
Question: 336.5.1(b) of ANSI/ASME 831.3-1980 Edition requires a minimum of 5% of circumferential butt welds to be examined fully by random radiography ~n accordance with 336.4.5 or by ultrasonic
examination in accordance with 336.4.6 when piping is intended for service at temperatures above 366°F
(l86°C) or gage pressure above 150 psi (1030 \cPa). If the fluid is toxic or flammable and exceeds neither
150 psig nor 366°F service, does the 5% minimum examination apply?
Reply: The 1981 Addenda, ANSI/ASME B31.3a-1981, requires the 5% minimum examination if the
fluid is toxic or flammable without regard to the pressure or temperature. Prior to issuance of the above
Addenda, the 5% minimum examination did not apply. Also, please note that if specified in the engineering
design. in-process examination may be substituted on a weld-for-weld basis for the radiographic or ultrasonic
eXJrtlination.
3S
._--
---
1-61
c- •...,.- .•
t ' .
\~.
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
Interpretation:
1·61
Subject:
337.4.1, Hydrostatic Testing of Internally Pressured Piping
Date Issued:
June9,l982
File:
1576
Question (l): 337.4.1 (c) allows the hydrostatic test pressure to be reduced to the maximum pressure
that will not exceed the yield strength at test temperature. Does the Code require a weld joint qu:di'ty factor
to be applied when calculating this maximum pressure?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Is this considered safe?
Reply (2): Yes, when all applicable requirements of the Code have been fulfilled; but no single reo
quirement can be considered as the sole criterion for safety.
36
B31.3 Interpretations No. 1
Interpretation:
1-62
Subject:
336.5, Types and Extent of Required Examinations
Date Issued:
June 9,1982
File:
1578
1-62
"'.
(S
.. .
~. ....•. '.
~, ," ":
;-",
Question (1): The third sentence of 336.5 states, "when the required examination of a spot or
random type reveals a defect requiring repair, two additional examinations of the same kind of item (if of a
weld, others by the same welder or welding operation)."
Is it the intent of the Code that "same kind" encompass all of the following?
(0) same type of base material;
(b) same type of weldment;
(c) same size of butt weld;
(d) same method of welding operation.
Reply (1): No. This is a general statement applying to all spot and random examinations, Le., it is
not limited to welds. "same kind" examples are supports, threaded joints, bolted joints, alignment, cold
spring, and welds. With respect to welds, the Code is not specific as to what criteria determine "same kind"
except for the same welder or welding operator, but leaves such factors as base material, welding procedure,
size of pipe, etc., to the requirements of the engineering design.
Question (2): Please refer to the progressive examination delineated in 336.5. For 5% radiography, at
the point of original examination, a 5% sampling has been represented (1 out of 20). Should that radiograph
fan to meet specification, two additional examinations are required, which represents a 15% (3 out of 20)
sampling.
(0) If any of the second group faUs to meet Code, is it mandatory, as the Code implies, that
further examinations are required? Is the alternative available whereby all welds of that given group of 20
may be totally repaired without subsequent radiographs?
(b) If any of the third group of radiographed welds fails to meet Code, does one progress to a
fourth group?
Reply (2):
(0) No to both questions. The following options are available.
(1) Replace all items in the group. Examinations performed on items which are subsequently
replaced may not be counted as contributing toward the required percent random examination.
(2) Continue progressive examination, repair and reradiograph all defective welds until they
are acceptable. Only the first weld in the group may be counted toward the required percent.
(3) Repair and radiograph all welds in the group until all are acceptable. Only the fust weld
in the group may be counted toward the required percent.
(b) No. At this point in the progression. aU welds in the group (20) shall be replaced or repaired
and radiographed until acceptable.
Question (3): When a weld representing the 5% random radiography required by 336.5.1 (b) is de·
fective, 336.5 requires radiographic examination of two additional welds by the same welder or welding
operator and so on.
When a weld in the third group of the progression is found defective, the Code states, "all comparable
items may be replaced or they shall be fuUy examined and repaired to meet applicable quality requirements."
37
1-62,1-63,1-64
'
.. ,.
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
(0) If the welder was terminated after welding a total of II wclJs. docs replacement of the 11
welds or repair and examination of the II welds until the)' are acceptable terminate the proglcssion?
(b) Is this c.;hanged if the total was 31 welds and the weld representing the first .20 welds was
found acceptable?
Reply (3):
(0) Yes.
(b) No. Only the group of II weld~ is required to be replaced or repaired and examined until
acceptable, Le., finding a defect in one group does not affect the status of another group.
Interpretation:
1-63
Subject:
337.4.2, Hydrostatic Testing Piping With Vessels as a System
Date Issued:
June 9,1982
File:
1579
Question (l): For calculating the hydrostatic test pressure, 337 .4.2(b) conditionally allows a factor
of 1.15 to be substituted for the 1.5 factor in Formula (24) [337 .4.1(b)}. Is this considered safe for subsequent operation?
Reply (1): Yes, if the owner has authorized the use of this conditional clause.
Question (2): If so, why can't one use 1.1 5 for all pressure tests?
.,-~
,
I
Reply (2): The factor of 1.5 is required where feasible. The lower factor represents the Committee's
best judgment for the special case of integrated equipment and piping which cannot be readily isolated for a
separate test. Also, the Owner must approve its use for each specific case.
Interpretation:
1-64
Subject:
336.5, Type and Extent of Required Examination
Date Issued:
June 9,1982
File:
1580
Question: For PoNos. 3,4, and 5 materials, does radiographic examination performed before heat
treatment satisfy the ANSIIASME 831.3 Code requirements?
Reply: No. 336.5 requires the examination to be performed after heat treatment.
38
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
Interpretation:
1-65
Subject:
Impact Testing
Date Issued:
June 9,1982
File:
1587
1-65,1-66
Question (J): Under ANSI!ASME 831.3 can austenitic stainless steel having OJ I::Hbon content of
0.10% and below (including "H" grades) be used at -lOO°F without impact testing?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Is impact testing required for deposited filler metal of production welds, welded to a
qualified welding procedure with nIler metal impact tested at -300°F?
Reply (2): No. See Note I, Table 323.2.2.
Question (3): Is heat treatment for austenitic stainless steel reqUired after welding?
Reply (3): No.
Interpretation:
1-66
Subject:
327.s, Qualification for Welding
Date Issued:
June 9,1982
FDe:
1588
Question: If a procedure for the GTAW or SMAW welding process is qualified in accordance with the
requirements of 327.5 and the welder is qualified in both the uphill and downhill position, is it acceptable
to the Code for the production welds to be made in either the uphill or downhill position?
Reply: Yes. Please note that when the Supplementary Essential Variables - Notch Toughness of the
ASME BPV Code Section IX are applicable, the progression for welding the qualification test is reqUired to
be uphill.
39
(
--------
1-67. 1-68
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
Interpretation:
1·67
Subject:
A304.5. Pressure Design of Flanges
Date Issued:
June 9. 1982
File:
1589
Question: In accordance with A304.5.1(d), what is the correct Appendix in Section VIII. Division 1
of the ASME BPV Code for the design of full face gaskets?
Reply: The correct Appendix in Section VIII , Divison 1 of the 1980 Edition of the ASM E BPV Code
for the design of full face gaskets is Appendix Y. Section Vlll recently reorganized portions of Division 1
and the existing reference in Addenda (a) of B31.3 is to an earlier edition of the ASME BPV Code.
Any revisions to tltis section of A."lSI/ASME B31.3 will appear in future Addenda.
Interpretation:
1-68
Subject:
High Pressure
Date Issued:
June 9,1982
FUe:
1592
Question: What calculation method shall be used for the pressure design of pipe with t :> D/6, or
P/SE> 0.3857
Reply: The Code does not have a specific design procedure for designs in the high pressure range at
this time.
The ASME B31.3 Subgroup on High Pressure Piping is a Committee currently working on specific
design rules for the High Pressure range. These rules, when approved, will appear in a future Addenda of
ANSI/ASME B31.3. The reader is referred to the following publications for a discussion of pressure design
in the high pressure range:
(a) Welding Research Council Bulletin #95/AprU 1969, "PVRC Interpretive Report of Pressure
Vessel Research: Section I Design Considerations," B. F. Langer
(b) ASME Paper No. S5· PET· I, "Yield and Bursting Characteristics of Heavy-Wall Cylinders,"
J. H. Faupel
40
.."""\
.•. J'
B31.3 Interpretations No. I
Interpretation:
1-69,1-70
:C',",
1-69
. 'I":"
Subject:
Table 331.3.1, Requirements for Heat Treatment
Date Issued:
June 9,1982
File:
1593
:'
-:i~;.,'
Question (I): Docs ANSI/ASME B31 .3 require specific heating rates when performing heat treatment?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does the cooling rate at the bottom of Table 331.3.1 apply only to P-No. llA, Group
No.1 materials?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation:
1·70
Subject:
304, Pressure Design
Date Issued:
June 9,1982
Fue:
1594
Question (l): What is the correct value of D for calculating the required pressure design thickness of
an externally reinforced extruded header by Eq. (3a)1
Reply (1): The correct value D is the outside diameter of the header (see Fig. 304.3.4). The Committee will give consideration to future revision of these diagrams.
Question (2): Is it permissible to calculate the required pressure design thickness of an externaily
reinforced extruded header on the basis of the inside diameter?
Reply (2): Yes. The following equation is equivalent to Eq: (3a) for an externally reinforced extruded
header using inside diameter d:
P(d+ 2c)
t -= 2 (SE - P (l - Y)]
where nomenclature is as dermed in 304.1.1 of ANSI/ASME B31.3a·1981.
41
C
.
:~--':",""
; • •-
.~--~-----
1\,'
-",.<
•.•.;
'.
"I
1-71, )-72
B31.3 Interpretations No. I
Interpretation:
1-7 J
Subject:
Appendix D, Flexibility and Stress Intensification Factors
Date Issued:
July 13,1982
File:
1597
r·
I
Question: Are the stress intensification factors for tees given in Appendix D applicable to both the
branch as well as the run or header?
Reply: Yes, the stress intensification factors for tees given in Appendix D are applicable to both the
branch and run or header. The computation of stress using those stress intensification factors must be based
on the appropriate section modulus. Equation 21 gives the appropriate formula for the "effective section
'.""'"
modulus of the bran'ch:,f .,
Interpretation:
1-72
Subject:
337, Pressure Tests
Date Issued:
July 16,1982
File:
1609
Question: What are the requirements for pressure testing of discharge piping in ANSI!ASME B31.3?
Reply: ANSI/ASME B31.3 requires discharge piping to be tested in accordance with 337 unless excluded from Code coverage by 300.1.3.
42
".
---------
"--
1-73.1·74
B31.J Interpretations No. 1
I
.....
,;:.'
•
JI"erpret3tion:
1·73
subject:
Category M Fluid Service
Date Issued:
September 8.1982
File:
1596
Question: Is a "Category M Fluid" in ANSI!ASME B31.3 the same as a "lethal substance" in the
ASME BPV Code Section VIII?
Reply: The Committee points out that the term used in ANSI!ASME B31.3 is "Category M Fluid
Service," not "Category M Fluid." This distinction is very important in understanding the intent of ANSI!
ASME B31.3. "Fluid Service" is much broader in concept in that it encompasses the complete handling and
control of the fluid. It takes into consideration not only the fluid properties (such as flammability, toxicity,.
etc.) but also the service conditions.(such as pressure, temperature, quantity ,location, etc.) as they affect
an aspects of the piping system.
Finally, in developing "Category M Fluid Service," it was not the intent of ANSI!ASME B31.3 to
parallel the "lethal substance" reference in the ASME BPV Code Section VIII. Division 1.
Interpretation:
1-74
Subject:
327.4.4, Welded Branch COMections
Date Issued:
October 26,1982
File:
1598
Question (1): For branch connections, 327.4.4(c) requires a cover fillet weld with a minimum throat
dimension of tc. Figure 327.4.40 shows te in the longitudinal plane of the header (run) which bisects the
branch. When the branch and header (run) are the same nominal pipe size, (a) what is the required cover
rillet at the transverse plane of the header (run) which bisects the branch; and (b) in those branch bisecting
planes moving from the transverse of the header (run) toward the longitudinal of the header (run)?
Reply (1):
(a) A rillet weld is not applicable as the weld, in that plane, is a groove butt joint.
(b) The Code does not define rillet weld size at this location of the joint, but weld geometry
should provide a smooth transition between the weld and the groove weld with added fillet weld.
Question (2): What is the required cover rillet weld at the longitudinal plane of the header (ron)
which bisects the branch when beta [see 304.3.3 (a)] is less than 90 deg. (angular branch)?
Reply (2): The Code does not dermc nllet weld size reqUired for this joint configuration, but weld
geometry should provide a smooth transition between the branch and header (run) surfaces.
"
, ~ . ...
43
.
L'
,
1"',,.:.:,,';
_.
...
----
..
.,
r
,., ~
1·75. 1·76
B31.3 Interpretations No.1
Interpretation:
1·75
Subject:
Definition of til in 304.3.4(d)
Date Issued:
October 26. 1982
File:
1613
Question: In 304.3.4(d). is th the nominal wall thickness?
Reply: No. th is the pressure design thickness of the header. Refer to Appendix J for nomenclature
and 304.3.3(a) for determination of th for reinforcement calculation.
Interpretation:
1·76
SUbject:
Impact Testing
Date Issued:
October 26.1982
Fue:
1615
Question (1):
(a) Does ANSI B31.3-1976 including Addenda through ANS1/ASME B31 .3e·1980 require the
fabricator and assembler to perform impact testing of the deposited weld metal and heat affected zone in
accordance with 323.3 when the material is either carbon steel. low alloy steel, intermediate alloy steel, or
high alloy (ferritic or martensitic) steel, and the Engineering Design specifies a design temperature below
-20°F (-29°C)?
(b) Note 2 of Table 323.2.2 of ANSI B31.3·1976 including Addenda through ANSI/ASME
B31.3e·1980 allows an exclusion from impact testing. For one to take advantage of this exclusion, is permission required from the Design Engineer?
Reply (1):
(a) Yes.
(b) Yes, the design engineer is responsible for evaluating the piping system and authorizing the
exclusion.
.
.
Question (2): Does ANSI B31.3·1976 including Addenda throughANSI/ASME B31.3e·1980 require
the fabricator and assembler to perform impact testing of the deposited weld metal in accordance with
323.3 when the material is austenitic stainless steel and the Engineering Design specifies a design tempera·
ture below _20°F (_29°C)?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): Is specification of a design temperature below -20°F (-29°C) for the above materials
sufficient [see 327.s.1(d)] to require the impact testing of weld specimens in qualifying weld procedure
specifications?
.
Reply (3): Yes.
B31.3 Interpretations No. I
Interpretation:
J. 77
Subject:
Note 30 of Appendix A
Date Issued:
October 26, 1982
File:
1616
1-77.1-78
C·'"
'."
~' ... ~, -•...
Question: Appendix A, Note 30 specifies a reduced tensile strength (70.0 ksi rather than 75.0 ksi)
for pipe of NPS 8 and larger with wall thickness of schedule 140 or heavier. Is this Note correctly referenced
in the stress tables for pipe made in conformance to ASTM A 312 and A 403 specifications?
Reply: No. These references are erroneous and will be corrected in future Addenda.
Interpretation:
1-78
Subject:
Use of API 5L Grades A and B Double Submerged Arc Welded Pipe
Date Issued:
November 23, 1982
FDe:
1623
Question (1): Is API 5L, Grades A and B double submerged arc welded (DSAW) pipe acceptable
under ANSI/ASME B31.3?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2):
(a) Does this material fall under the "Electrical Fusion Welded Pipe" (straight seam) classification?
(b) In future Editions of ANSI/ASME B31.3, will API SL DSAW pipe be formally listed with a
DSAWclassification and listing of allowable stresses?
Reply (2):
(a) Yes.
(b) There are no plans to include a separate DSAW classification. The reader is referred to Table
302.3.4, Nos. 3b and 4b, for additional Ej weld joint quality factors which can apply to this pipe specifica·
tion.
Question (3):
(a) For API SL DSAW pipe with wall thickness greater than ~ in., does the manufacturer's weld
require postweld heat treatment to meet the requirements of ANSI/ASM'E B31.3?
(b) Can hardness testing be substituted for stress relieving?
Reply (3):
(a) Yes, except as provided for in 331.1.1.
(b) No.
45
(
... . ...
Interpretations No.2 to ANSI/ASME B31.3
(This supplement is Dot part of ANSIIASME B31.3 or its Addenda and is included for information only.)
It has been agreed to publish Interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3 as part
of the subscription service. This supplement includes Interpretations concerning B31.3 issued between
January 1, 1983 and December 31, 1983. They have been assigned Interpretation numbers in chronological order. Each Interpretation applies to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of the
Interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have
superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
Interpretation revealed a need for corrections ofa technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply, bearing
the original Interpre~tion Number with the suftix R, is presented.
ASME proc:edures provide for reconsideration of these Interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might aft'ect the Interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved
by an Interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approvc," "certify," "rate," or "endorse"
any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
_. ....4 -., ....... t.'~
B31.3 Interpretati+s No. 2
Interpretation:
2-1
Subject:
323.1.1, Listed or Publis~ Specifications
Date Issued:
January 27, 1983
File:
1624
of " .
'I . ~." ... : .•; : ,
.";
2·1, 2-2
Question (1): Docs 323.1.1 perinit the use of seamless pipe manufactured to AS1'M A 537 for
ANSI/ASME B31.3 applications using the allowable stresses as given in Appendix A, Table 17
Reply (1): No. ASTM A 537 is a plate specification, not a pipe specification.
Question (2): Why is ASTM A 537 Class 2 not listed in Table 1 of Appendix A?
Reply (2): Materials are listed only after it has been shown that there is sufficient general use of
the material in piping. The Committee docs not believe that there is sufficient need for this material to
merit its inclusion in Appendix A. Provision is made in the Code for the qualification of unlisted
materials in 323.1.1.
Interpretation: 2·2.
Subject:
P-No. 1 Materials
Date Issued:
January 27, 1983
File:
1625
Question (1): Please refer to 329.3(a) and 330.2 of ANSI/ASME B31.3. Is postbend heat treatment
required for P·No. 1 JX¥lterials?
Reply (I): No. Postheat treatment is not required for any thickness ofP·No. 1 materials after hot
bending or hot forming.
Question (2): Docs ANSI!ASME B31.3 require hardness tests and have hardness limitations for
P·No. 1 after the heat treatment of bends and welds?
Reply (2): No, provided the weld metal analysis A-Number is 1.
3
."
1-3, 2-4, 2·5
831.3 Interpretations No. 2
Interpretation:
Z·3
Subject:
Selection of Design Conditions '.
Date Issued:
January 27, 1983
File:
1626
Question: What are the ANSI/ASME B31.3 design conditions for a piping system in which the
required pipe wall thickness is detennined by one set of coincident pressure-temperature conditions, and
the required component rating, for components with established ratings in accordance with component
standards listed in Table 326.1, is determined by another set of coincident pressure-temperature conditions?
Reply: The design condition for any component in a piping system is the most severe condition of
coincident pressure and temperature which results in the greatest required thickness and the highest
required rating. It is possible, under some circumstances such as in the example in the inquiry, to have
more than one Set of design conditions which apply to the same piping system.
Interpretation: 2-4
Subject:
Radiographic Examination of Welds
Date Issued:
January 27, 1983
File:
1627
Question: If the engineering design specifies radiographic examination of welds in API SL Grade
B and API SLX Grade XS2 pipe, does ANSI!ASME B31.3 require such examination to be performed
before or after completion of iny heat treatment?
Reply: ANSI!ASME B31.3 has no requirements as to whether the radiographic examination of
welds in API SL Grade B or API SLX Grade XS2 pipe is performed before or after the completion of
any heat treatment.
Interpretation: 2-5
.;'~'
Subject:
Use of Washers
Date Issued:
January 27, 1983
File:
- 1628
Question: Does ANSI!ASME B31.3 require the use of washers when bolting metallic flanges?
Reply: No.
4
~,. "
,!' . ~'"
831.3 Interpretltions No.2'
.,~
I
~-
... ': _,
0\ , : '
_,,~
..
~ ..~o_,i .~t ;'... ~
2·6,2·7
Interpretation: 2·6
Subject:
337.3, Test. Preparation
Date Issued:
January 21, 1983
File:
1631
Question: Paragraph 331.3 of ANSI/ASME B31.3 states, "All joints, including welds, are to be
left uninsulated and exposed for examination during the test .. ." May the joints be primed and painted
prior to hydrotest?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 2-7
Subject:
Stress Intensification Factors
Date Issued:
January 21, 1983
File:
1632
Question: When determining stress intensification factors for branch connections in piping systems
constructed in accordance with ANSI!ASME B31.3, may the thickness and diameter of the branch be
used in the equations in Appendix D for determining the stress intensification factor for the branch?
Reply: No. Stress intensification factors are a function of the header (run) thickness, and the
thickness of the reinforcing, if any. Any change in wall thickness of the run pipe or change in reinforcing
pad or saddle thickness will result in a change in the computed flexibility characteristic h as shown in
.
Table 319.3.6. A changd in h will cause a change in the intensification factor.
The inquirer is referred to Eqs. 19 and 20 in 319.4.4(c). The values for i" and i; would be the same
for both the branch and the header (run). The resulting bending stress will be a function of the remaining
variables.
5
1-8,1·9
831.3 Interpretations No. 2
Interpretation:
2·8
Subject:
Table 327.4.IA
Date Issued:
May II, 1983
File:
1663 (B31 83-016)
Question (I): Table 327.4.1A of ANSI/ASME B31.31imits undercutting for girth and miter joint
butt welds to the lesser of lin in. (0.8 mm) or nv/4. When components with di1ferent thicknesses are
.
,
joined by welding, what thickness is used for Twl
Reply (I): Tw is the nominal wall thickness of the thinner component (sec Appendix J, Nomenclature).
Question (2): Does the Code describe evaluation of undercutting, revealed on a radiograph, by use
of the film density differential?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 2·9
Subject:
Charpy Impact Absorbed Energy Data
Date Issued:
May 19, 1983
File:
1633
Question: Under the rules of ANSIIASME B31.3, may Charpy impact absorbed energy data be
substituted for the lateral expansion criteria of 0.01S in.?
Reply: No.
6
',',
B3 1.3
\
In~rpretations ~o. :2
2·10, 2·11, 2.12
'
Interpretation: 2.10
SUbject:
327.4.4; Welded Branch Connections
Date Issued:
May 25, 1983
File:
1639
--
Question: Figure 127.4.8(F) of ANSI/ASME B31.1 shows a "Typical Partial Penetration Weld
Branch Connection for 2 in. NPS and Smaller Fitting," and 127.4.8(C) allows its use by taking exception
to the requirement for full penetration groove welds. Paragraph 321.4.4(c) of ANSIIASME B 31.3 does
not contain this exception. However, 327.4.4(a) states, "No attempt has been made to show all acceptable
types of construction ..." Does 327.4.4(a) allow partial penetration types of branch construction?
Reply: No. Only full penetration groove weld types of branch construction are allowed. The
Committee will consider Fig. 127.4.8(F) of ANSI/ASME B31.1 for inclusion in ANSI/ASME B31.3.
Interpretation: 2.11
Subject:
304.1.2, Straight Pipe Under Internal Pressure
Date Issued:
May 31, 1983
File:
1640
Question: For the pressure design of straight pipe under internal pressure, in accordance with
304.1.2 of ANSI/ASME B3L3, what equations apply when t is less than DI6 and when t is equal to
or greater than D16?
Reply: When t is less than DI6, the minimum wall thickness for pressure design shall be based
on Eq. 3a, 3b, or 3c.
When t is equal to or greater than D16, the Code does not require that a specific equation be used
in design. If Eq. 3a is used for design, the correct value for Y is dl(d + D). As stated in 304.L2(b),
the design of high pressure heavy wall pipe requires special considerations, and the final design is the
responsibility of the designer.
Interpretation: 2-12
Subject:
Random Radiography
Date ISSued:
lune 8. 1983
File:
1650 (B31 83'()()3)
"t,~:'
Question: What is the recommended or preferred practice for administration of random radiographyas required by 336.4.5, 336.5, and 336.5.1(b) of ANSI/ASME 831.31
Reply: The Code does not set forth administrative practices.
7
2·13, 2·14, 2·15
831.3 In~erpretations No: 2
Interpretation: 2·13
SUbject:
Limitations on Tubing Size in Categol'y M Fluid S'ervice
Date Issued:
June 8, 1983
File:
1652 (B31 83-(05)
Question: Does ANSI/ASME B31.3 prohibit the use of tubing
proprietary fittings from use in Category M fluid service?
* in. through 2 in. O.D. with
Reply: No; however, there are limitations on tubing size for instrument piping in M322.3. Also,
proprietary fittings must meet the requirements of M326.
Interpretation: 2·14
Subject:
302.3.5(d), Allowable Displacement Stress Range
Date Issued:
June 8, 1983
File:
1658 (B31 83-011)
Question: Is it a correct interpretation of ANSI/ASME B31.3 to apply the allowances for occasional pressure and temperature variations contained in 302.2.4 to the allowable displacement stress
range SA of 302.3.5(d)?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 2·15
SUbject:
302.3.5(c), Longitudinal Stresses
Date Issued:
June 8, 1983
File:
1659 (B31 83-012)
Question: In accordance with 302.3.5(c), the longitudinal stresses due to pressure and weight are
computed, assuming the pipe to be in the corroded condition. Is it a correct interpretation of
ANSI/ASME B31.3 to also calculate stresses from occasional loads, such as wind and earthquake,
assuming the pipe to be in the corroded condition?
Reply: Yes.
8
\
B3 1.3 Interpretations No. 2
1·16,2-17
Interpretation: 2-16
Subject:
302.3.6, Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to Occasional Loads
Date Issued:
June 8, 1983
File:
1660 (831 83~13)
.
--
Question: Paragraph 302.3.6(a) concerning stresses due to occasional loads states, "Where the
allowable stress value exceeds 2/3 of yield strength at temperature. the allowable stress value must be
reduced as specified in Note (3) in 302.3.2." Is it a correct interpretation of ANSI/ASME B31.3 to
assume that the above sentence is only concerned with potential leakage rather than reduction of the
life of the piping system due to creep?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 2.11
SUbject:
Seismic Loads
Date Issued:
June 8. 1983
File:
1661 (831 83-014)
Question: How shall stresses in a piping system due to restraint deftections from seismic motions.
and those due to seismic inertial loadings, be applied in accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3?
Reply: It is the inten~ of 302.3.6 that the inertial loads from earthquake be included in the
calculations of stresses due Ito occasional loads. The effects of displacement of restraints due to earthquake may be treated as an externally imposed displacement in accordance with 319.2. I(c).
..
,
f .'
r
I
Q
2.18,2.19
B31.3 Interpretations No. 2
Interpretation: 2·18
Subject:
Weld Repair Requirements
Date Issued:
June 21, 1983
File:
1651 (B31 83-(04)
.. . .. .,
Question (1): In lieu of repairs to weld defects which exceed Code limitations, does ANSI/ASME
B31.3 permit the application of analysis methods, such as fracture mechanics, in the evaluation of ~d
defects with a "fitness for purpose" concept?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Will the Committee take under consideration the principles set forth in such documents as BSI PD6493 as possible alternative rules to existing Code rules?
Reply (2): Ye5. The Committee continually considers relevant information and is currently in
receipt of the documents referenced by the inquirer.
Question (3): Will the ComuUttee consider any further relaxation of weld defect limitations in view
of current research ·publications, such as WRC or BSI, on this subject?
Reply (3): Ye5. The Committee continually considers relevant information and is currently in
receipt of the documents referenced by the inquirer.
Interpretation: 2·19
Subject:
Table 323.2.2
1
Date Issued:
June 23, 1983
File:
1638
Question: When welding ASTM B 241 Grade 6061·T6 seamless aluminum pipe for service temperature of - 32O"F using a filler wire designated 5356 or 4043, does the filler metal being "outside the range
of composition for the base metal" require testing in accordance with Column B, box 5, Table 323.2.2
of ANSI/ASME B31.3?
.
Reply: No, since filler wire designated 5356 or 4043 is in the range of composition for welding
ASTM B 241 Grade 6061-T6.
10
B31.3 Interpretations Not
2·20,2-21
Interpretation: 2·20
Subject:
Factor E in Appendix A..
Date Issued:
August 2, 1983
File:
1670 (B31 83-023)
Question (1): Does ANSI/ASME B31.3 permit the use of an E value of 1.0 for A 234 fittings,
Grades WPB and WPC, for both seamless and welded construction?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): A 312 pipe is listed as having E values of 0.8 and 0.85. Is it correct to assume that
these values are taken from Table 302.3.4 and depend on whether the pipe has a single butt weld (3a)
or a double butt weld (3b)?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): Fittings to A 403 are listed as having E values of 1.0, 0.8S, and 0.80. Is it correct
to assume the following, and that reference to Note. (14) is irrelevant?
f!&!Qr
Description of Fjttin.
1.0
0.8S
CIasa WP-WX
CIasa wp.W manufactUred from
A 312 pipe, double bun .wcld
CIasa WP-W manufactured from
A 312 pipe, single butt weld
0.80
Reply (3): Yes.
Interpretation: 2·21
Subject:
Pressure Relief Devices
Date Issued:
August 2, 1983
File:
1671 (B31 83-024)
Question: Does ANSI/ASME B31.3 have wording similar to UG.126(a) and UG-12S(h) of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, which defines a pressure relieving
device more precisely, or which defines the types of devices or systems that do not meet the requirements
of the Code?
Reply: No.
.. ~"
11
B31.3 Interpretations No. 2
Interpretation: 2·22
Subject:
Notch Sensitive Materials
Date Issued:
August 3, 1983
File:
1641
Question (I): Will the Committee identifY which materials are notch sensitive for proper application of 314.2.17
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): What is the meaning of the term "notch sensitive" as used in 314.2.17
Reply (2): The definition of "notch sensitive" is given in 300.2.
Interpretation: 2-23
Subject:
Minimum Hydrostatic Test Pressure
Date Issued:
September 7, 1983
Fl1e:
1676 (B31 83-(29)
Question: When the minimum hydrostatic test pressure of internally pressured metallic piping, as
calculated in aCCordance with Eq. 24 of ANSI!ASME B31.3-1980, exceeds the hydrostatic test pressures
listed in Table 3 of ANSI B16.S-1981, may the minimum hydrostatic test pressure be reduced to those
listed in ANSI B 16.S7
Reply: No, except as allowed by 337.4.1(c).
12
....
",!",'1'
I
\
B31.3 Interpretations No. 2
InterpretJltion: 2-24
SUbject:
Date Issued:
•
File:
'I
September 7, 1983
1677 (1331 83-030)
--
~°nlan
ll.ply (3),ofIntil. "'.!<:bing
.. Witll
(2), APl'eodix D of ANSI/;\SAfE B31.3, lhe COlTeet Valu. of
"'a11 thiclm...
pipe No,.
for lees.
Ih. "all thicIm... Tis the n..,iOa/ "'a11 thickn... of til. filling for eIbo,., and nriter bends or the no",inal
Question (4), A filting is Provided Witll. short Iengtll of pipe Witll n00linal "'a11 thickn... eqUal
m ,h., of the filling On each 0>Ul mbe ioin';d to til. header. atbIched m tIl.litring by WO/ding or int.graJ
detetnlinatiOJ>
tJe.ibility
characteristic
" for leesorintil.
AI>PendLt
D1 of "'.!ching pipe be USed in the
""h the filling.ofMay
the !lOnunaI
"'a1Ilhrc:kn..,
shOtt /enstJr
Q~ti~n
Reply (4), Yes. 7lre derenninaru", or SUBicien'lengtll is 'he ....Ponsibility of til. designer.
lnn
'h.
~
(5): 10 ""<:ordanc. Wi", 302.3.5• ..hat is the COrrect aIIOVVab1e stress 10 be -Pared Witb
8lIUdlOa/ Sir
&on, the ....lnlin, of the SOil OJ> til. tIlermaI
"'0_ ,ofburi<d pipe?
"'0_ ,
Reply (5): 7lre
resulling &on, tIl• .....t>in, of til. SOil OJ> "'ermaI
ofbUried pipe
st.....
is S" til. a1IolYaJ>l.'"thor
displacemen,
stress Iengi,UdinaI
rang., in 302.3.S(d).
.... chsplacemen,
than SUStained
Slresses. ACCordingly, lb. COlTect .llow.bl.
,,
2·25,2·26
831.3 Interpretations No. 2
Interpretation: 2·25
Subject:
Radiographic Examination
Date Issued:
September 8, 1983
File:
1667 (B31 83-020)
...
'
...
Question (1): A certain piping system has 100 welds made by the same welder and welding
procedure. Ten percent radiography was required. Ten welds were radiographed, ,..r which one was
defective. The subsequent second and third progression groups also had defective welds. Does 336.5 of
ANSI/ASME B31.3 require radiographic examination, repair, and radiographic reexamination of all the
welds other than the 9 found acceptable or of the 10 welds represented by the one original defective weld?
Reply (1): The first alternative is correct if the lot size has been established as 100 and the selection
is truly random. The second is correct if the lot size has been established as 10 and each is represented
by 1 of the 10· welds radiographed at random.
Question (2): What is intended by "all comparable items" as used in 336.5?
Reply (2): Comparable items contained in a designated lot.
Interpretation: 2·26
Subject:
Synfuel Plant Piping
Date Issued:
October 26, 1983
File:
1541R
Question: What section of the ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31, may be used for materials,
design, fabrication, assem~ly, erection, examination, inspection, and test of piping within coal based
synfuels plants for the production of electric power and/or industrial steam primarily for use within the
plant?
Reply: ANSI/ASME B31.1 applies to piping associated with power boilers and subject to the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, inspection and stamping. [See 831.1, 100.1 and Fig.
l00.1.2(A) and (8).]
Either ANSI/ASME B31.1 or B31.3 is applicable to other piping associated with the production
or distribution of industrial steam or production of electric power primarily for use within the plant.
(See B31.3, Fig. 300.1.1.)
ANSI/ASME B31.3 applies to all other piping primarily for use within the pIanL
14
,,,'j
..... '~~ ~'. '.
'
((
"
.
;/. '
831.3 Interpretations NJ 2
( ",
2·27
Interpretation: 2-27
Subject:
Area of Reinforcement fer Contoured Integrally Reinforced Branch Connections
Date Issued:
October 26, 1983
File:
1681 (B31 83-034)
Question: Do the rules for extruded outlets apply to contoured integrally reinforced fittings? If not,
what are the cOr:'~t equations, indicated in ANSI!ASME B31.1, B31.2, B31.3, B31.4, and B31.8, to
be used in determining the limits of area reinforcement for contoured integrally reinforced branch
connecting fittings (e.g., Weldolet) and extruded outlets?
Reply: The contoured integrally reinforced fitting is not an extruded outlet. The equations set forth
in the B31 Codes for determining the reinforcing limits of an extruded outlet do not apply in determining
the reinforcing limits of a contoured integrally reinforced fitting.
...
15
831.3 Interpretations No. 2
Interpretation: 2-28
Subject:
336.4.2, Visual Examination .•
Date Issued:
December 2, 1983
File:
1682 (B3l 83-035)
Question (1): 336.5.l(a) of ANSIIASME B31.3-l980 Edition requires visual examination in accordance with 336.4.2. Is it intended that 336.4.2(c), In-Process Examination, be included as part Qfthis
visual examination?
Reply (1): No. This was clarified in ANSI/ASME B31.3b-1982 by changing 336.4.2(c) to 336.4.7.
Question (2): M336.5.l(a)(1) of ANSIIASME B31.3-l980 Edition requires that all fabrication,
including the welds, be visually examined.
(a) Is this visual examination required for welds which are radiographed as required by
M336.5.l(b)?
(b) Is this visual examination required if in-process examination as allowed by M336.5.l(c) is
substituted for required radiography?
Reply (2): (a) Yes. (b) Yes. The visual examination is included in the in-process examination.
Question (3): Does ANSI!ASME B31.3-l980 Edition require written procedures for visual examination?
Reply (3): Yes. Refer to 336.4.l(c).
Question (4): Does ANSI!ASME B31.3-1980 Edition require a record of the visual examination
results by individual weld?
Reply (4): No.
Question (5): Does ANSIIASME B31.3-1980 Edition allow production workmen to perform the
visual examination?
Reply (5): Refer to T-94O(b), Article 9, Section V of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
which states, "Where impractical to use specialized visual examination personnel, knowledgeable production workmen may be used to perform the examination and to sign the report forms."
16
c
B31.3 IntJretations NO: 2
Interpretation:. 2·29
;
".'.
.. -.
Subject:
301.2.1. Required Pressure Containment or Relief
Date Issued:
December 20, 19~3
File:
1687 (B31 83.(40)
Question: Docs any device or system, such as pressure reducing valves or similar mechanical or
electrical interlocks and/or control instruments, satisfy the requirements of ANSI/ASME B31.3, 301.2.1, to safely relieve any excess pressures?
Reply: The Code requires that provision be made to contain or safely relieve excessive pressure,
but does not address acceptable types of pressure relieving devices.
.... Interpretation: 2-30
Subject:
Use or Term "Owner"
Date Issued:
December 20, 1983
File:
1688 (.831 83~1)
Question (I): Is the final owner always the "owner" referred to in ANSI/ASME B31.3?
Reply (1): Yes.
,' ....
Question (2): Is the engineering construction contractor the "owner" until the piping is erected,
mechanically complete, tested, and subsequently "sold" to the final owner?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Who is responsible for determining pressure test methods and media on jobs where
the engineering and construction are performed by dift'erent contractors?
Reply (3): The owner is responsible.
......
17
------
2·31,2-32
B31.3 Interpretations No. 2
Interpretation:
2·31
Subject:
337, Pressure Tests
Date Issued:
December 20, 1983
File:
1691 (B31 83-044)
.....
'.,.
Question: Since ANSI/ASME B31.3b-1982 does not exclude piping systems designed for internal
gage pressures at or above psi if the fluid handled is flammable, toxic, or damaging to human tissue,
nor does it exclude any fluid outside the design temperature range of from -2o-F through 366°F, must
the following piping systems be pressure tested in accordance with 3377
(a) Discharge piping for pressure-relieving safety devices designed for steam at a design temperature
of 375°F and a design pressure of a psi, discharging directly to atmosphere.
(b) Drain piping handling a toxic fluid at a design temperature of 80"F and a design pressure of
psi discharging directly to atmosphere (e.g., an atmospheric pressure holding tank).
°
°
. '.-
Reply: The minimum hydrostatic test gage pressure is as calculated by Eq. 24, which for 0 psi,
design pressure is O. Note that a pressure differential is required for fluid flow.
Interpretation:
2·32
Subject:
Random Examination Requirements
Date Issued:
December 20, 1983
File:
1693 (B31 83..(46)
Question (1): Are "same lkind" groups of items which are represented by an acceptable randomly
selected and examined item (or which are represented by the acceptable completion of the progression
of examinations as a result of an unacceptable randomly selected and examined item) considered
acceptable by ANSI/ASME B31.3?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Is the selection and examination of additional items from "same kind" groups
previously accepted by random examination (in compliance with the Code and engineering design)
considered as being beyond ANSI!ASME B31.3 requirements for random examinations?
Reply (2): Yes, provided the minimum quantities of examination have been performed and found
acceptable.
18
0:,..'"
,",i;·"·
';;,l:;;
~..
'.,:.
Interpretations No.3 to ANSI/ASME B31.3
(This supplement is not part of ANSI/ASME B31.3 or its Addenda and is included for information only.)
It has been agreed to publish Interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3 as part
of the subscription service. This supplement includes Interpretations concerning B31.3 issued between
January 1, 1984 and December 31, 1984. They have been assigned Interpretation numbers in chronological order. Each Interpretation applies to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of the
Interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have
superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
Interpretation revealed a ne~d for corrections ofa technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply, bearing
the original Interpretation Number with the suffix R, is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these Interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the Interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved
by an Interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or "endorse"
any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
19
B31.3 Interpretations No. 3
3-1, 3-2, 3-3
Interpretation: 3-1
j
Subject:
Scope of the B31 Codes
Date Issued:
February 21, 1984
File:
1607
..
.
....
Question: What ANSI/ASME B31 Code is the applicable Code for a steam line transferring steam
from a power house to the interior of a tobacco plant?
Reply: ANSI!ASME B31.1 is applicable to all power and auxiliary service piping in the power
plant.
The applicable Code for the transfer line and any distribution within the tobacco plant depends upon
its purpose. If used to generate power, ANSI/ASME B31.1 applies. If used as building services,
ANSI/ASME B31.9 applies. If used as part of a chemical process, ANSI!ASME B31.3 applies.
If the piping is clearly not within the scope of these or other B31 Codes, B31 Case 137 permits the
user to select any B31 Code System determined to be generally applicable.
Interpretation: 3·2
Subject:
Pressure-Tight Structures of Noncircular Cross Section
Date Issued:
May 29, 1984
File:
B31-84-001
Question: Does the scope of ANSI/ASME B31.3 include pressure-tight structures of noncircular
cross section which may bel used to convey a fluid or transmit a fluid pressure?
Reply: Yes, unless otherwise excluded by 300.1.3. See also 300(c)(3), (4), and (5); and 304.7.2.
Interpretation: 3·3
Subject:
337 Pressure Tests
Date Issued:
May 29, 1984
File:
B31-84-OQ3
i~f
Question: In a piping system connecting two pieces of equipment and consisting of pipe with flanges
on each end, must this piping be pressure tested in accordance with 337 of ANSI/ASME B31.3 when
the two pieces of equipment are required to be blanked off from any pressure test?
Reply: Yes.
21
3-4,3·5
B31.3 Interpretations No.3
Interpretation:
3·4
Subject:
Design Conditions and Criteria.
Date Issued:
May 29, 1984
File:
B3l-84-005
'· ·'· .·
L·.....l":t:'.
'
Question (1): For the pressure design of piping in accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3, is a stress
value equal to Sh (in 302.3.5) the correct allowable stress to be used for elevated temperature design,
independent of the time of exposure?
Reply (1): Yes, except as permitted in 302.2.4. Also, see 300(c)(3).
Question (2): In accordance with 301.7.2 of ANSI!ASME B31.3, how should the loads due to
thermal gradients be evaluated in the design of piping and piping components?
Reply (2): ANSI!ASME B31.3 does not give specific requirements for the evaluation of thermal
gradient effects. See the Introduction and 300(c)(3).
Question (3): .Since the ASME formula for flange design only considers axisymmetricalloads, can
these formulas be modified to account for nonaxisymmetricalloads, such as moment, torsion, and shear
force?
Reply (3): ANSI/ASME B31.3 does not give specific guidance concerning modification of flange
design formulas.
Interpretation:
3-5
Subject:
Progressive Examination
Date Issued:
May 29, 1984
File:
B31-84-009
Question: In applying the ANSI/ASME B31.3 requirements for progressive examination in 336.5.4, random radiography is specified within "a designated lot" of piping. Is it permissible to include
piping from more than one owner in "a designated lot"?
Reply: No.
t"'.··".'.'
~ .
........
22
B31.3 Interpretations No. 3
Interpretation:
3-6
Subject:
Use of Flared, Flareless, and Compr~ssion Fittings
Date Issued:
October 1, 1984
File:
1683 (B31-83-036)
3·6,3·7
Question: Does ANSI/ASME B31.3 have any limitations on tubing sizes on which flared, flareless,
and compression type fittings may be used?
Reply: The only limitations on tubing sizes on which flared, flareless, and compression type fittings
may be used under ANSI/ASME B31.3 are in Category M fluid service where tubing size is limited to
¥s in. outside diameter (see M335.5, M335.6, and M322.3). In all fluid services such joints must conform
to 315.2 or 315.3.
Interpretation: 3-7
Subject:
336.S.1(c) Certification and Records for Components and Materials
Date Issued:
October 1, 1984
File:
B31-84-007
Question (1): Does visual examination of the manufacturers's markings in accordance with the
listed standard satisfy the "other evidence" requirement of 336.5. 1(c) for the following standard pressure
parts?
(a) pipe
(b) pipe fittings
(c) flanges
(d) valves
Reply (I): Yes, provided that mill test reports, certificates of compliance, or evidence of heat
treatment, examination, and testing are not required.
Question (2): Same question for Category M fluid service?
Reply (2): Yes, provided that mill test reports, certificates of compliance, or evidence of heat
treatment, examination, and testing are not required and that the material in question is not reclaimed
material (see M323.1.3).
23
3-8,3-9
B31.3 Interpretations No.3
Interpretation: 3·8
Subject:
Use of ASTM A 658
Date Issued:
October I, 1984
File:
B31-84-008
.,.
.....
Question (I): Does ANSI/ASME B31.3 Code permit the use of ASTM A 658 (36% Ni) plate for
the fabrication of pipe?
Reply (I): Yes, provided all applicable requirements of ANSI/ASME B31.3 are met.
Question (2): What material category in Table 323.2.2 is applicable to ASTM A 658?
Reply (2): ASTM A 658 is an austenitic material.
Interpretation: 3·9
Subject:
Use of API SL Spiral Welded Pipe
Date Issued:
October I, 1984
File:
B31-84-011
Question (l): May API SL Grade B Spiral Welded Pipe be used for Category D fluid service in
accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3?
Reply (I): The 33rd EeL of API 5L, which includes spiral welded pipe, is not yet recognized by
the Code. However, the Code recognized the 12th Ed. of API 5LS. API SLS Grade B Spiral Welded
Pipe may be used for Category D fluid service.
Question (2): May API SLS Grade B Spiral Welded Pipe be used for services other than Category
D fluid service, which are not subject to severe cyclic conditions?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): What are the limitations on the use of API 5LS Grade B Spiral Welded Pipe in
ANSI/ASME B31.3?
Reply (3): See 305.2 and 323.2.
24
- - ---------
(f;:
B31.3 Interpretations No. 3
3.10, 3·11, 3·12
Interpretation: 3·10
Subject:
337.3 Test Preparation
Date Issued:
October I, 1984
File:
B31-84-013
Question: In ANSI/ASME B31.3, 337.3 states "all joints, including welds and bonds, are to be left
uninsulated and exposed for examination..."." Does this mean that the joints must be left unpainted
and unprimed?
Reply: No, except when a sensitive leak test (337.6) is to be performed.
Interpretation: 3-11
Subject:
Table 302.3.4, Straight and Spiral Longitudinal Weld Joint Quality Factor Ej
Date Issued:
October 1, 1984
File:
B31-84-015
Question: Under what conditions can the weld joint quality factor Ej for the longitudinal welds in
API 5L ERW pipe exceed 0.85 for usage under the rules of ANSI/ASME B31.3?
Reply: None. Refer to Table 302.3.4 and the Note following the table.
Interpretation: 3-12
"
Subject:
336.6.1, Spot Radiographs for Metals
Date Issued:
October 1, 1984
File:
B31-84-016
,
Question (1): May spot radiography of girth welds in accordance with 336.6.1 of ANSI/ASME
B31.3 be substituted for required 5% random radiography or 100% radiography?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Under what conditions is spot radiography of girth welds allowed?
Reply (2): Spot radiography of girth welds is allowed only as a supplement (see 336.6) to the
examination required by 336.5.
25
1
1
.-o}," :.~_ •.
1
1
1
1
B31.3 Interpretations No. 3
\
1
3·13 '
1
Allowable Stresses
1
1
October 1, 1984
1
B31-84-019
File:
1
1
Question: May the allowable stresseS for austenitic stainless steel in excess of two-thirds of the
specified minimum yield strength listed in Appendix A of ANSIIASME B31.3 be used as tabulated for
establishing pipe wall thickness?
1
1
1
Reply: Yes. However, the designer is responsible for assuring that slight amounts of deformation
are acceptable [see Note (3) of 302.3.2].
1
1
1
Interpretation:
3·14
Subject:
336.4.7 In-Process Examination
Date Issued:
October 1, 1984
File:
B31-84-020
1
1
1
1
1
1
Question: 336.5. 1(b) of ANSI/ASME B31.3 states: "In-process examination as provided in 336.4.7
may be substituted for all or part of the radiographic or ultrasonic examination on a weld-far-weld basis
if specified in the engineering design, regardless ·of temperature or pressure." Does this mean each weld
must be in-process examined or is the percentage (5%) applicable?
1
1
1
Reply: The percentage is applicable.
1
I
1
1
1
1
t:
1
!~"
1
'" ~.'
"
-~
1
,.
-
~.
tI .
1
[:
1
,:"
'
k:
f.'
1
1
1
1
1
1
t.\(:--. ·.·.:.·.·
1
.
~,
t
26
t
~
,
1
1
1
1
1
"
:
:.
ANSI/ASM E 831.3
Interpretations No.4'
(This supplement is not part of ANSI/ASME B31.3 or its Addenda and is included for information only.!
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3 as
part of the subscription service. This supplement includes interpretations concerning B31.3 issued
between January 1, 1985 and August 31, 1986. They have been assigned interpretation numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance
of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code
may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity, In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need' for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply,
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R, is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer belives might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved
by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
27
B31.3
Subject
300(b) Responsibility for Categorizing Fluid Services
.
301.5.3
.
302.2.4<0(1) and 301.3.2(b)(4)
.
304.3.2
.
Table 323.2.2
.
Table 323.2.2
.
327.4.4(d)(2)
.
327.S.Hdl and 327.5.2
.
329
.
331.3.6(bl
.
337.4
.
337.5.1 (b)(I)(bl
.
Allowable Stresses ................•.......................................
8ranch Connection
.
Flexibility and Stress Intensity Factors
.
limitations on Temperature and Materials for Category 0 Fluid Services
.
Longitudinal Stresses, 302.3.5(c), and Corrosion
.
Scope, Hot, Oil Heating System Piping
.
Welding of'ASTM 8 337
.
Interpretation
File No.
4-08
4-07
831-85-003
831-84-037
831-85-001
831-84-033
831-84-028
831-85-022
831-84-031
831-85-031
831-84-029
831-84-035
831-84-032
831-85-008
831-85-002
831·85-021
831-85-024
831-85-011
831-84-038
831-86·007
831-85-033
4-11
4-05
4-01
4-15
4-03
4-17
4-02
4-06
4-04
4-09
4-12
4-14
4-16
4-13
4-10
4-19
4-18
:> ~:<.~ "
\,!:.,,>'
29
831.3 Interpretations NO.4
4-01, 4-02,4-03
Interpretation: 4-01
Subject:
Table 323.2.2
Date Issued:
january 11, 1985
File:
B31-84-028
Question: In Table 323.2.2, Column B, Box 2 of ANSI/ ASME B31.3, does "material" in the first
paragraph refer to base l11etal?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 4-02
Subject:
329
Date Issued:
january 11, 1985
File:
B31-84-029
Question: When piping which otherwise does not require heat treatment is straightened by
heating, do the requirements for bending in 329 of ANSI/ASME B31.3 apply?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 4-03
Subject:
327.4.4(d)(2) ,
Date Issued:
january 11, 1985
File:
B31-84-031
Question: 327.4.4(d)(2) of ANSI/ ASME B31.3 states: "If the weld joining the added reinforcement
to the branch is a fillet weld, the throat dimension shall not be less than O.7t min [see Fig. 327.4.40 sketch
(5»)." If the reinforcement is shaped as in Fig. 327.4.40 sketch (3) rather than the Fig. 327.4.40 sketch
(5) referenced, and is attached to the branch by a fillet weld only, is the O.7t min throat applicable?
Reply: Yes, provided that the requirements of 304.3.3, including proper attachment, are satisfied.
31
4-04
831.3 Interpretations NO.4
Interpretation: 4-04
Subject:
33704
Date Issued:
January 11, 1985
File:
631-84-032
Question (1): Is it required to consider the static head pressure of the fluid when determining the
reduction of the minimum hydrostatic gage pressure required by 337A.Hb) of ANSI/ASME 631.3 to
the maximum pressure that will not exceed the yield strength as allowed ,by 337 A.Hc)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): If the combined pressure of static head of the test fluid during pressure testing and
the test pressure will produce a stress in excess of the yield strength of the material being pressure
tested, may the piping system be excluded from pressure testing?
Reply (2): No (see 337.1).
(
32
B31.3 Interpretations No. 4
4-05
Interpretation: 4-05
Subject:
304.3.2
Date Issued:
January 11, 1985
File:
631-84-033
Question (1): What does the ANSII ASM E 631.3 Code mean by the term "integrally reinforced
branch connection fitting"?
Reply (1): An integrally reinforced branch connectio~ fitting is a fitting in which the pressure
retaining strength of the branch connection assembly is provided by the material within the fitting itself
and when attached as recommended by the manufacturer.
Question (2): How does one ascertain if a commercially available welding outlet fitting meets the
above description of an integrally reinforced branch connection fitting?
Reply (2): It is the designer's responsibility to determine the adequacy of the manufacturer's
component based on the rules of the Code.
Question (3): Does an integrally reinforced branch connection fitting as described in 304.3.2(c)
also include fittings with flanged outlets?
Reply (3): Such fittings are permitted provided that the reinforcement and other design features
meet the requirements of the Code.
Question (4): Who is responsible for assuring compliance with the testing provisions of 304.3.2
of ANSI I ASM E 631.3 when required?
Reply (4): The designer is responsible to the owner for assurance that the engineering design of
the piping complies with the requirements of this Code. See 300(b)(2).
Question (5): Can it be assumed, without calculation, that a long weldneck flange has adequate
pressure strength as described in 304.3.2?
Reply (5): No. Calculations are required by 304.7.2 to qualify the design in accordance with
304.3.2(C). However, once the design has been qualified in accordance with 304.7.2, calculations
need not be made for every branch connection. As stated in 304.7.2 "reasonable interpolations
between sizes, pressure classes, and wall thickness and reasonable analogies among related materials,
are permitted."
33
4-06, 4-07, 4-08
B31.3 Interpretations No.4
Interpretation: 4-06
Subject:
331.3.6(bl
Date Issued:
January 11, 1985
File:
B31-84-035
Question: Is it permissible to apply the exclusions in 331.3.6(bl of ANSI/ ASME B31.3 to nonpressure attachment welds other than fillet welds?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 4-07
Subject:
301.5.3
Date Issued:
April 9, 1985
File:
B31-84-037
Question: Does 301.5.3 of ANSI/ASME B31.3 require that all piping systems be designed for
earthquake induced horizontal forces?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 4-08
Subject:
300(bl Responsibility for Categorizing Fluid Services
Date Issued:
April 9, 1985
File:
B31-85-003
Question: As defined in ANSII ASME B31.3, is it the responsibility of the designer to classify fluid
services as Category D or Category M?
Reply: No, the designer can recommend to the owner but the ultimate responsibility for identifying
these fluid services rests with the owner. See 300(b)(1).
34
831.3 Interpretations No. 4
4-09,4-10'
Interpretation: 4-09
Subject:
337.5.1 (b)(l )(b)
Date Issued:
April 9, 1985
File:
B31-85-008
Question: Does 337.5.Hb)(1)(b) of ANSI/ASME B31.3 require liquid penetrant or magnetic particle examination of butt welds which have been 100% radiographed in accordance with
337.5.1 (b)(l )(a)?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 4-10
Subject:
Longitudinal Stresses, 302.3.5(c), and Corrosion
Date Issued:
May 8, 1985
File:
B31-84-038
Question (1): In 302.3.5(c) of ANSI/ ASME B31.3, does longitudinal stress include sustained
stresses due to axial loads?
.\ ~
~'
.~
Reply (1): Yes.
.'
"
Question (2): When computing longitudinal stress in accordance with 302.3.5(c), is it required to
base the applied pipe weight on the nominal wall thickness and stress on the corroded thickness of
the pipe?
Reply (2): No; however, 300(c)(3) states in part that the Code generally employs a simplified
approach and 300(c)(5) requires unusual service requirements to be specified in the engineering design.
Question (3): For thermal flexibility analysis in accordance with 319, is it required to determine
stresses by applying the forces and moments produced by pipe of nominal wall thickness to the pipe
section in the corroded condition?
Reply (3): No. Nominal wall thickness shall be used in flexibility calculations. Refer to 319.3.5,
300(c)(3), and 300(c)(5l.
~
/.{,->
............:.:
3S
4-11,4-12
631.3 Interpretations NO.4
Interpretation: 4-11
Subject:
302.2.4(0(1) and 301.3.2(b)(4)
Date Issued:
May 8, 1985
File:
B31-85-001
Question (1): For occasional variations in pressure or temperature above operating levels, is it
permissible to exceed the pressure rating or the allowable stress for pressure design at the temperature
of the increased condition by up to 33%, provided that all of the requirements of 302.2.4 of
ANSI/ASME B31.3 are met?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Do the percentage temperature reduction provisions in 301.3.2 apply to the absolute temperature scales as well as the Fahrenheit and Celsius scales?
Reply (2): No. The percent temperature reductions only apply to the Fahrenheit and Celsius scales.
Interpretation: 4-12
Subject:
Allowable Stresses
Date Issued:
May 8, 1985
File:
B31-85-002
(
Question (l): For the pressure design of longitudinal or spiral welded pipe under internal pressure,
a value for Sf is required. Is the correct value of Sf to be used in 304.1.2 of ANSI/ ASME B31.3 that
value listed in Appendix A, Table A-1, under the pipe material specification and grade?
Reply (l): Yes.
Question (2): For the determination of the allowable longitudinal stress for circumferential welds
in accordance with 302.3.5, is it required to apply a weld joint quality factor?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Do the random examination percentages required by ANSI/ ASME B31.3 apply to
each fabricator, manufacturer, and erector individually?
Reply (3): Yes.
(
, •...
','
',.:
36
B31.3 Interpretations No.4
4-13, 4-14, 4-15 :
Interpretation: 4-13
Subject:
Limitations on Temperature and Materials for Category DFluid Service
Date Issued:
May 8, 1985
File:
B31-85-011
Question (1): In accordance with ANSI/ ASME B31.3, what is the uppenemperature limitation of
ASTM A 671, Grade CB70 pipe with stiffener rings manufactured from ASTM A 36 plate?
Reply (1): It is 750"F for the ASTM A 36 stiffener rings.
Question (2): Is the material combination limited to Category D fluid service?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 4-14
Subject:
Branch Connection
Date Issued:
August 29, 1985
File:
B31-85-021
Question: Maya welded branch connection fitting of the design illustrated in Fig. 127.4.8(F) of
ANSI/ASME B31.1 be used in ANSI/ASME B31.3 construction?
Reply: Yes, provided t w meets the requirements for reinforcement in ANSI/ASME 831.1. The
weld shown in Fig. 127.4.8(F) is considered to be a full penetration weld with integral backing.
Interpretation: 4-15
Subject:
Table 323.2.2
Date Issued:
October 25, 1985
File:
B31-85-022
Question: When ASTM A 193 Gr B7 bolting material is furnished in the quenched and tempered
condition and is to be used at temperatures below - 20"F through - 50"F, is it required that the material
be impact tested?
Reply: No.
T· .... ". '.'
,.':;,
\ ...L".
"37
4-16,4-17
831.3 Interpretations No.4
Interpretation: 4-16
Subject:
Flexibility and Stress Intensity Factors·
Date Issued:
January 29, 1986
File:
B31-85-024
Question (1): Table 0-1 of ANSI/ ASME B31.3 gives flexibility and stress intensification factors for
an unreinforced fabricated tee. Are these flexibility and stress intensification factors applicable to both
a "stub-in" unreinforcecJ fabricated tee as illustrated in Fig. 327.4.40 sketch (2) and a "stub-in" tee
as illustrated in Fig. 327.4.40 sketch (ll?
.
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Table 0-1 gives flexibility and stress intensification factors for a reinforced fabricated
tee with pad or saddle. Are these flexibility and stress intensification factors applicable to both a
"stub-in" reinforced fabricated tee with pad or saddle as illustrated in Fig. 327.4.40 sketch (4) and
a "stub-on" tee as illustrated in Fig. 327.4.40 sketch (3)?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 4-17
Subject:
327.5.Hd) and 327.5.2
Date Issued:
January 29, 1986
File:
B31-85-031
c
Question (1): When qualifying welding procedures which require impact testing, is the basic
qualified thickness range Y2t to t + Y. in. rather than the range given in Section IX of the ASME Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Code of the lesser of S/8 in., and t to 2t as in QW-403.6 (where t is thickness of
test coupon)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Is the fact that P-Numbers in Appendix A are not further divided into Group
Numbers, similar to Section IX, QW-422, to be interpretated that the Group Numbers of Section IX
need not be considered when qualifying welding procedures to Section IX for impact tested ·materials?
Reply (2): No. (See Column A of Table 323.3.1.)
tr..
~
38
'O.
831.3 Interpretations No.4
4-18, 4-19
Interpretation: 4-18
Subject:
Welding of ASTM B 337
Date Issued:
January 29, 1986
File:
B31-85-033
Question (1): In Table A-1 of ANSI/ ASME B31.3, Note (17) is referenced for ASTM B 337
unalloyed titanium pipe. Is it intended to require welding without use of filler metal for all sizes and
wall thicknesses of pipe,?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Will the Committee consider revising Note (17) to permit use of filler metal in the
larger sizes and wall thicknesses of ASTM B 337 pipe?
Reply (2): No, unless ASTM revises B 337 to require welding procedures and welders or welding
operators to be qualified in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
Interpretation: 4-19
Subject:
Scope, Hot Oil Heating System Piping
Date Issued:
June 19, 1986
File:
B31-86-007
Question: Which B31 Code Section is applicable to a hot oil distribution system used to provide
heat to vinyl manufacturing equipment?
Reply: ANSI/ASME B31.3 is the applicable Code.
39
ASME/ANSI831.3
Interpretations No~ 5
(This supplement is not p;1rt of ASME/ ANSI 831.3 or its Addenda.!
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the 631 Committee concerning 631.3 as
part of the subscription service. This supplement includes interpretations concerning 631.3 issued
between September 1, 1986, and June 30, 1987. They have been assigned interpretation numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance
of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code
may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply,
bearing the original intrepretation number with the suffix R, is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrie\(ed by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated
in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or
"endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
41
831.3
Subject
Para. 300.2, Category 0 Fluid Service
.
Paras. 304.2.3 and 304.7.2; Use of Fillet Welded Circumferential Reinforcement
8ands; Miter 8ends
.
Para. 304.3 and Table 0-1, Flexibility Factor and Stress Intensification Factor Tables .
Para. 304.7.2, Pressure-Temperature Ratings of Socket Weld and Threaded
Steel Valves
'..
Paras. 308.2.1 and 308.2.4; Use of Slip-On Flanges; Cyclic loading
.
Para. 319.3.6, Table 0-1, Flexibility Factor and Stress Intensification Factor
.
Para. 323.3 and Table 323.3.5, Impact Testing Methods-Specific limitations
.
Paras. 327.4 and 336.4, Weld Imperfections-Radiographic Examination
.
Para. 327.4.1 and Table 327.4.1A, Acceptance Criteria for Tungsten Inclusions
.
Paras. 331.1.2 and 331.3.4, Temperature Monitoring of Stress Relieving of Pipe Welds
In Series
.
Para. 336.5.1 and Appendix E, Material Manufacturer's CertificationsSpecification Dates
.
Para. 337.3, Hydrostatic Test
.
Para. 337.5.1, Special Alternative Tests
.
Table 323.2.2, Toughness Test Requirements-Required Heat Treatment
.
:
.
Table 323.2.2, lower Temperature limitations
Table 327.4.1A, Definition of Tw ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Table 327.4.1A, limitations On Imperfections in Welds-Internal Porosity
,
.
Table 327.4.1A, Porosity limitations
,
,
.
Table 327.4.1 A, Requirements For Unexamined Girth 8uttwelds
.
.
Table 327.4.1A, Acceptance Criteria For Welds
Table 331.3.1 and Para. 331.3.6, PWHT-8ranch Connection Welds
.
Hydratest Preparation
.
Introduction and Para. 337.1, SCope and Applicability of Code
;.
Interpretation
File No.
5-03
831-85-018
5-11
5-01
831-86-018
831-85-030
5-05
5-12
5-15
5-14
5-09
5-17
831-86-001
831-86-020
831-86-032
831-86-022
831-86-016
831-86-010
5-08
831·86-009
5-10
5-02
5-07
5-19
5-21
5-04
5·13
5-16
831-86-017
831·85-017
831-86-005
831-86-044
831-87-007
831-85-036
831-86-021
831-85-0368
831-86-023
831-86-045
831-85-037
831·86-033
831-87-011
5-18
5-20
5-06
5-23
5-22
(:':' ~.
f"
""--
.
43
631.3 Interpretations No. S
: 5-01
Interpretation: 5-01
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.8, Paras. 831.41 and 831.6 and Table E-1 and ANSI/ASME
B31.3, Para. 304.3 and Table D-l; Flexibility Factor and Stress Intensification
Factor Tables
Date Issued:
October 17, 1986
File:
B31-85-030
Question (1): What is the difference between a "welding tee per ANSI B16.9" and an "extruded
welding tee" as stated in Appendix D, Table D-l of ANSI/ASME B31.3 and Appendix E, Table E-1 of
ANSI/ASME B31.8?
Reply (1): A "welding tee per ANSI B16.9" complies with all requirements of ANSI B16.9. An
"extruded welding tee" complies with the requirements of para. 304.3 of ANSI/ASME B31.3 or paras.
831.41 and 831.6 of ANSI/ASME B31.8.
Question (2): Is the difference related to ANSI 816.9 dimensions as defined by ANSI/ASME 831.3
and ANSI/ASME B31.8?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Is the difference related to manufacturing?
Reply (3): ANSI 816.9 does not specify manufacturing methods.
I
~.
Question (4): When a "welding tee per ANSI 816.9" does not meet the radius and thickness limits
spe<!ified in Appendix D, Table D-l of ANSI/ASME 831.3 or Appendix E, Table E-l of ANSI/ASME
831 ~8, is it permissible to use the flexibility characteristic h for an "extruded welding tee" provided
r x, is greater than or equal to 0.05Db and Tc is less than 1.5 T?
Reply (4): .Yes, provided the tee is formed by an extrusion process; otherwise it is the responsibility
of the designer to determine the proper flexibility characteristic.
('
\
....
4S
5-02, 5-03, 5-04
831.3 Interpretations No.' 5
Interpretation: 5-02
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition with the ANSI/ASME B31.3a-1984 Addenda,
Para. 337.3, Hydrostatic Test.
Date Issued:
November 13, 1986
File:
B31-85-017
(r
..
'
Question: The piping for a project is fabricated in sections having several circumferential welds.
If these sections are then pressure tested in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/ ASME B31.3,
do these previously tested joints, which have met the requirements of' the Code, have to be left
uninsulated and exposed during the hydrostatic·test required before the initial operation of the piping
system?
Reply: No, see para. 337.3.
Interpretation: 5-03
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3, Para. 300.2, Category D Fluid Service
Date Issued:
November 13, 1986
File:
B31-85-018
Question: As defined in ANSI/ASME B31.3, para. 300.2 for Category D fluid service, is damage
to human tissue caused by leakage of a fluid having a design temperature not over 366°F, considered
to be "reversible" when the fluid is otherwise innocuous to skin, eyes, and exposed mucous membranes?
. Reply: Yes. It should be noted that contact by persons with fluid contained in the piping under
design conditions is not possible because the expansion and dilution of leaking fluids reduces both
pressure and temperature. It should also be noted that the owner is responsible for identifying Category
D fluid service [see para. 300(b)(1 »).
Interpretation: 5-04
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition with the ANSI/ASME B31.3a-1984 Addenda,
Table 327.4.1 A, Definition of ~
.
Date Issued:
November 13, 1986
File:
B31-85-036
Question: What is the definition of ~ as used in Table 327.4.1A o( ANSI/ASME B31.3?
Reply: ~ is defined in ANSI/ASME B31.3 as the nominal wall thickness of the thinner of the
components joined by a butt weld. The definitions for all symbols used in ANSI/ASM E B31.3 are in
Appendix J Nomenclature.
46
e
'ii2
83 t.3 Interpretations No. 5
5-05,5-06
Interpretation: 5-05
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3, Para. 304.7.2, Pressure-Temperature Ratings of Socket Weld
and Threaded Steel Valves
Date Issued:
November 13, 1986
File:
B31-86-001
Question (1): May API 602-1985 be used for selecting socket weld or threaded valves in piping
subject to the requirements of ANSI/ ASME B31.3?
Reply (1): Yes, provided that the requirements of para. 304.7.2 are satisfied.
Question (2): May MSS-SP-84 be used for selecting socket weld and threaded valves in piping
subject to the requirements of ANSI/ASME B31.3?
Reply (2): Yes, provided that the requirements of para. 304.7.2 are satisfied.
Interpretation: 5-06
...
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition with the ANSI/ASME B31.3a-1984 Addenda,
Table 331.3.1 and Para. 331.3.6, PWHT-Branch Connection Welds
Date Issued:
December 2, 1986
File.
B31-85-037
"
Question: Is postweld heat treatment required by ANSI/ASME B31.3, Para. 331.3.6 for branch
connection welds when the thickness of the components at the joint is greater than the nominal
thickness listed in Table 331.3.1, but the thickness through the weld in any plane is less than two times
the nominal wall thickness listed?
Reply: No, see para. 331.3.6(al.
/'1>
47
5-07,5-08
831.3 Interpretations No.5
Interpretation: 5-07
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition with the ANSf/ASME B31.3a-1984 Addenda,
Para. 337.5.1, Special Alternative Tests
Date Issued:
December 2, 1986
File:
B31-86-005
Question (1): Is it permissible under the rules of ANSI/ASME B31.3 to apply the requirements of
para. 337.5.1(b) even though the conditions of para. 337.5.Ha) are not met?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3, may the owner waive the requirement of
meeting the condition of para. 337.5 .1(a)?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 5-08
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition, Paras. 331.1.2 and 331.3.4, Temperature
Monitoring of Stress Relieving of Pipe Welds In Series
Date Issued:
December 2, 1986
File:
B31-86-009
Question (1): When local heat treatment of welds is performed in accordance with ANSI/ASME
B31.3, para. 331.3.7, does ,each weld require temperature measurement?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Several identical welds are separately locally heat treated using electrical resistance
heaters in series. Is temperature measurement of each weld required to ensure that the required
temperature range exists over the complete circumference?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): Do temperature measurements taken in accordance with para. 331.3.4 to ensure
the required heat cycle have to be documented?
Reply (3): No.
48
B31.3 Interpretations No. 5
5-0~, 5-10
Interpretation: 5-09
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition, Paras. 327.4 and 336.4, Weld
Imperfections - Radiographic Examination
Date Issued:
December 2, 1986
File:
B31-86-016
Question (1): Do limitations on imperfections for 100% radiography apply when 100% radiographic examination is not required by the Code, but is required by the engineering design?
Reply (1): Yes, unless the engineering' design states otherwise.
Question (2): Do the blackened areas in Figs. 327.4.1A and 327.4.1B depict lack of fusion?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 5-10
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition With the ANSI/ASME B31.3a-1984 Addenda,
Para. 336.5.1 and Appendix E, Material Manufacturer's
Certifications - Specification Dates
Date Issued:
December 2, 1986
Fil~:
B31-86-017
Question (1): Is it a requirement of ANSI/ASME B31.3 that material manufacturer's certifications
must be supplied with pressure-retaining materials and components?
Reply (1): No, see para. 336.5.1 (c).
Question (2): Is it a requirement of ANSI/ASME B31.3 that a material manufacturer's certification
shall show the edition date of the standard to which the material or component is manufactured?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): How are materials and components verified as complying with the edition dates
listed in Appendix E?
Reply (3): The Code does not specify a means for verification.
"
!'-:
",
l. ';,
~~::'.::
49
5-11
B31.3 Interpretations No. :5
Interpretation: 5-11
Subject:
ANSI!ASME B31.3-1984, Paras. 304.2.3 and 304.7.2; Use of Fillet Welded
Circumferential Reinforcement Bands; Miter Bends
Date Issued:
December 2, 1986
File:
631-86-018
Question (1): Does ANSI!ASME B31.3 prohibit the use of fillet welded circumferential reinforcement bands to join piptng in Category D fluid service, in lieu of butt welding?
Reply (1): No, provided that the requiremehts of para. 304.7.2 are met, considering all applicable
loadings. See also para. 301.
Question (2): In accordance with ANSI!ASME B31.3 what is the method (equation) for calculating
minimum wall thickness for piping using miter bends?
Reply (2): Pressure design of miter bends is covered in para. 304.2.3.
e~'
~
50
831.3 Interpretations No. 5
5-12
Interpretation: 5-12
'.
'-:
'~,.
.
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition, With the ANSI/ASME B31.3a-1984 Addenda,
Paras. 308.2.1 and 308.2.4; Use of Slip-On Flanges; Cyclic loading
Date Issued:
December 2, 1986
File:
B31-86-020
Question (1): Does ANSI/ASM E B31.3 permit the use of slip-on flanges in services where cyclic
loading is caused by pressure variations?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ANSI/ASME B31.3 permit the use of slip-on flanges under severe cyclic
conditions, if safeguarded?
Reply (2); Yes.
Question (3): What is meant by safeguarding, and how is it achieved when a flange is subjected
to cyclic loading due to pressure variations?
Reply (3): See Appendix G.
Question (4): Does ANSI/ ASME B31.3 permit the use of welding methods other than those in Fig.
327.4.2B for services not listed in para. 308.2.1?
Reply (4): Yes, see para. 327.4.2(b).
Question (5): What is the difference between cyclic loading and severe cyclic conditions?
Reply (5): Severe cyclic conditions are defined in para. 300.2. Cyclic loading refers to any type
of cyclic service other 'than severe cyclic conditions.
51
5-13, 5-14
B31.3 Interpretations No.5
Interpretation: 5-13
Subject:
ANSI/ ASME 831.3-1984 Edition, With the ANSI/ ASME 831.3a-1984 Addenda,
Table 327.4.1A, Limitations on Imperfections in Welds-Internal Porosity
Date Issued:
December 2, 1986
File:
831-86-021
Question (1): In ANSI!ASME 831.3, Table 327.4.1 A, under internal porosity forfillet, socket, seal
and reinforcement attachment welds, the wording NA (not applicable) is indicated. Does this mean
that radiographic examination is not required (or this type of joint configuration?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): What limitations on imperfections for porosity are specified by the Code if the
engineering design requires radiographic examination of socket welds but does not specify limitations
for porosity as required by para. 336.6, Supplementary Examination?
.
Reply (2): None.
Interpretation: 5-14
Subject:
ANSI/ASME 831.3-1984 Edition With the ANSI/ASME 831.3a-1984 Addenda,
Para. 323.3 and Table 323.3.5, Impact Testing Methods-Specific Limitations
Date Issued:
December 2, 1986
File:
831-86-022
Question (1): In accordance with ANSI!ASME 831.3, is - 20°F an acceptable design temperature
for A 53 and A 106 materials without impact testing?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ANSI/ASME 831.3, is there a minimum thickness limitation
within which carbon steel materials can be used without impact testing?
Reply (2): No.
52
1':...'
~.'•..... ::'
".
831.3 Interpretations No. 5
5-15,: 5-16
Interpretation: 5-15
Subject:
ANSI/ ASME 631.3-1984 Edition With Addenda through ANSI/ ASME
631.3b-1986, Para. 319.3.6, Table 0-1, Flexibility Factor and Stress Intensification
Factor
Date Issued:
December 2, 1986
File:
631-86-032
Question: What flexibility or stress intensification factors should be used for reinforced or unreinforced branch connections intersecting the run at less than 90 deg.?
Reply: The determination of the flexibility or stress intensification factors for component geometries not included in Appendix 0 is the responsibility of the designer (see also para. 319.3.6).
Interpretation: 5-16
,I.
Subject:
ANSI/ ASME 631.3-1984 Edition With the ANSI/ ASME 631.3a-1984 Addenda,
Table 327.4.1 A, Porosity limitations
Date Issued:
May 5, 1987
File:
631-85-0366
Question: In ANSI/ASME 631.3, Table 327.4.1A, Note (3) specifies porosity limits using f..,.
When evaluating the limitations on a radiographic image, is Tw used, or is the thickness t used as
defi~ed in 6PV Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix 4?
Reply: The thickness t is used. f.., in Note (3) is used to define a division of limitations.
53
5-17,5-18
B31.3 Interpretations No.' 5
Interpretation: 5-17
Subject:
ANSI/ASME 631.3-1984 Edition, Para. 327.4.1 and Table 327.4.1A, Acceptance
Criteria for Tungsten Inclusions
Date Issued:
May 5, 1987
File:
631-86-010
Question (1): In accordance with ANSI/ ASME 631.3, Table 327.4.1 A, are elongated tungsten
inclusions evaluated as'an elongated indication?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ANSI/ASME 631.3, Table 327.4.1A, what acceptance criteria
arE:! used to evaluate tungsten inclusions which are not elongated?
Reply (2): ANSI/ASME 631.3 does not address tungsten inclusions which are not elongated.
Consideration will be given for the development of criteria.
Interpretation: 5-18
Subject:
ANSI/ASME 631.3-1984 Edition With the ANSI/ASME 831.3a-1984 Addenda,
Table 327.4.1 A, Requirements For Unexamined Girth 6utt Welds
Date Issued:
May 5, 1987
c.:.· ·
':'
File:
< ••
631-86-023
Question (1): Is it a requirement of ANSI/ASME 831.3 that girth butt welds which have not been
visually examined or radiographed, in a designated lot which required only the Code's minimum 5%
radiography, be capable of complying with the limitations on imperfections as specified in Table
327.4.1A?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Assuming the Engineering Design requires fabrication to ANSI/ASME 631.3, requiring the minimum' 5% visual examination and random radiography of girth butt welds, what is the
minimum weld quality required by the Code for butt welds which have not been individually examined,
but were represented by a successful random visual and radiographic examination?
Reply (2): See Question (1) and Reply (1). The Code accepts such welds subject to leak testing.
Note: The Code assumes that the 5% which were required to be examined will be representative of
the entire lot, but a guarantee of such is a contractual matter to be specified by the engineering design.
See Note (1), Table 327.4.16.
fl".
~
54
5-19~ 5-20
831.3 Interpretations No. 5
Interpretation: 5-19
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition With Addenda Through ANSI/ASME
B31.3b-1986, Table 323.2.2, Toughness Test Requirements- Required Heat
Treatment
Date Issued:
May 5, 1987
File:
B31-86-044
Question: In accordance with ANSI/ ASME B31.3, Table 323.2.2, when the conditions of Note
(2) are met, may the material be furnished in any heat treated condition that conforms to the material
specification?
.
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 5-20
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition With the ANSI/ASME B31.3a-1984 Addenda,
Table 327.4.1 A, Acceptance Criteria for Welds
Date Issued:
May 5, 1987
File:
B31-86-045
Question (1): In accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3, Table 327.4.1A, for surface porosity and
exposed slag inclusion (3/16 in. nominal wall thickness and less) imperfections, should there be something listed under "When Required Examination Is:"
Reply (1): No. S~ the requirements in para. 336.5.
Question (2): In ANSI/ASME B31.3, Table 327.4.1A, for surface porosity and exposed slag
inclusion (3116 in. nominal wall thickness and less) imperfections, listed under each weld type are the
words "None permitted." Is this requirement excessively stringent?
Reply (2): No, considering the limitations of the required examination methods. (Please note that
Table 327.4.1A has been relocated and revised as Table 341.3.2A in Addenda b of ANSI/ASME
B31.3.)
Question (3): In accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3, what acceptance criteria should be applied
°to surface porosity for wall thickness greater than 3116 in.?
Reply (3): ANSI/ASME B31.3 does not address acceptance criteria for surface porosity for wall
thickness greater than 3/16 in.
I
'
'}
55
5-21,5-22
831.3 Interpretations No. 5
Interpretation: 5-21
Subject:
ANSI/ASME 631.3-1984 Edition With the ANSI/ASME 631.3a-1984 Addenda,
Table 323.2.2, Lower Temperature Limitations
Date Issued:
May 5, 1987
File:
631-87-007
Question: Is it the intent of ANSI/ ASME 631.3, Table 323.2.2, Note (2), to apply to deposited
weld metal and heat affected zone in Column 6, 60x 2?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 5-22
Subject:
ANSI/ASME 631.3-1984 Edition With the ANSI/ASME 631.3a-1984 Addenda,
Introduction and Para. 337.1, Scope and Applicability of Code
Date Issued:
MayS, 1987
File:
631-87-011
Question (1): Are current ANSI/ASM E 631 .3 requirements applicable to new construction and to
revisions and replacements of piping in existing facilities?
c·
..,.
~
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): When applied to revisions of piping in an existing facility, what is the intent of
ANSI/ASME 631.3, para. 337.1 "Prior to initial operation ..•"?
Reply (2): It applies to the portion of a piping system on which work was performed.
Question (3): Is it intended that the current Edition of the ANSI/ASME 631.3 Code apply retroactively to piping in existing facilities?
Reply (3): No. See the Introduction.
Question (4): If it has been determined that the ANSI/ASME 631.3 Code Section is applicable,
whose responsibility is it for compliance and for establishing the requirements for design, construction,
examination, and testing of piping systems?
Reply (4): The owner's.
Question (S): What is required by OSHA standards in the examination and testing of piping?
Reply (5): ANSI/ASME 631.3 does not address the application of regulatory requirements.
56
831.3 Interpretations No. 5
5-23
Interpretation: 5-23
Subject:
ANSI/ ASME B31, Hydrotest Preparation
Date Issued:
June 11, 1987
File:
B31-86-033
Question: Mayall joints, including welds, used in piping systems covered by ANSI/ ASME 831.1,
ANSI/ASME 831.3, ASME/ANSI B31.4, ANSI/ASME 831.8, ANSI/ASME B31.9, and ANSI/ASME
B31.11 be primed and painted prior to hydrotest?
Reply: Yes.
57
ASME/ANSI831.3
Interpretations No. 6
Replies to Technical Inquiries
July 1, 1987, Through April 30, 1988
Gener~1 Inform~tion
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the 831 Committee concerning 831.3 as
part of the subscription service. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order.
An interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation or, if none is stated, to
the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to
the Code may have superseded the reply. The interpret~tions ~re not ~rt of the Code or its
Addend~.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply,
bearing the original intrepretation number with the suffix R, is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available· which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further:, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated
in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or
"endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the 831 Committee, refer to
Appendix Z.
Code Reference ~nd Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1
up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
59
831.3
Subject
Paras. 300(c)(51 and 302.3.5, and Appendix 0; longitudinal Stresses and longitudinal
8ending Stresses, Sustained loads
Paras. 300.2 and 305.2, and Appendices A and M; Classification of
Fluid Services, and Use of API 5l
Paras. 302.3.5 and 321.1.1; longitudinal Stresses, Support Configurations
Paras. 304.3 and 304.7.2, Extruded 8ranch Connections
Para. 311.2.4 and Figs. 327.4.28 and C; Socket Welds, Cap Dimension... .
..
Para. 311.2.4 and Figs: 327.4.28 and C; Use of Socket Welds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paras. 323.1.2 and 323.2.4; Use of API 5l
Paras. 345.1, 345.5, 345.9 and M345.1; Category M, Alternative leak Test. . . . . . . . . .
Tables 341.3.2A and 8; Acceptance Criteria. . . .... . ..... . . .. .. . . .. . . . ... . .. .. ..
Interpretation
File No.
6-03
831-87-022
6-01
6-07
6-09
6-02
6-05
831·87-012
831-87-032
831-87-0268
831·87-013
831-87-024
831·87-031
831-87-034
831-87-023
6-06
6-08
6-04
61
831.3 Interpretations No. 6
. ....,... ,
6-01, 6-02
Interpretation: 6-01
"
(
Subject:
ANSI/ ASME 831.3-1984 Edition, Paras. 300.2 and 305.2, and Appendices A and
M; Classification of Fluid Services, and Use of API 5L
Date Issued:
December 14, 1987
File:
831-87-012
,
Question (l): In accordance with ANSI/ ASME 831.3, para. 300.2, are there only two categories,
namely, Categories D and M fluid services?
Reply (l): No. See the definitions for Categories 0 and M fluid services; and see para. 300.1 .1 (b),
which states that only Categories D and M fluid services are segregated for special consideration. See
also Appendix M.
Question (2): Should general hydrocarbon service be considered Category M?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): In ANSI/ASME 831.3, what limitations are thereon the use of API5L Grade 8 ERW,
EFW, and SAW pipe materials?
Reply (3): See para. 305.2.3 and applicable Notes referenced in Appendix A for these materials.
c.. .:
~
.~~-
Interpretation: 6-02
.. ,}
Subject:
ANSI/ASME 831.3-1984 Edition, with theANSI/ASME 831.3a-1984 Addenda,
Para. 311.2.4 and Figs. 327.4.28 and C; Socket Welds, Gap Dimension
Date Issued:
December 14, 1987
File:
831·87-013
Question (l): In ANSI/ASME 831.3, para. 311.2.4(b){2) states, "Weld dimensions shall not be less
than those shown in Figs. 327.4.28 and
In Figs. 327.4.28 and C, there is a dimension that reads
"V16 in. approx. before welding." Do the above words mean that the gap should be no larger than
1/16 in.?
c."
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): If the response to Question (1) is no, how large a gap would be acceptable?
Reply (2): The "1/'6 in." is not a "welding dimension." It is intended as an "approximate"
dimension for nominal clearance.
63
6-03
B31.3 Interpretations No. ()
Interpret~tion:
6-03
Subject:
ANSI/ ASME B31.3-1984 Edition, Paras. 300(c)(5) and 302.3.5, and Appendix D;
Longitudinal Stresses and Longitudinal Bending Stresses, Sustained Loads
Date Issued:
December 14, 1987
File:
B31-87-022
Question (1): In accordance with ANSI/ ASME B31.3, para. 302.3.5(c), when calculating the
longitudinal stresses due to pressure, weight, and other sustained loads, should the thickness of pipe
used in calculating Si. be the nominal thickness minus mechanical, corrosion, and erosion allowances
but not minus the manufacturer's mill tolerance?
Reply (l): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3, para. 302.3.5(c) and Appendix D, when
calculating the longitudinal bending stresses due to sustained loads, does ANSI/ASME B31.3 require
that the stress intensification factors from Appendix D be applied?
Reply (2): No. However, see ANSI/ASME B31.3, para. 300(c)(S).
.
B31.3 Interpretations No. 6
Interpretation: 6-04
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition With Addenda Through ANSI/ASME
B31.3c-1986, Tables 341.3.2A and B; Acceptance Criteria
Date Issued:
December 14, 1987
File:
B31-87-023
,
Question (1): In accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3, Table 341.3.2B, can an imperfection be
evaluated by an examination method not marked with an "X," other than as a supplementary examination?
Reply (1): Yes. Table 341.3.2B does not state ANSI/ASME B31.3 requirements.
Question (2): In accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3, Table 341.3.2B, concave root surface
imperfections can be evaluated by visual, ultrasonic, or radiographic examination. Table 341.3.2A
indicates concave root surface imperfections to be evaluated by visual examination only. What acceptance criteria are used for radiographic examination?
Reply (2): ANSI/ASME B31.3 does not address such criteria for radiographic examination.
Question (3): In accordance with ANSI/ ASME B31.3, Table 341.3.2B, weld undercutting imper.
fections can be evaluated by visual examination. Table 341.3.2A indicates undercutting imperfections
to be evaluated by visual or radiographic examination. In this case, are the radiographic examination
acceptance criteria stated for use as a supplementary examination?
Reply (3): No.
Note: Consideration will be given to clarify Tables 341.3.2A and 341.3.2B.
65
6-0S, 6-G6
B31.3 Interpretations No. 6
Interpretation: 6-05
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition With ANSI/ASME B31.3a-1984 Addenda, Para.
311.2.4 and Figs. 327.4.28 and C; Use of Socket Welds
Date Issued:
December 14, 1987
File:
B31-87-024
Question (1): In accordance with ANSI/ ASME B31.3, para. 311.2.4, is a weld strength calculation, including bending moments, required for each socket weld?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance witli ANSI/ ASME B31.3, para. 303, are the ratings of socket welding
components reduced in consideration of welded joint strength?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Is the use of socket welding connections prohibited for joints under pressuretemperature conditions in excess of the ratings for ANSI B16.5 Class 900?
Reply (3): No.
Interpretation: 6-06
Subject:
ANSI/ ASME B31 .3-1984 Edition With Addenda Through ANSI/ASME
B31.3c-1986, Paras. 323.1.2 and 323.2.4; Use of API 5L
Date Issued:
December 14, 1987
File:
B31-87-031
Question (1): Are there restrictions in ANSI/ASME B31.3 that would prohibit the use of seamless
API SL, Grade X-80?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Since API SL, Grade X-80 is not listed in ANSI/ASME B31.3, Table A-l, is it
acceptable to treat it as an unlisted material per para. 323.1.2 and use the rules of para. 323.2.4 for
developing design limitations?
Reply (2): Yes. Note: The inquirer may wish to consider alternative rules for design of high pressure
piping in Chapter IX of ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition with Addenda through ANSI/ASME B31.3c1986.
\',
e'
"
~)-
66
.
831.3 Interpretations No.6
6-07, 6-08, 6-09
Interpretation: 6-07
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition With Addenda Through ANSI/ASME
B31.3c-1986, Paras. 302.3.5 and 321.1.1; Longitudinal Stresses, Support
Configurations
Date Issued:
December 14, 1987
File:
B31-87-032
Question: Shall all support configurations be considered in the evaluation of longitudinal stress in
accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3, para. 302.3.5k)?
Reply: Yes. See also ANSI/ ASM E B31.3, para. 321.1.1(7).
Interpretation: 6-08
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition With Addenda Through ANSI/ASME
B31.3c-1986, Paras. 345.1, 345.5, 345.9, and M345.1; Category M, Alternative
Leak Test
Date Issued:
December 14, 1987
File:
B31-87-034
Question (1): ANSI/ ASME B31.3, para. M345.1 refers to para. 345.1 for testing. If a hydrostatic
test is not practical, does ANSI/ASME B31.3 intend for toxic gas service piping to be alternative leak
tested in accordance with para. 345.9l
Reply (1): No. ANSI/ASME B31.3 provides the option of a pneumatic leak test in accordance with
para. 345.5. See para. 345.1 (b).
Question (2): Does ANSI/ASME B31.3 permit piping to be put into toxic gas service following the
alternative leak test in accordance with para. 345.9l
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 6-09
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition With Addenda Through ANSI/ASME
B31.3c-1986, Paras. 304.3 and 304.7.2; Extruded Branch Connections
Date Issued:
April 15, 1988
File:
B31-87-o26B
Question: Are the requirements of ANSI/ASME B31.3, para. 304.7.2 applicable to extruded
branch connections to which the design formulas given in para. 304.3 cannot be applied?
Reply: Yes.
67
ASME/ANSI 831.3
Interpretations No. 7
Replies to Technical Inquiries
May 1, 1988, Through April 30, 1989
Gener~1 Inform~tion
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the 831 Committee concerning 831.3 as
part of the subscription service. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order.
An interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation or, if none is stated, to
the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to
the Code may have superseded the reply. The interpret~tions ~re not part of the Code or its
Addend~.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical na,ture. In these cases, a revised reply,
bearing the original intrepretation number with the 'suffix R, is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME ,committee or subcommittee. As stated
in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or
"endorse" any item,construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the 831 Committee, refer to
Appendix Z.
Code Reference ~nd Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1
up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
,,,":"/,
1.<£::.:
69
831.3
Interpretation
File No.
.
7·10
831·88·022
.
.
.
6-03R
7-05
7-01
831-87-022"
831-88-001
831-87-021
.
'.'
.
.
.
.
.
7-04
7-02
7-03
7-08
7-09
7-07
7·06
831-87-041
831-87-039
831-87-040
B31-88-OO9
831-88-021
831-88-008
B31-88-002
Subject
,
Paras. 300, 300.1, and Fig. 300.1.1; Applicability
Paras. 300(c)(3) and (5), and 302.3.5; Longitudinal Stresses and Longitudinal
8ending Stresses-Sustained Loads
Paras.'3OO(c)(3l, 302.3.5, 319.2.3, and 319.7; Piping Supports
Paras. 301.2, 302.2.4, and 322.6.3; Pressure Relief Device Set Pressure
Paras. 302.2.4, 302.3.5, and 319.2.3; Allowable Stress-Calculating Displacement
Stress Range
Paras. 304.3.3 and 328; Spacing of Welds. .
Para. 305.2.3, and Tables A·1 and A·1 B; Spiral Welded Pipe
Para. 328.5.4(f) and Fig. 328.5.40; 8ranch Reinforcement
Para. A327.2.4; Qualification Test for CPVC Piping
Paras. K315 and K322.3; Tubing Joints-Instrument Piping
Table 327.4.1A; Weld Acceptance Criteria-Concavity and Convexity
71
831.3 Interpretations No. 7
Interpret~tion:
6-03R
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition, Paras. 300(c)(3) and (5), and 302.3.5;
Longitudinal Stresses and Longitudinal Bending Stresses-Sustained Loads
Date Issued:
May 24, 1988
Item:
B31-87-022·
6-03R,7-01
Question (1): In accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3, para. 302.3.5(c), when calculating the
longitudinal stresses due to pressure, weight and other sustained loads, should the thickness of pipe
used in calculating SL be the nominal thickness minus mechanical, corrosion, and erosion allowances
but not minus the manufacturer's mill tolerance?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3, para. 302.3.5(C) when calculating the
longitudinal bending stresses due to sustained loads, what stress intensification factors should be
applied?
Reply (2): ANSI/ ASME B31.3 does not address the application of stress intensification factors for
longitudinal stress due to sustained loads; but see ANSI/ASME B31.3, paras. 300(c)(3) and (5).
Interpret~tion: 7-01
r··.-
\·~~t;.
Subject:
ANSI/ASME 831.3-1984 Edition with Addenda through 831.3c-1986, Paras.
301.2, 302.2.4, and 322.6.3; Pressure Relief ~vice Set Pressure
Date Issued:
May 24,1988
File:
B31-87-021
Question: In accordance with ANSI/ ASME 831.3, paras. 301.2 and 322.6.3, may the set pressure
of a single pressure relieving device for a piping system be chosen higher than the design pressure of
the piping system provided para. 302.2.4 is satisfied for the maximum relieving pressure?
Reply: No.
73
7-02,7-03
831.3 Interpretations No. 7
Interpretation: 7-02
Subject:
ASME/ ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Paras. 304.3.3 and 328; Spacing of Welds
Date Issued:
May 24, 1988
File:
B31-87-039
I
Question: In accordance with ASME/ ANSI B31.3, are there requirements or guidelines on the
minimum distance between welds in a pipe?
Reply: No, except as provided in para. 304.3.3(e).
Interpretation: 7-03
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Para. 305.2.3, and Tables A-1 and A-1 B; Spiral
Welded Pipe
Date Issued:
May 24, 1988
File:
B31-87-040
Question (1): In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, Table A-1, does ASTM A 671 and A 672
as listed, apply for both straight welded pipes and spiral welded pipes?
Reply (1): No. ASTM A 671 and A 672 do not include spiral welded pipe. ASTM specifications
covering spiral welded pipe include "spiral welding" in their scope. These include ASTM A 134, A 139
and A 211. API-5L also includes spiral welding. See ASME/ ANSI B31.3, Table A-1 B.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME/ ANSI B31.3, para. 305.2.3, can carbon steel spiral
welded pipe be used for severe cyclic service?
Reply (2): No.
74
831.3 Interpretations No. 7
7-04
Interpretation: 7-04
Subject:
ASME/ ANSI 831.3-1987 Edition, Paras. 302.2.4, 302.3.5, and 319.2.3; Allowable
Stress-Calculating Displacement Stress Range
Date Issued:
May 24, 1988
File:
831-87-041
Question (1): In accordance with ASME/ ANSI 831.3, para. 302.3.5, should the basic allowable
stress at maximum metal temperature Sh used for calculating the allowable displacement stress range,
be for the normal upPer temperature under operatif1g conditions, and exclude all short-time excursions
above such normal operating temperature?
Reply (1): No. In accordance with para. 319.2.3, the allowable displacement stress range is based
on the maximum and minimum temperatures for the displacement cycle under analysis.
.
Question (2): Are the provisions of ASME/ ANSI 831.3, para. 302.2.4 applicable for establishing
the allowable displacemeot stress range for flexibility analysis?
Reply (2): No.
i"'""'.:.
\ ,.,_.,,'-....
-~.'
7S
1-05, 1-06
831.3 Interpretations No. 1
Interpretation: 7-oS
Subject:
ANSI/ ASME B31.3-1984 Edition with Addenda through B31.3c-1986, Paras.
300(c)(J), 302.3.5, 319.2.3 and 319.7; Piping Supports
Date Issued:
May 24, 1988
File:
B31-88-001
6
~~<
' ..
..
:~-
Question (1): When a pipe moves away from a support, should the longitudinal stresses for the
pipe in the installed po~ition, or the longitudinal stresses for the pipe in the operating position, or both,
be compared to ANSI/ASME B31.3 allowable in accordance with para. 302.3.5(c>?
Reply (1): Both. See also para. 300(c)(3).
Question (2): Does ANSI/ ASME B31.3 require the evaluation of the secondary effects of pressure,
such as pressure expansion and elongation or the Bourdon effect with bends?
Reply (2): No. See also para. 300(c)(3).
Question (3): Does ANSI/ ASM E B31 .3 address the stresses caused by axial forces in the displacement stress calculations?
Reply (3): No. See also paras. 300(c)(3) and 319.7.
Question (4): What is the ANSI/ASME B31.3 definition of "displacement stress range"?
Reply (4): The displacement stress range is defined in para. 319.2.3 as tIthe algebraic difference
between the extreme displacement condition and the original (as installed) condition (or any anticipated
condition with a greater differential effect)."
Interpretation: 7-06
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition with the B31.3a-1984 Addenda, Table 327.4.1A;
.
Weld Acceptance Criteria-Concavity and Convexity
Date Issued:
May 24, 1988
File:
B31-88-002
Question: Is it the intent of ANSI/ASME B31.3 to interpret concavity and convexity by radiography on welds required by B31 .3 or the engineering design to be radiographed when this interpretation
can not be made by visual examination?
Reply: For concavity, yes. ANSI/ASME B31.3 does not address convexity except as "internal
protrusion" or "external reinforcement," neither of which is evaluated by radiography.
lor
~
16
831.3 Interpretations No. 7
7-07, 7-88, 7-09
Interpretation: 7-07
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Paras. K315 and K322.3; Tubing
Joints-Instrument Piping
Date Issued:
May 24, 1988
File:
B31-88-008
Question: Does ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. K31 5 apply to process control (instrument piping) tube
fittings and tube jo!nts?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 7-oS
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Para. 328.5.4(f) and Fig. 328.5.40; Branch
Reinforcement
Date Issued:
May 24, 1988
File:
B31-88-009
Question: In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. 328.5.4(f), is the attachment weld between the reinforcement member and the run pipe required for a full encirclement type reinforcement
installation?
Reply: ASME/ANSI B31.3 does not specifically address full encirclement branch reinforcement.
The Committee will be studying this item for possible future revisions.
Interpretation: 7-09
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition, Para. A327.2.4; Qualification Test for CPVC
Piping
Date Issued:
December 8, 1988
Item:
B31-88-o21
Question: For CPVC plastic piping, is there a discrepancy between the hydrostatic test requirements in para. A327.2.4 for qualifying a bonding procedure specification (BPS) and the hydrostatic
burst strength requirement for solvent cemented joints in ASTM F 493?
Reply: No. ANSI/ASME B31.3, para. A327.2.4 requires that a test assembly containing joints
withstand a hydrostatic test pressure of fo,:,r times the design pressure. ASTM F 493 qualifies the cement
used in the joint.
','
,.
~
\{~:~i;
77
7-10
831.3 Interpretations NO.7
Interpretation: 7-10
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Paras. 300, 300.1, and Fig. 300.1.1;
Applicability
Date Issued:
December 8, 1988
Item:
B31-88-022
ft'.'
....
t»;',
o!to1 ;.'
Question: Which section of the ASME/ ANSI B31 Code for Pressure Piping covers piping for a
transmission line between an oil terminal and a tank farm part of the piping being accessible to the
public?
Reply: ASME/ ANSI B31.3 and 831.4; see Fig. 300.1.1 of B31.3.
L:.
<
78
ASME 831.3
I
INTERPRETATIONS NO.8
Replies to Technical Inquiries
May 1, 1989, Through May 31, 1990
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the 831 <:ommittee concerning 831.3
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation,
or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect. on the date of issuance of the interpretation.
Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not
part of the Code or its Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. .
.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration. of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons
aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As
stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify,"
"rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparaion of technical inquiries to the 831 Committee, refer to
AppendixZ.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating
interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover· interpretations issued from
Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume. .
i"
",
\.~:!. . . .
79
831.3
Subject
Fig. 328.4.4; 8ranch Pipe Projection Into Run Pipe •.••.••••••••••.•••••.•••.•••••••..•.
Fig. 328.5.28; Double-Welded Slip-On Flange - Dimension ••• '.' ••••••••••••.•••••.••••
Paras. 300 and 300.1 and Fig. 300.1.1, Applicability - Offshore PIatfonn •••••••••••••••••
Paras. 300(b) and 300.2 and Appendix M; Oassiflcadon of fluid 5erYlce, t.arge
Temperature Changes ••.•........•.•..••••••••••...•••••.••••••••••••••••••••••..
Paras. 3OO(c)(2) and 323.3.4; Impact Testing Methods and Acceptance Criteria
Below' - 32O"F •.•.••.•.•.••.••.••.••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••.•••.•.•
Paras. 300.1.1 and 300.2; Rules for In·Une Sensing Devices••.••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Paras. 302.2.4 and 345.4; Maximum Allowable Valve Body cavity Pressure. •••••••••••••••
Para. 302.3.2 and Table A-1; Stress Value for A 387, Grade 9, Classes 1 and 2•••••••••••••
Para. 302.3.5; Stresses due to Cold Spring .•••.••••.••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 304.3.3 and Appendix H; Branch Reinforcement ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 304.3.3 and figs. 304.3.3 and 1028.5.4; Area Replacement - DefInitions •••••••••••
Para. 304.5.1 and Table A-1; MaterialslFittings - Use of Two Crades ••••••••••••••••••••
Paras. 318 and 328.5.4; fillet Welds
.
Paras. 323.1.1 and 323.1.2; Material Reidentiflcatlon •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 323.1.2 and Table 326.1; Material for Valve Body and Internals
.
Para. 330; Preheat Requirements - Welding Procedure Specification •••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 330.1; Preheat Temperature - Procedure Qualification
.
Para. 331.1.1; Postweld Heat Treatment
.
Paras. 331.1.2, 331.3.", and 331.3.7; Temperature Monitoring of Stress
Relieving of Pipe Welds in Series ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 331.1.7: Hardness Tests - Procedure QualIftcat10n Records.
..
Para. 332.1; Use of Eibowiess Steel Pipe in 831.3
.
Para. 332.2.1: Bends - Requirements for
.
Para. 341.3.2 and Table 341.3.2A; Acceptance Criteria - Uquid Penetrant and
Magnetic Particle
.
Paras. 341.4.1 and 344.2: Visual examination - Small Bare Piping. ••••••••••••••••••••••
Paras. 341.4.1, 341.4.3, and 344.2.1: Visual examination - Intemallnspection
.
Para. 341.4.l(c): CertifIcations and Records •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Paras. 341.4.2 and 341.5 and Table 341.3.2A; Category 0 Fluid SeMc:e ••••••••••••••••••
Paras. 345 and 345.2.2: Leak Test as Nondestructive &amlnatlon ••••••••••••••••••••••••
Paras. 345.1 and 345.9: Leak Testing•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Paras: A3?4~ ~28.2.1, A328.2.5 and A328.5: Bonding QualJflcat10n Test,
JOint Umitations
'
.
Para. A314 and Table 314.2.1: PIastlc Uned Pipe - Use of 5aeINed FIanps ••••••••••••••
Paras. M307.2 and MA323.4.2: Category M Fluid SeMc:e - Double Contained
Piping; Use of Valves ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Postweld Heat Treatment - Seal Welding
.
Table 323.3.1 and Para. 328.2.1: Impact Requirements in Qualifying
a Welding Procedure
.
Tables 326.1 and A·1: Dual Certified Materials and Components••••••••••••.••••••••••••
Table 331.1.1; Heat Treatment Requirements••••••••.••••••••••••••••••••••••.•••••.••
Table A-1: Minimum Ultimate Tensile Strength and Allowable Stresses for ASTM
B 464, Grade 20 Cb•••.•..••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Table A-1: Use of Plate Material for Pipe
.
lr.lteJflldatlon
, 8-28
8-27
8-17
FileNo.
831·90-008
831·90-007
B31-89-017
8-09
B31-89-018
· 8-30
; 8-01
8-04
, 8-25
8-16
· 8-06
· 8-37
8-18
8-13
8-19
8-07
8-21
8-23
8-08
B31·9O.()10
B31-88-0288
831-89-007
831-89-051
831-89-036
831-89-009
831·90.()17
831-89-033
831-89-028
831-89-043
831-89-010
831-89-045
831-89-047
831-89-013
8-05
8-22
8-03
8-20
831-89-008
831-89-046
831-89-006
831-89-044
8-32
8-26
8-10
8-38
8-31
8-15
831·90.()12
831·90-001
831-89-019
831-88-030
831-89-049
831·90-011
831-89-035
8-14
8-33
831-89-034
831·90-013
8-35
8-12
831·90-015
831-89-023
8-29
8-34
8-24
831·90-009
831·90-014
831-89-050
: 8-11
" 8-36
831-89-020
831·90-016
8-02
81
B31.3 Interpretations No. 8
8-01, 8-02, 8-03
Interpretation: 8-01
Subject:
ASMf/ANSI 831.3-1987 Edition, Paras. 300.1.1 and 300.2; Rules for In-Une Sensing
Devices
Date Issued:
May 22,1989
File:
831-88-0288
Question: Shall the· pressure containing piping components of an' in-line sensing device be
designed, fabricated, examined, and tested In accordance with the rules of ASMf/ANSI 831.31
Reply: Yes; see the definitions for "plping" and "piping components" in ASMf/ANSI 831.3,
para. 300.2. See also para. 300.1.1.
Interpretation: 8-02
I,· .
L:·
Subject:
ASMf/ANSI 831.3-1987 Edition, Para. 341.4.1 (c); CertifiCations and Records
Date Issued:
May 22, 1989
File:
831-88-030
Question: In accordance with ASMf/ANSI 831.3, para. 341.4.1 (c), can manufacturers' markings
on pipe, fittinp, and components be reprded as confirmation of material compliance with the
specifications1
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 8-03
Subject:
ASMf/ANSI 831.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through 831.3b-1988, Para. 332.1;
Use of EJbowIess Steel Pipe in 831.3,
Date Issued:
May 22, 1989
File:
B31-89-006
Question: In accordance with ASMf/ANSI B31.3 is the use of pipe bending permltted1
Reply: Yes; see ASMf/ANSI 831.3, para. 332.1.
83
8-04,8-05,8-06
831.3 Interpretations No.8
Interpretation: 8-04
Subject:
ASMf/ANSI 831.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through 831.3b-1988, Paras.
302.2.4 and 345.4; Maximum Allowable Valve Body cavity Pressure
Date Issued:
May 22, 1989
File:
831-89-007
Question: In accordance with ASMf/ANSI 831.3, what is the maximum pressure buildup relative
to the pressure rating of the valve permitted in' the ~ body cavity?
Reply: 133% of the pressure rating of the valve provided that all of the requirements of ASMEJ
ANSI 831.3, para. 302.2.4 are met. Also see para. 345.4 for pressure test requirements.
Interpretation: 8-0S
Interpretation: 8-06
Subject:
ASMfJANSI 831.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through 831.3b-1988, Para. 304.3.3
and Appendix Hi 8ranch Reinforcement
Date Issued:
May 22, 1989
File:
831-89-009
Question: In accordance with ASMEJANSI 831.3, para. 304.3.3, is the weld joint factor ~ for
calculating the required thickness of the branch t. always equal to 1.0 whether the branch is longitudinally welded or notl
Reply: No. The weld joint quality factor EJ for the branch in accordanci;e with para. 302.3.4 shall
be used.
Note: Example H-2 of Appendix H will be reviewed by the. Committee for possible revision.
84
B31.3 Interpretations No. 8
8-07,8-08
,:',
'.'
Interpretation: 8-07
Subject:
ASMEIANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988, Para. 323.1.2
and Table 326.1; Material for Valve Body and Internals
Date Issued:
May 22, 1989
File:
B31-89·01 0
Question (1): Is ASTM A487-1C (formerly A487-1Q) an,acceptable n,aterial for valve bodies
within the scope of ASMEIANSI B31.31
Reply (1): Yes, if qualified as an unlisted material in accordance withASMElANSI B31.3, para.
323.1.2.
Question (2): Are valve internal materials covered by ASMEIANSI B31.31
Reply (2): ASMEIANSI B31.3 does not cover valve internal components except by reference to
valve standards listed In Table 326.1.
Interpretation: 8-08
Subject:
ASMEIANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Para. 331.1.1; Postweld Heat Treatment
Date Issued:
May 22, 1989
File:
B31-89-013
Question: In accordanc,:! with ASMEIANSI B31.3, para. 331.1.1, is postweld heat treatment
required in the welding procedure specification for P-No. 1 materials when postweld heat treatment
is needed solely for the type of service1
.
Reply: Yes, and the requirements for postweld heat treatment should be specified in the engineering design.
85
;~
.'
~
~, 8-10
831.3 Interpretations No. 8
Interpretation: 8-09
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988, Paras. 3OO(b)
and 300.2, and Appendix M; Classification of Fluid Service, Large Temperature
Changes
Date Issued:
November 16, 1989
File:
B31-89-018
Question (1): Is it a requirement of ASM~ANSI B31.3 that piping for liquid oxygen (LOX) at
- 2970F and 6000 psig be classified as Category M fluid service as defined in para. 300.21
Reply (1): No; it is the owners responsibility to determine which fluid services are to be
identified as Category M. See para. 3OO(b)(1). Appendix M may be used as a guide in making such
determinations.
Question (2): Does ASME/ANSI B31.3 require that piping which undergoes a large, rapid temperature change be considered to experience severe cycle conditions as ~ned in para. 300.21
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 8-10
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988, Paras.
341.4.1,341.4.3, and 344.2.1; Visual Examination - Intemallnspection
Date Issued:
November 16, 1989
File:
B31-89-o19 '
Question: Is it the intent of ASME/ANSI B31.3, paras. 344.2.1, 341.4.1, and 341.4.3 that random
or 100% visual examination of weld internal surfaces requires indirect observation by aids such as
borescopes1
Reply: No. The intent of ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. 344.2.1 is that the phrase"•••or can be exposed
to view..." refers to direct visual examination.
.
86
B31.3 Interpretations No.8
8-11, 8-12, 8-13
Interpretation: 8-11
Subject:
ASME/ANSI 831.3-1987 Edition, Table A-1; Minimum Ultimate Tensile Strength and
Allowable Stresses for ASTM 8 464, Grade 20 Cb
Date Issued:
November 16, 1989
File:
631-89-020
.
,
Question (1): Are the correct specified minimum tensile strength (SMTS) and basic allowable
stresses listed in ASME/ANSI 831.3, Table A-1 for ASTM 8464 Grade 20 Cb (UNS N08020H
Reply (1): No. The SMTS should be 80 ksi. The basic allowable stresses are being revised for
inclusion in a future addenda to ASMEIANSI 831.3.
Question (2): For ASTM B464 Grade 20 Cb may the allowable stresses in ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Table UNF-23.3 be used ,for design of ASMEIANSI
831.3 piping.
Reply (2): Yes, but the allowable stresses must be adjusted by the appropriate weld joint factor.
Interpretation: 8-12.
f ~'"' .
Subject:
ASME/ANSI 831.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through 831.3b-1988; Postweld
Heat Treatment - seal Welding
Date Issued:
November 16,1989
File:
831-89-023,
Question: What are the requirements of ASME/ANSI 831.3 regarding preheating and postweld
heat treatment of rings or similar welded parts in the manufacture of valvesl
Reply: ASME/ANSI 831.3 does not address this subject.
Interpretation: 8-13
Subject:
ASME/ANSI 831.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through 831.3b-1988, Paras. 318
and 328.5.4; Fillet Welds
Date Issued:'
November 16, 1989
File:
831-89-028
Question: Does ASMEIANSI 831.3 pennit the use of fillet welds as the primary pressure containing welds for special (proprietary) jointsl
Reply: Yes, provided the requirements of ASME/ANSI 831.3, paras. 328.5.4 and 318 are met.
I
.... t
.
" f.
........ ....,..:.:
87
""
"
.~
-
------_._._-~~-_.~~--
-~~~
8·14
831.3 Interpretations No. 8
(~:
Interpretation: 8-14
"
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988, Paras. A304,
A328.2.1, A328.2.5, and A328.5; Bonding Qualification Test, Joint Umitations
Date Issued:
November 16, 1989
File:
831-89-034
Question (1): ApplYing the rules of ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. A328.2.5(a), the required bonding
qualification test assembly should consist of at. least one pipe-to-pipe joint and one pipe-to-fitting
joint. Is a pipe-ta-pipe joint required for solvent cemented joints in thennoplastic piping1
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. A328.2.5(a), is a pipe-ta-fitting joint required for hot
gas welded joints in thennoplastic piping1
Reply (2); Yes.
Question (3): Applying the rules of ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. A304, the required test pressure
for the bonding qualification test assembly specified in para. 328.2.5(b) may exceed the minimum
burst pressure of the plastic components. Is this the intent of ASME/ANSI. B31.31
Reply (3): ASME/ANSI B31.3 does not address the issue of minimum burst strength.
Que,stion (4): Is it in violation of ASME/ANSI B31.3 to conduct hot gas bonded welds with joints
that have a root face and root gap other than Va in.1
Reply (4): No, ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. A328.5.2(a) states recommendations for joint dimensions. See the requirements of para. A328.2.1 (b).
Question (5): In ASME/ANSI B31.3, paras. A328.S.3 and A328.S.4, does the word "fillet" apply
to heat fusion joints1
Reply (5): Yes.
Question (6): ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. A328.S.3(b) states that asserriblyof the surfaces to be
joined shall produce a small fillet of cement at the outer limits of the joint. If, after the joint cures
and the cement dries, there are areas at the outer limits that do not exhibit a small fillet, is the joint
rejectable?
Reply (6): Yes.
88
__
__
~ _ ~ _ ~ ~ ~ ~
~
__
c-~~
~ ~ ~ _
831.3 Interpretations No. 8
,.-
8-15,8-16
Interpretation: 8-15
Subject:
ASMEIANSI 831.3-1987 Edition With Addenda 831.3b-1988, Paras. 345.1 and
345.9; Leak Testing
Date Issued:
November 16, 1989
File:
831·89-035
Question (1): Where leak testing a system follows guidelines under, ASMEIANSI 831.3, para.
345.1 (c), does ASMEIANSI 831.3 require that all items under para. 345.9 be performed (345.9.1,
345.9.2, and 345.9.3H
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Where tying a newly constructed ASMEIANSI 831.3 normal fluid service piping
system into an existing piping system, and the tie-in weld cannot be i$Olated for hydrostatic or
pneumatic testing, and the conditions of para. 345.1 (c) do not apply, what does ASMEIANSI 831.3
require for leak testingl
Reply (2): ASMEIANSI B31.3 does not address leak testing under these circumstances.
Interpretation: 8-16
. ~."
Subject:,
ASMEIANSI 831.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through 831.3b-1988, Para.
302.3.5; Stresses due to Cold Spring
Date Issued:
November 16, 1989
File:
831-89-036
Question: In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. 302.3.5(c), is it required to indude the
stresses due to cold spring in the sustained longitudinal stress 5,1
Reply: No•
..
'
..
\;
89
8-17,8-18
B31.3 Interpretations No.8
Interpretation: 8-17
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988, Paras. 300
and 300.1 and Fig. 300.1.1, Applicability - Offshore Platform
Date Issued:
December 4, 1989
File:
B31-89-o1 7
Question: At what 'point does the coverage of ASME/ANSI B31.3 end In piping connected to a
launcher/receiver for .a pipeline pig and a pipeli!"elriser on In offshore platform?
Reply: Except as stated in para. 300.1.1 (c) and shown in Fig. 300.1.1, ASME/ANSI B31.3 does
not specify limits of coverage; it Is the owner's responsibility to specify the appropriate B31 Code
break points. See para. 3OO(b)(1).
.
Interpretation: 8-18
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988, Para. 304.5.1
and Table A-1; Materials/Fittings - Use of Two Grades
Date Issued:
April 20, 1990
File:
B31-89-033
Question (1): When using stainless steel materials that meet ASTM requirements for two grades
(e.g. 304/304L or 316/316l) In B31.3 piping, may the desilP' be based on the allowable stresses
tabulated in ASME/ANSI B31.3, Table A-1 for the straight grade through 100crF and for the Lgrade
above 10000F?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): May stainless steel tlan. . and flanged fittings, that meet ASTM requirements for
two grades (e.g. 304/304L or 316/316l) be qualified by ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. 304.5.1 for desilP'
temperatures above ao<rF and 85", respectively?
Reply (2): Yes; L grade stresses must be used above l00crF.
90
c
831.3 Interpretations No.8
8-19,8-20,8-21
Interpretation: 8-19
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Paras. 323.1.1 and 323.1.2; Material Reidentification
Date Issued:
May 7, 1990
File:
B31-89:'043
Question (1): Does ASME/ANSI B31.3 require that materials conforming to para. 323.1.1 or
323.1.2 be reidentified after cutting for fabrication?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME/ANSI B31.3 have qualification requirements for an individual who
reidentifies material?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 8-20
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Para. 332.2.1; Bends - 'Requirements for
Date Issued:
May 7, 1990
File:
B31-89-o44
Question: In accordance with ASMEJANSI B31.3, para. 332.2.1, is it pennissible to reduce the
outside diameter of the bend by grinding if the wall thickness required by the design is maintainedl
Reply: ASME/ANSI B31.3 does not address this subject.
Interpretation: 8-21
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988, Para. 330;
Preheat Requirements - Welding Procedure speeifie:atlon
Date Issued:
May 7, 1990
File:
B31-89-Q45
Question: In accordance with ASMEJANSI B31.3, para. 330, for temperature verifk:atIon, ~t
of preheat zone, and limitations on interruption of welding, is it required that the welding procedure
specification detail these requirements?
'
Reply: No.
91
8-22, 8-23, 8-24
831.3 Interpretations No.8
Interpretation: 8-22
Subject:
ASME/ANSI 831.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through 831.3b-1988, p.,ara.
331.1.7; Hardness Tests - Procedure Qualification Records
Date Issued:
May 7, 1990
File:
831-89-046
c.
Question: In accoroance with ASME/ANSI 831.3, para. 331.1.7, is it ~uired that hardness tests
be verified on procedur~ qualification records?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 8-23
Subject:
ASMFJANSI 831.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through 831.3b-1988, Para. 330.1;
Preheat Temperature - Procedure Qualification
Date Issued:
May 7, 1990
File:
831-89-Q47
Question: In meeting the requirements of ASMFJANSI 831.3, para. 330.1.1 for preheat temperatures, is it necessary to comply with the values in Table 330.1.1, or can the requirements of the
8PV Coc:Ie, Section IX be used?
Reply: ASMFJANSI 831.3, Table 330.1.1 applies, except for those values which are listed as
recommendations.
Interpretation: 8-24
Subject:
ASMFJANSI 831.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through 831.3c-1989, Table
331.1.1; Heat Treatment Requirements
Date Issued:
May 7, 1990
File:
831-89-050
Question: In meeting the requirements of ASMFJANSI 831.3, Table 331.1.1 for heat treatment
of materials in P-Nos. SP-1 through SP-5, what heat treatment is necessary if the engineering design
does not specify the requirements?
Reply: ASME/ANSI 831.3 does not designate a specific heat treatrrient procedure for these
materials. For conformance with ASME!ANSI 831.3, the engineering design must establish procedures in accordance with Note (1) of Table 331.1.1.
Iff..~
.'.
~
92
831.3 Interpretations No.8
8-25, 8-26, 8-27
Interpretation: 8-25
Subject:
ASMEIANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3c-1989, Para. 302.3.2
and Table A-1j Stress Value for A 387, Grade 9, Classes 1 and 2
Date Issued:
May 7, 1990
File:
B31-89-051
Question: Basic allowable stresses for listed materials ASTM A 387, Grade 9, Class 1 and Class
2 are not listed in ASMEIANSI B31.3. May the ·rules of para. 302.3.2(d) be used for calculating the
allowable stresses at 1000F for ASTM A 387, Grade 9, Classes 1 and 2 materials?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 8-26
Subject:
ASMEIANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3b-1988, Paras.
341.4.1 and 344.2; Visual Examination - Small Bore Piping
Date Issued:
May 7,1990
File:
B31-90-001
Question: Should small bore piping systems be excluded from ASMf/ANSI B31.3 because it is
impractical to conduct "direct" visual examination of internal imperfections?
Reply: No. The engineering design may specify any measures necessary to supplement visual
examination within the requirements of ASMf/ANSI B31.3, para. 344.2.
Interpretation: 8-27
Subject:
ASMf/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3c-1989, Fig. 328.5.2B;
Double-Welded Slip-On Flange - Dimension
Date Issued:
May 7, 1990
File:
B31-90-007
Question (1): Is ,it the intent of ASMf/ANSI B31.3, Fig. 328.5.2B sketch (1), to have the inside
fillet weld some distance below the face of the slip-on flange?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): What is the acceptable range of that dimension?
Reply (2): ASMf/ANSI B31.3 does not specify a range for that dimension.
f::~;'} I ·'a'
'~::
93
8-28,8-29
831.3 Interpretations No.8
Interpretation: 8-28
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3c-1989, Fig. 328.4.4;
Branch Pipe Projection Into Run Pipe
Date Issued:
May 7,1990
File:
B31-90-008
Question: In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, Fig. 328.4.4 sketch: (c), is there a maximum
distance that the branch pipe can project into the run pipel
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 8-29
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3e-1989, Table 323.3.1
and Para. 328.2.1; Impact Requirements in Qualifying a Welding Procedure
Date Issued:
May 7,1990
File:
B31-90-009
Question: In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. 328.2.1 (d), when impact testing is required by ASME/ANSI B31.3 or the enBineering desisn In qualifying a welding procedure, does this
requirement apply to both fabricators and manufacturersl
Reply: Yes.
94
<:
B31.3 Interpretations No.8
8·30,8·31
Interpretation: 8-30
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3c-1989, Paras.
300(c)(2) and 323.3.4; Impact Testing Methods and Acceptance Criteria Below
-320°F
Date Issued:
May 7, 1990
File:
B31-90-010
Question (1): Does ASME/ANSI B31.3 ~rmit the use Of other toughness testing methods in
place of Charpy impact testing for systems with a minimum design temperature below - 320°F?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME/ANSI B31.3 prohibit the use of other testing methods and/or analysis
to supplement Charpy testing to evaluate materials for use below - 320°F
Reply (2): No. see para. 300(c)2.
Question (3): Can the Charpy testing requirements of ASME/ANSI B31.3 be satisfied by testing
at -320°F, even though the minimum design temperature is -423°F?
Reply (3): No; see para. 323.3.4.
Interpretation: 8-31
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3c-1989, Paras. 345
and 345.2~; Leak Test as Nondestructive Examination
Date Issued:
May 7, 1990
File:
B31-90-011
Question (1): In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. 345, are all forms of leak testing
described considered to be nondestructive examination?
Reply (1): No. ASME/ANSI B31.3.does not dassify leak testing as examination.
Question (2): Does ASME/ANSI B31.3 have requirements for the personnel that perform leak
testing?
Reply (2): No; however, the examination for leaks required in ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. 345.2.2
should be by personnel qualified for visual examination.
-,
/
..
;
t<.~~~.· :,'
95
8-32, 8-33, 8-34
831.3 Interpretations No.8
Interpretation: 8·32
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3·1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3c-1989, Para. 341.3.2
and Table 341.3.2A; Acceptance Criteria - Uquid Penetrant and Magnetic Particle
Date Issued:
May 7, 1990
File:
B31·90-012
r,'.:,,',
\;/>
"
Question: In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. 341.3.2, for' the detennination of an
imperfection using liquid penetrant or magnetic particle examination techniques, is it the size of the
indication or the size of the discontinuity that is used in the detennination of acceptance or rejection?
Reply: ASME/ANSI B31.3 specifies liquid penetrant and magnetic particle examination for the
detection of cracks only, and all cracks are rejectable.
Interpretation: 8-33
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3·1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3c·1989, Para. A314
and Table 314.2.1; Plastic tined Pipe - Use of Saewed Flanges
Date Issued:
May 7, 1990
File:
B31·90-013
Que~on: Does ASME/ANSI B31.3 prohibit the use of threaded flanges on plastic lined metallic
pipe?
Reply: No; threaded joints within the size ranges and limitations in accordance with ASME/ANSI
B31.3, Table 314.2.1 may be'used. Safeguarding may be required; see Note (4) of Table 314.2.1.
Interpretation: 8-34
Subject:
ASME/ANSI 831.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through 831.3c·1989, Tables 326.1
and A·1; Dual Certified Materials and Components
Date Issued:
May 7, 1990
File:
B31·90-014
Question (1): For temperatures not exceeding 10000F, may ASME/ANSI B31.3 piping systems
be constructed of dual certified stainless steels (e.g. 304/304U using Table A·1 stresses for the
straight grades?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): May the pressure-temperature rating for the straight grade of the corresponding
materials for components listed in ASME/ANSI B31.3, Table 326.1 be used?
Reply (2): The requirements of the referenced standards apply.
96
',','
,J
£
~
831.3 Interpretations No. 8
8-35,8-36
Interpretation: 8-35
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3c-1989, Paras.
M307.2 and MA323.4.2; Category M Fluid Service - Double Contained Piping;
Use of Valves
Date Issued:
May 7, .1990
File:
B31-90-015
Question (1): Does ASME/ANSI B31.3 reqIJlre the use Of double contained piping systems for
Category M Fluid Service1
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASMf/ANSI B31.3, para. MA323.4.2 permit the use of a double contained
'
thermoplastic piping system for category M Fluid 5ervIce1
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Does ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. M307.2 require the use of fire safe (fire tested)
valves for Category M Fluid Service1
Reply (3): No. .
.,1.'·
t 1.
I.
".
.
.
~;"
Interpretation: 8-36
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3c-1989, Table A-1;
Use of PI~ Material for Pipe
Date Issued:
May 7, 1990
File:
B31-90-016
Question: Is pipe fabricated In accordance with ASMf/ANSI B31.3, from a listed plate material
(e.g., A 516 Gr. 60) without refelence to a pipe specification (such as ASTM A 671), acceptable per
ASME/ANSI B31.31
Reply: Yes.
97
8-37,8-38
831.3 Interpretations No.8
Interpretation: 8-37
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Throush B31.3c-1989, Para. 304.3.3
and Figs. 304.3.3 and K328.5.4; Area Replacement - DefInitions
Date Issued:
May 7, 1990
File:
B31-90-017
Question: In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. 304.3.3, what,is the correct value of Tit
to be used in calculation L. for the branch connection shape shown in the lower half of Fig. K328.5.4?
Is Tit based upon the reinforcing barrel of the fitting or the wall thickness of the matching branch
pipe?
Reply: The value of Tit to be used in calculation L. for the referenced fitting is the nominal
thickness of the reinforcing barrel less manufacturing mill tolerances, provided that the inaeased
barrel thickness is uniform and extends at least to the L. limit IS shown in, Fig. 304.3.3. Otherwise,
Tit is the nominal thickness of the matching branch pipe, less manufacturing mill tolerance.
Interpretation: 8-38
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Paras. 341.4.2 and 341.5 and Table 341.3.2A; eategory 0 Fluid service
Date Issued:
May 25,1990
File:
B31-89-049
Question (1): In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, Table 341.3.2A, what acceptance criteria
should be used for Category 0 Fluid service pipe welds which have been radiographed?
Reply (1): ASME/ANSI B31.3 does not address radiography for Category 0 Fluid service welds.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, may the owner specify radiography as a
supplementary examination to be performed on Category 0 Fluid 5ervice piping?
Reply (2): Yes; in accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. 341.5.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, para. 341.4.2 and Table 341.3.2A,' if radiography is performed on Category 0 Fluid 5ervk:e pipe welds, and wu not specified by the
engineering design, should the radiography be disregarded?
Reply (3): ASME/ANSI B31.3 does not address this subject.
0{.
-.~""
98
------_._-
-------
ASME B31.3
INTERPRETATIONS NO.9,
Replies to Technical Inquiries
June 1, 1990, Through March 31, 1991
,
t,
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3
as part of the update service .to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation,
or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation.
Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not
part of the Code or its Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except fora few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons
aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As
stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify,"
"rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparaion of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to
Appendix z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating .
interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from
Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume. .
99
831.3
,
...
Subject
Fig. 328.4.4; Branch Pipe Projection into Run Pipe ••••..••.•••• , •••••••• '" ••••••••••••
Paras. 300.1 and 300.2; Applicability to the Transportation of an Emptied System ••••••••••
Para. 300.1.1, 300.2, MA306.5, and MA323.4; Applicability to a Textile Plant, and
Category M Fluid Service •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 304.5; Pressure Design of Flanges and Blanks
and Para. 312; Flange Joint System ••••••••••••.•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 304.S.1(b); F1ange-General•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 331.1.1 and Table 330.1.1; Heat Treatment Requirements for Attachment of
Bellows ExpansIon Joints to Piping •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 331.1.3 and Table 331.1.1; Heat Treabnent Requirements
of S" Cr'Sodcet Weld •••••••••••••••••••••••••••.•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 345.4.2; Test Pressure, Metallic Piping •• " ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Table 319.3.6 and Appendix 0; Flexibility Analysis for Branch Connections•••••••.••••....
Table 341.3.2A; Relnfolcenit!l1t and IntI!maI Protrusion Umits •••••••••••••••••••••••••••
~
FileNo.
B31·90-008B31·9().()30
9-02
B31·9().()26
, 9-07
9-09
B31·9().()34
B31·9().()33
,9-0S
B31-90-029
, 9-03
, 9-08
9-01
9-04
B31-90-027
B31-90-031
B31·90-2SA
B31-90-028
hrterpretation
8-28R
'.
,~
",
.j
I
101
831.3 Interpretations No.9
8-28R. I-en
Interpretation: 8-28R
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda Through B31.3c-1989, Fig. 328.4.4;
Branch Pipe Projection Into Run Pipe
Date Issued:
December 7, 1990
File:
B31-90-008·
Question: In accOrdance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, Fig. 328.4.4 sket~ (c), is there a maximum
distance that the branch pipe can project into.the run pipe?
.
,. :
Reply: No. The Code does not specify any requirements other than those given in Fig. 328.4.4
sketch (c). Further requirements are the responsibility of the owner.
Interpretation: 9-01
Subject:
ASMEIANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, With Addenda Through B31.3c-1989, Table
319.3.6 and Appendix D; Flexibility Analysis for Branch Connections
Date Issued:
November 28, 1990
File:
B31-9Q-2SA
Question: In accordance with ASMEIANSI B31.3, para. 319.3.6 and Appendix 0, is it permissible
to use the k- and j- factors for 90 deg. branch connections from Table 0-1 for branch connections
that intersect the run at angles other than 90 deg. (with or without added reinforcement)?
Reply: ASME/ANSI B31.3does not provide specific k and j factors for branch connections at
other than 90 deg.
103
831.3 Interpretations No.9
Interpretation: 9-02
Subject:
ASME 831.3-1990 Edition, Paras. 300.1.1, 300.2, MAJ06.S, and MAJ23.4; Applicability to a Textile Plant, and Category M Fluid Service
Date Issued:
November 28, 1990
File:
831-90-026
( ..
,
Question (1): Is a ~Ie plant which regularly handles caustic chemicals in its manufacturing
process covered by ASME 831.3, para. 300.1.1 (c)?
Reply (1): Yes. See also the ninth paragraph of the Introduction which begins "It is the owner's
responsibility..•"
Question (2): Is it a requirement of ASME 831.3-1990 that piping for:30% sodium hydroxide
be classified as Category M Fluid Service as defined in para. 300.3?
Reply (2): It is the owner's responsibility to determine which fluid services are to be identified
as Category M. See para. 300(b)(1). Appendix M may be used as a guide in making such detenninations.
Question (3): Does ASME 831.3, para. MAJ23.4.2 prohibit the use of a polypropylene flow
measuring device in Category M fluid services?
Reply (3): Yes, if the polypropylene is used as a pressure containing component, not as a liner
or gasket. .
:
(->= •..
Question (4): Does ASME 831.3, para. MAJ06.S prohibit the use of a polypropylene insertion
flow measuring device in Cat~ory M fluid service?
Reply (4): If a flow measuring device is not a fabricated branch connection, para. MAJ06.S does
not apply.
Interpretation: 9-03
Subject:
ASME/ANSI 831.3-1987 Edition, With Addenda Through 831.3c-1989, Para. 331.1.3
and Table 331.1.1; Heat Treatment Requirements of 5% Cr Socket Weld
Date Issued:
November 28, 1990
File:
831-90-027
Question: Are the exceptions in ASME/ANSI 831.3, para. 331.1.3(b)(2) applicable to the requirements of Table 331.1.11
Reply: Yes.
t~.·
~
104
831.3 Interpretations No.9
Interpretation: 9-04
,
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Table 341.3.2A; Reinforcement and Internal Protrusion Umits
Date Issued:
November 28, 1990
File:
B31-90-028
.
,
Question: In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3, Table 341.3.2A, may heights of reinforcement
and internal protrusion be added together in determining penetrameter requirements for radiographing girth welds?
i .
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 9-05
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 331.1.1 and Table 330.1.1; Heat Treatment Requirements for Attachment of Bellows Expansion Joints to Piping
Date Issued:
November 28, 1990
File:
B31-90-029
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3, para. 331.1.1, is it required to postweld heat treat
attachment welds joining austentic bellows to P-No. 1, 3, 4, and 5 piping (in thickness requiring
PWHT) when the bellows material thickness is less than or equal to V. in. and the attachment weld
is made with austentic weld material?
Reply: Yes, except as permitted by para. 331.2.2.
Interpretation: 9-06
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Paras. 300.1 and 300.2; Applicability to the Transportation of an Emptied System
Date Issued:
November 28, 1990
File:
B31-90-030
Question: Does ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987, para. 300.1.2 address the transportation of a piece of
packaged equipment which includes piping?
Reply: Yes.
lOS
831.3 Interpretations No. 9
Interpretation: 9-07
Subject:
ASME 831.3-1990 Edition, Para. 304.5; Pressure Design of Flanges and 81anks and
Para. 312; Flange Joint System
Date Issued:
November 28, 1990
File:
831-90-034
Question: Does ASME 831.3 prohibit the use of raised and -flat face metallic flanges in combi.
nation 1
Reply: No, provided the design of both flanges meets the requirements of paras. 304.5 and
312. _
Interpretation: 9-08
Subject:
ASME 831.3-1987 Edition, Para. 345.4.2; Test Pressure, Metallic Piping
Date Issued:
December 7, 1990
File:
831-90-031
Question: Does a component built to a manufacturer's own standard require shop pressure
testing per !'SME 831.31
Reply: ASME 831.3 does not address the pressure testing of individual unlisted components by
the manufacturer.
-
Interpretation: 9-09
Subject:
ASME 831.3-1990 Edition, Para. 304.5.1(b); Flange-General
Date Issued:
December 7, 1990
File:
831-90-033
Question: When designing aluminum flange, in accordance with ASME 831.3, para. 304.5.1 (b),
is it permissible to design them in accordance with ASME Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix 2, not
considering the large difference in modulus of elasticity between steel and aluminum1
Reply: Yes, however; see also para. 300(c)(2).
106
ASME B31.3
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 10
Replies to Technical Inquiries
April 1, 1991, Through March 31, 1992
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the
interpretation, or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of
the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. These
interpretations are not part of the Code or its Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsi~eration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons·
aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the Cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As
stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify,"
"rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietaIy device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparai~n of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to
Appendix z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
.
YO'
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating
interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from
Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
107
.'
831.3.
Subject
Para. 300.1.3(d), Exclusions ••••••••••.•••••'••••••.••.••..••.•••••••••.•••••••••••••••
Para. 301.3.1 and Table 323.2.2, Minimum Temperature Design •..••.••••••••.•••••.••••
Para. 304.1.2, Straight Pipe Under Internal Pressure ••••••••••.••••.•••••••••••••••••••
Para. 304.5, Pressure Design of Flanges and Blanks••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 304.7.2, Unlisted Components; and Para. 3OO(b)(2),
Designer Responsibility
..
Para. 304.7.2(c), Unlisted Components and Elements ••••••••••••.•••••••••••••••••.•••
Para. 304.7.2(c), Unlisted Components and Elements •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••.
Paras. 311.2.5(a) and (b), Fillet Welds; and Para. 328.5.4(d),
Welded Branch Connections •••••••••••••••••••••.••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 322.6.1(b), Stop Valve in Piping for Pressure Relieving Safety Devices ••••••••••••••
Para. 323.4.2(b)(I), Specific Requirements for Other Cast Irons •••••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 327.4.2, Fillet and Socket Welds.••••••••••••••••••••••.••••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 340.3, Rights of the Owner's Inspection; Para. 341.2(c), Responsibility for
Examination; Para. 341.4.1(a)(I), Visual Examination;
and Para. 341.4.1(c), Certification and Records .••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 341, Examination••••••••••••••••••••••••• : •••.•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 341.3.4, Progressive Examination ••••••..•••••.•.•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Paras 341.3.4(a) and (e), Progressive Examination ••...••••••••..••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 341.4.l(b)(I), Other Examinations; Para. 341.4.3(b), Examination - Severe
Cyclic Conditions; and Para. 344.6.2, Ultrasonic Examination. ••.••••••••••••••••••••••
Para. 345.9.1, Exami~ation of Welds
.
Para. A323.4.2(a)(I), Specifie Requirements for Thermoplastics ••.•.••••••••••••••••••••
·Para. A328.2(a), Bonding Qualification Tests; and Para. A328.5.3(b), Solvent
Cemented Joints in Thermoplastic Piping
.
Table A-I, Basic Allowable Stresses in Tensidn for Metals••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
Interpretation
10.05
lQ.02
lQ.20
1044
File No.
831·91.Q04
B31·90-052
831·91-042
831-91-024
10-11
1()..()1
IG:18
831·91-016
B31·91-007
831-91-038
1~
10-10
1()'()1
10-19
831-9O-GS7
831·91-013
B31·90-051
831-91-039
10-03
la:16
10-12
10-09
831·90-056
831-G91-G28
831-91-019
831-91-012
lQ.17
10-15
10-06
B31·91-033
831-91-027
831-91-006
10-08
10-13
831-91-G08
831-91-021
1
109
B31.3 Interpretations No. 10
••
,
.
10-01, 10-02
Interpretation:10-01
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 323.4.2(b)(1)
Date Issued:
June 14, 1991
File:
B31-90-051
Question (1): In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 323.4.2(b)(1), may
cast iron piping components be used in a refrigeration system, using a hydrocarbon refrigerant with
a design pressure of 300 psig.
Reply (1): No, if the owner classifies a refrigeration system using a hydrocarbon refrigerant as
a process unit. Otherwise, yes, if the system is located outside process unit limits and all other
requirements of para. 323.4.2 applicable to cast iron are met.
Question (2) What is the meaning of "process unit limit" in para. 323.4.2(b)(1)?
Reply (2): See the definition of "process unit" in para. 300.2. The owner must classify and
establish the boundaries of process units not specifically described in para., 300.2.
-;~
•
.,
\'.
' ..
Interpretation: 10-02
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 301.3.1 and Table 323.2.2
Date Issued:
June 14, 1991
File:
B31-90-QS2
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 301.3.1, is the design minimum temperature the lowest' component temperature expected in service, which may result from
auto refrigeration?
Reply (1): Yes, unless the process design provides means to control minimum temperature.
,. !
Question (2): In accordance with Table 323.2.2, Note (2), for P-No. 1 carbon steel materials,
if the design minimum temperature is below - 200F, but not lower than - 500F, and the coincident
pressure below - 20°F does not exceed 25% of the design pressure, and the combined longitudinal
stresses do not exceed 6 ksi, is impact testing required?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): For P-No 1 materials, if the design minimum temperature is below - 500F, is
impact testing required?
Reply (3): Yes, the Table 323.2.2, Note (2) exemption applies only for design minimum tem.
peratures down to - SOOF. Also see para. 302.2.4(h).
Question (4): If impact testing is required, is the required test temperature the design minimum
temperature, even though coincident pressure may be at or near atmospheric pressure?
Reply (4): Yes. See Table 323.2~2 Column B, Box B-3, and Para. 323.3.4.
111
831.3 Interpretations No. 10
10-03, 10-04
Interpretation: 10·03
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Interpretations 3-7 and 5-10, Paras. 340.3, 341.2(c),
341.4.1(a)(1), and 341.4.1(c)
Date Issued:
June 14, 1991
File:
B31-9O-056
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 341.4.1(c), are individual
component markings in accordance with the applicable material specification sufficient to assure
the examiner that the material is of proper specification and.grade?
Reply (1): Yes.
Q\1estion (2): In accordance with para. 340.3, may the owner's Inspector' require that all documentation produced by the original material manufacturer, including documentation beyond the
material specification requirements, be provided?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): For an owner's inspection system, does the Code require documentation to assure
component traceability?
Reply (3): The Code does not address this subject.
Question (4): For an owner's stocking system, are warehouse markings sufficient to assure
component traceability?
Reply (4): The Code does not address this subject.
Question (5): For componeQts which lack full identification, because of size or other reasons,
may the shipping container be properly marked instead.
Reply (5): The Code does not address this subject, except as requirements are stated in the
referenced specification.
Interpretation: 10-04
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition With Addenda, Paras. 311.2.5(a) and (b) and
328.5.4(d)
Date Issued:
June 14, 1991
File:
B31-9O-057
Question: Does ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition and its Addenda permit ,the nse of fillet welds
as the primary pressure retaining welds for installation of a full encirclement tee ~ branch connection?
Reply: ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition and its Addenda do not specifically address rules for
fillet welding of full encirclement tee type branch connections.
112
831.3 Interpretations No. 10
10-05. 10-06
Interpretation: 10-05
Subject:
ASMEIANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Para. 300.1.3(d); ASME B31.3-1990 Edition
Date Issued:
June 14, 1991
File:
B31-91-004
Question (1): In accordance with ASMEIANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, p~ra. 300.1.3(d), is piping
which is contained in a p,ressure vessel exempt from the Code?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with para. 300.l.3(d), if a pressure vessel, heat exchanger, pump,
or other piece of equipment is supplied with external piping, are the piping components exempt
from the Code?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): poes ASME B31.3-1990 Edition provide a means for qualifying the use of ASTM
A 240 TP 304 material to - 457"F if material is thinner than 0.099 in.?
Reply (3): No.
...........
."4:;
Interpretation: 10-06
Subject:
~
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. A323.4.2(a)(I), Specific Requirements for Thermoplastics
Date Issued:
June 14, 1991,
File:
B31-91-Q06
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. A323.4.2(a)(I) prohibit the use of thermoplastic expansion joints, such as PTFE, in above ground flammable fluid service.
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does the Code permit the use of thermoplastic expansion joints, such as PTFE,
in above ground flammable fluid service if safeguarded?
Reply (2): No.
113
10-07. 10-08
831.3 Interpretations No. 10
Interpretation: 10-07
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 304.7.2(c), Unlisted Components and Elements
Date Issued:
June 14, 1991
File:
B31-91-007
Question (1): Paragraph 304.7.2(c) of ASME B31.3-1990 Edition requires that the proof test
be subject to the approval of the Inspector. Is it permissible for a professional engineer or others
without the official title of inspector, but experienced in the design, fabrication, or inspection of
B31.3 piping, to approve the proof test?
Reply (1): Yes, provided that the individual has been designated by the owner and is qualified
to perform that function in accordance with para. 340 of B31.3.
Question (2): For components qualified in accordance with para. 304.7.2(c), must the inspector
designated by the owner to approve the test also have been a witness to the proof test?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 10-08
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition; Para. A328.2(a), Bonding Qualification Tests; and Para.
A328.5.3(b), Solvent Cemellted Joints in Thermoplastics Piping
Date Issued:
June 14, 1991
File:
B31-91-008
Question (1): In conforming to the qualification tests per ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para.
A328.2.5(a), is a bell-end-ta-plain-end connection considered a pipe-ta-pipe joint for plastic piping?
Reply (1): Yes, if the joint connects two straight pipe sections of the test assembly.
Question (2): If a bonding procedure specification for plastic piping specifically states that it
is limited to pipe-to-fitting joints only, are both a pipe-ta-pipejoint and a pipe-ta-fitting joint mandatory for conformance with the qualification tests per para. A328.2.5(a)?
.
Reply (2): Yes.
"
.,j
Question (3): Can the lack of a small fillet as specified in para. A328.5.3(b) be considered an
unfilled area per Table A341.3.2?
Reply (3): Yes. Also see ASME B31.3, Interpretation 8-14, Question (6). The Committee will
consider future revisions to this paragraph.
0··.
,.
-(>
114
831.3 Interpretations No. 10
10-09, 10-10
Interpretation: 10-09
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 341.3.4{a) and (e), Progressive Examination
Date Issued:
June 14, 1991
File:
B31-91-012
Question (1): In complying with the requirements of ASME B31.3-199d Edition, para. 341.3.4,
must additional items examined be of the same size as the defective item?
Reply (I): No, unless otherwise specified by the engineering design.
Question (2): In para. 341.3.4{e), does the phrase "all items represented by the progressive
examinations" refer only to those items which have been examined and found to contain defects?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 10·10
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 322.6.1{b), Stop Valve in Piping for Pressure
Relieving Safety Devices
Date Issued;
June 14, 1991
File:
B31-91-Q13
Question (I): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 322.6, are reduced area stop
valves permitted on both the inlet side and discharge side of pressure relieving devices protecting
piping?
Reply (I): Yes, provided the additional requirements of para. 322.6 are met.
Question (2): In accordance with para. 322.6, are reduced area stop valves permitted on both
the inlet side and discharge side of pressure relieving devices protecting pressure vessels in accordance with Section VITI, Division 1 of the BPV Code?
Reply (2): The requirements of ASME B31.3 apply only to B31.3 piping.
115
831.3 Interpretations No. 10
10-11, 10-12, 10-13
Interpretation: 10-11
Subject:
ASME °B31.3-1990 Edition; Para. 304.7.2, Unlisted Components; and Para.
300(b)(2), Responsibility
Date Issued:
June 14, 1991
File:
B31-91-016
Question: In accordanc~ with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 304.7.2, is,the designer responsible to the owner for assuring that the design of unlisted components has.been substantiated?
Reply: Yes, see also para. 300(b)(2).
Interpretation: 10-12
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 341.3.4, Progressive Examination
Date Issued:
June 14,1991
File:
B31-91-Q19
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 341.3.4, is progressive examination mandatory?
.
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Is progressive examination per para. 341.3.4 considered as part of the Code
procedure to determine the acceptability of welds in a particular lot of piping?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 10-13
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Table A-I, Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for
Metals
Date Issued: ° June 14, 1991
File:
B31-91-Q21
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, is it acceptable to use the published
ASTM A 240 or ASTM A 167 Type 317L allowable stresses in Table A-I for a design based on
seamless pipe purchased to the ASTM A 312 Type 317L pipe specification?
Reply: Yes, see para. 323.1.2.
116
~;
.
;
•
~
831.3 Interpretations No. 10
10-14, 10-15, 10-16
Interpretation: 10-14
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 304.5, Pressure Design of Flanges and Blanks
Date Issued:
December 2, 1991
File:
B31-91-024
Question: Shall flanges designed in accordance with ASME B31.3a-1990, para. 304.5.1(b) or
304.5.2(b) be designed u~ing the allowable stresses from Table A-1?
Reply: Yes, except for austenitic stainless s~eels and nickel alloys whOse allowables are based
on 90% of yield strength at temperature and are shown in italics or boldface in Table A-I. In those
cases, refer to para. 302.3.2(e) for the recommended allowable stress limits.
Interpretation: 10-15
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 345.9.1, Examination of Welds
.Date Issued:
December 2, 1991
File:
B31-91-027
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 345.9.1, when 100% radiography is performed as part of an alternative leak test for Normal Fluid Service piping, are the
acceptance criteria for Normal Fluid Service used?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): When 100% radiography, instead of 20% radiography, is required by the engineering design for Category M Fluid Service and the acceptance criteria are specified to be in
accordance with B31.3, are the acceptance criteria the same as for 20% radiography?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 10-16
'Y. -:
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 341, Examination
Date Issued:
December 2, 1991
File:
B31-91-028
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, paras. 341.3.3 and 341.3.4, what
method of examination is required for a weld replaced due to defect(s) observed under a visual
examination process?
Reply: The new weld requires the same examination as was required for the original weld.
117
831.3 Interpretations No. 10
10·17
Interpretation: 10·17
Subject:
ASMF/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Paras. 341.4.1(b)(1), 341.4.3(b), and 344.6.2
Date Issued:
December 2, 1991
File:
B31-91-033
I
Question (1): In accordance with ASMFJANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, paras. 341.4.1(b)(1) and
341.4.3(b), is it acceptable ~o replace radiographic examination (RT) with ultrasonic examination
(UT)?
Reply (1): Yes, but in the case ofsevere cyclic conditions [para. 341.4.3(b», such replacement
is permissible only if specified by the engineering design.
Question (2): In accordance with paras. 341.3.2 and 344.6.2, what are the acCeptance criteria
for welds examined by ultrasonic examination?
Reply (2): The requirements are specified in para. 344.6.2.
Question (3): What is the definition of "linear-type" discontinuities?
Reply (3): A discontinuity which is a least three times as long as it is wide.
Question (4): For ultrasonic examination are there types of discontinuities other than lineartype discontinuities which are acceptable?
Reply (4): The Code does not address such discontinuities.
Question (5): For ultrasonic examination will any types of discontinuities be unacceptable if
they meet the requirements as stated in para. 344.6.2(a)1
Reply (5): The Code does not address types of discontinuities other than linear-type.
Question (6): Is there other information in B3"1.3 concerning acceptance criteria for ultrasonic
examination under para. 344.6?
Reply (6): No.
118
(~
"., ~ .~.
'
10-18. 10-19. 10-20
831.3 Interpretations No. 10
Interpretation: 10-18
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 304.7.2(c), Unlisted Components and Elements
Date Issued:
December 2, 1991
File:
B31-91-038
I
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3a-1990, when the pressure rating of a component
has been established in accordance with para. 304.7.2(c) by performing a proof test in accordance
with Section VIII, Division 1, para. UG-101, shall the maximum allowable working pressure be
reduced by a factor which incorporates allowanees, c, as defined in para. 304:1.1, and differences
in wall thickness due to any manufacturing tolerances?
. Reply: Yes, in addition to the other requirements of para. UG-101.
Interpretation: 10-19
•...
,-.;:~.
~,:.>"
..
Subject:
ANSI/ASME B31.3-1984 Edition, Para. 327.4.2, Fillet and Socket Welds
Date Issued:
December 2, 1991
File:
B31-91-Q39
Question: Are socket weld joints with intimate contact before welding (i.e., zero gap) between
the end o.f the pipe and the bottom of the socket weld fitting prohibited by the Code?
~ ~.... "
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 10-20
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 304.1.2, Straight Pipe Under Internal Pressure
Date Issued:
December 2, 1991
File:
B31-91-042
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, is an additional allowance required
for specified wall thickness for pipe beyond that calculated using the formulas under para. 304.1.2,
to cover manufacturing tolerances for under wall thickness? .
Reply: Yes, the requirements of para. 304.1.1 shall also be met.
c.·,.-.·
.:~::
"
119
,..,.r,
ASME B31.3
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 11
Replies to Technical Inquiries
April 1,1992, Through March 31,1993
General Information
'I
,It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have heen assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the
interpretation, or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of
the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have sup<?rseded the reply. These
interpretations are not part of the Code or its Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffIx R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons
aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As
stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify,"
"rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparaion of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to
Appendix Z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating
interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from
Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume..
121
831.3
Subject
Interpretation
Para. 302.3.2(f), Bases for Design Stresses - Unlisted Materials '
.
11-05
Para. 304.3.3 and Appendix H, Reinforcement of Welded Branch Connections
.
11-10
Paras. 306.4.2 and 332.4.2, Heat Treatment for Flared Laps
.
11-03
Para. 323.1.2, Unlisted Materials
,
.
11-20
Para. 323;3.2 and Table 323.3.1, Impact Testing and Acceptance Criteria
,11·12
.
11-Q9
Para. 328.2, Welding Qualification
.
'11-Q6
Para. 331.1.3, Heat Treatment - Governing Thickness
.
.11-Q4
Para. 341.3.4, Progressive Examination
.
Para. 341.3.4(a), Progressive Examination
.
11-02
Para. 341.4, Extent of Required Examination
.
.11-01
Paras. 341.4.1, 344.2.2 and 344.7..1, Records of Examinations
11·11
.
Para. 341.4.1 and Table 341.3.2A, Examination Normally Required and Acceptance
Criteria ................................•..............•........................
11-14
Para. 341.4.1, Examination Normally Required
.
11·15
Para. 345.5, Pneumatic Leak Testing .................•...............................
11-07
Para. 345.5.2, Pneumatic Leak Testing - Pressure Relief Device
.
11-19
Para. A305, Fluid Service Requirements for Nonmetallic Piping
Components - Pipe
.
11-17
Para. A323.4.2(c), Fluid Service Requirements for Nonmetallic Materials Specific Requirements
.
11·18
Para. K304.1.2, Eqs. (34a), (34b), (35a), and (35b), Straight Pipe
Under Internal Pressure
.
11-21
Table 314.2.1, Minimum Thickness of Male Threaded Components
11-16
: ..
Table 341.3.2a, Weld Reinforcement.
,
.
11-08
Table A-I, Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension For Metals
.
11-13
File No.
B31·92-Q02
B31-92-014
B31-91-052
B31-92-059
B31-92·016
B31-92·013
B31-92-<>04
B31·91-Q53
B31-91-050
B31·91-034
B31-92-Q15
B31-92-Q20
B31·92-Q21
B31-92·005
B31·92-050
B31·92-Q30
B31-92-031
B31·92-060
B31-92-029
B31-91-051
B31-92-018
123
831.3 Interpretations No. 11
11·01.11·02.11-03
Interpretation: 11·01
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Para. 341.4, Extent of Required Examination
Date Issued:
May 22, 1992
File:
B31-91-034
Question (1): In aq:ordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, para. 341.4, when applied
to the radiography of welds, what areas, in addition to the weld, are to be included in the "area of
interest" for interpretation and evaluation?
Reply (1): The Code does not specifically define "area of interest."
Question (2): Does the term "weld" include the base metal heat affected zone adjacent to the
weld deposit when applied to radiography?
Reply (2): No. See the definition for "weld" in para. 300.2.
Interpretation: 11·02
"
Subject:
ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Para. 341.3.4(a), Progressive Examination
Date Issued:
May 22, 1992
File:
B31-91-050
Question: In accordance with ASME/ANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, para. 341.3.4(a), how far back
in time should one go searehing for additional joints to examine to meet the requirements of
progressive examination?
Reply: Time is not a factor. Only piping in the "lot" under examination shall be considered for
progressive examination. See paras. 341.3.4 and 344.1.3.
Interpretation: 11·03
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Paras. 306.4.2 and 332.4.2, Heat Treatment for Flared
Laps
Date Issued:
May 22, 1992
File:
B31-91-052
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, paras. 306.4.2 and 332.4.2, does a
flared lap on a P-No. 1 material made at ambient temperatures and exhibiting a calculated maximum
fiber elongation greater than 50% of the specified basic minimum for the- grade of steel used, require
heat treatment under para. 332A.2(a)?
Reply: Yes, except as excluded by para. 332.4.2(a).
125
11·04
831.3 Interpretations No. 11
Interpretation: 11·04
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 341.3.4, Progressive Examination
Date Issued:
May 22, 1992
File:
B31-91-053
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 341.3.4, if a reject is found at
the second step [para. 341.3.4(c)] of progressive examination, is it required that every weld made
by the same welder since the beginning of the job be examined?
Reply: No. The progressive examination applies only to the particular lot of piping represented
by the original examination.
.
'
17,"').'),';
V
126
831.3 Interpretations No. 11
11-05
Interpretation: 11-05
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 302.3.2(£), Bases for Design Stresses - Unlisted
Materials
Date Issued:
May 22, 1992
File:
B31-92-002
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-1990 Edition provide the basis for peterrnining average expected yield or tensile strength of unlisted matedals referred to in para. 302.3.2(£)?
Reply (1): No.
.Question (2): Does ASME B31.3 allow the use of API 5LX52 above 400°F?
Reply (2): No, see Note (55) to Table A-I.
Question (3): Does this limitation still apply even if the yield (tensile) strength is defined above
this temperature?
Reply (3): Yes; however, unlisted materials may be used above 400°F if qualified per para.
323.1.2.
Question (4): Does B31.3 provide for improving longitudinal weld joint factors through the use
of ultrasonic or eddy current testing?
.
Reply (4): No. See Table 302.3.4.
Question (5): May ultrasonic examination be substituted for radiography to attain Code required
weld joint quality factor for welde~ fittings?
Reply (5): No.
Question (6): Does B31.3 provide for a 0.95 weld joint quality factor for the longitudinal
(including spiral) welds in pipe that is 100% ultrasonically or eddy current tested and radiographed
on each end?
Reply (6): No, except as specified for certain API 5L pipe in Item 4b of Table 302.3.4.
127
11·06,11·07
831.3 Interpretations No.1 1
Interpretation: 11-06
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 331.1.3, Heat Treatment - Governing Thickness
Date Issued:
May 22, 1992
File:
B31-92-004
Question: In accordaI}ce with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 331.1.3, i~ PWHT required when
the header thickness is greater than the limiting thickness shown in Table 3~1.1.1 but the computed
thickness through the weld is less than two times .the limiting thickness shown in Table 331.1.1?
Reply: No. See Interpretation 5-06.
Interpretation: 11-07
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 345.5, Pneumatic Leak Testing
Date Issued:
May 22, 1992
File:
B31-92-005
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 345.5, is the minimum
pneumatic test pressure considered to be the design pressure?
Reply: (1): No. See para. 345.5.4.
Question (2): In accordance with para. 345.5.4, is the 110% of design pressure considered to
be the minimum or maximum ,pneumatic test pressure?
Reply (2): The Code defines "test pressure" and does not specifically address minimum or
maximum pneumatic test pressure.
Question (3): In accordance with para. 345.5.2, is the set pressure of the relief device considered
to be the maximum pneumatic pressure?
'.
Reply (3): No.
128
831.3 Interpretations No. 11
11-08,11-09,11-10
Interpretation: 11-08
Subject:
B31.3-1990 Edition, Table 341.3.2A, Weld Reinforcement
Date Issued:
November 25, 1992
File:
B31-91-051
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Table 341.3.2A, what is the minimum height of external'weld
reinforcement allowed by the Code?
'
.
" .
Reply (1): Zero.
Question (2): Is a weld exhibiting concavity on the outside surface acceptable?
Reply (2): The Code does not address external weld concavity, but the total weld thickness
must be equal to or greater than Tw , as defined in Note (6) to Table 341.3.2A.
Interpretation: 11-09
t':·
t .,
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 328.2, Welding Qualification
Date Issued:
November 25, 1992
File:
B31-92-013
Ques"tion: In accordance with ASME B3l.3-1990 Edition, para. 328.2, maya contractor use a
welding procedure specification written by others provided that he produces a supporting procedure
qualification made by his ow~ organization?
Reply: Yes, see para. 328.2.2
Interpretation: 11-10
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 304.3.3 and Appendix H, Reinforcement of
Welded Branch Connections
Date Issued:
November 25, 1992
File:
B31-92-014
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 304.3:3, may the groove weld
attaching an integrally reinforced branch connection fitting to the run pipe be less than fully penetrated, if the depth of the groove is greater than required for adequate branch reinforcement?
Reply: No. See para. 328.5.4(d).
129
--~---
.... _ - - - -
11·11, 11-12, 11-13
831.3 Interpretations No. 11
Interpretation: 11·11
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Paras. 341.4.1, 344.2.2, anq 344.7.1, Records of Examinations
Date Issued:
November 25, 1992
File:
B31-92-015
Question: In accordan~e with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, paras. 341.4.1, 344.2.2, and 344.7.1,
are records for individual in-process examinations required only when used as a substitute for
radiographic/ultrasonic examinations in accordance with para. 341.4.1(b)?
Reply: In-process examinations, when used in accordance with para. 341.4.1(b) as a substitute
for radiographic/ultrasonic examinations, must be documented in accordarice with para. 344.2.2.
When in-process examination in accordance with para. 344.7, as opposed; to visual examination
under para. 341.4.1(a), is specified by the engineering design as the type of examination for any
other purpose, documentation is also required. Documentation is not requited for visual examinations performed iI~ accordance with para. 341.4.1(a).
Interpretation: 11·12
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition; Para. 323.3.2 and Table 323.3.1, Impact Testing and
Acceptance Criteria
Date Issued:
November 25, 1992
File:
B31-92-016
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, when impact testing the weld and
HAZ to the requirements of Table 323.2.2, can the base material be represented by any base material
within the same P-Number group?
Reply: Yes, provided the requirements for filler metal and flux are in accordance with Table
323.3.1, Box A-4.
Interpretation: 11·13
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Table A-I, Basic Allowable Stresses in Tension for
Metals
Date Issued:
November 25, 1992
File:
B31-92-018
Question: According to ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, what rules are used to develop allowable
stresses for ASTM A 351 CN7M for usage over lOO°F?
Reply: The requirements of paras. 323.2.1 and 323.2.4 apply.
130
831.3 Interpretations No. 11
11-14. 11-15. 11.J6
Interpretation: 11-14
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 341.4.1 and Table 341.3.2A, Examination Normally Required and Acceptance Criteria
Date Issued:
November 25, 1992
File:
B31-92-020
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 341.4.1, if a weld for severe
cyclic service has been accepted under visual examination and later shows surface porosity under a
subsequent liquid penetrant examination, is the weld acceptable in accordance with Table 341.3.2A?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 11-15
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 341.4.1, Examination Normally Required
Date Issued:
November 25, 1992
File:
B31-92-021
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 341.4.1, for a normal fluid
service, does para. 341.4.1(b)(1) permit the in-process examination option for the 5% random examination, requirement?
Reply: Yes, if specified in the engineering design.
Interpretation: 11-16
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Table 314.2.1, Minimum Thickness of Male Threaded
Components
Date Issued:
November 25, 1992
File:
B31-92-029
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Table 314.2.1, does the Fluid Service
Limitation (the first column of the Table) shown as "None" mean "All fluid services"?
Reply: Yes.
131
11-17,11-18
831.3 Interpretations No. 11
Interpretation: 11·17
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. A305, Fluid Service Requirements for Nonmetallic Piping Components - Pipe
Date Issued:
November 25, 1992
File:
B31-92-030
Question: Does ASME B31-3-1990 Edition, para. A305, allow the use of thermoplastics and
RTR piping in flammable fluid service?
Reply: Yes, subject to the fluid service limitations of the pressure containing material. See para.
.
A323.4.2.
Interpretation: 11·18
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. A323.4.2(c), Fluid Service Requirement for Nonmetallic Materials - Specific Requirements
Date Issued:
November 25, 1992
File:
B31-92-031
Question: Does ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. A323.4.2(c), allow the use of reinforced thermosetting: resin piping in flammable fluid service?
Reply: Yes.
"
"
'I
132
'J
e?,:,
~
831.3 Interpretations No. 11
11·19. 11-20, 11-21
Interpretation: 11-19
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 345.5.2, Pneumatic Leak Testing - Pressure Relief Device
Date Issued:
November 25, 1992
File:
B31-92-050
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 345~5.2, is it permissible for
the engineering design to specify a higher pneumatic test pressure for a piping system than is
required by para. 345.5.4?
.
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Is the engineering design specification of a higher test pressure subject to the
limitations of para. 345.5.2?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): May a pressure regulator be employed as a substitute for the pressure relief
device required by para. 345.5.2?
Reply (3): No.
Interpreta~ion:
11-20
Subject:
ASME; B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 323.1.2, Unlisted Materials
Date Issued:
November 25, '1992 .
File:
B31-92-059
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, may micro-alloyed carbon steel bars
not listed in Appendix A-I be used for piping components in B31.3 piping systems?
Reply: Yes. See the requirements of para. 323.1.2.
Interpretation: 11-21
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. IG04.1.2, Eqs. (34a), (34b), (35a), and (35b),
Straight Pipe Under Internal Pressure
Date Issued:
November 25, 1992
File:
B31-92-060
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, is the 1.155 factor used in the formulas
in para. IG04.1.2 technically correct?
Reply: Yes, see para. IG04.1.2 footnote (4) and IG02.3.2(b)(1).
133
ASME B31.3
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 12
Replies to Technical Inquiries
April 1, 1993, Through March 31, 1994
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the
interpretation, or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of
the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. These
interpretations are not part of the Code or its Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons
aggrieved by an interpretation'may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As
stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify,"
"rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparaion of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to
Appendix Z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating
interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from
Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
(.
135
\ .
831.3
Subject
('
'
Interyretation
12-20
12-05
12-13
File No.
B31-93-Q41
B31-93-004
B31-93-027
,12-09
12-16
12-06
'12-18
,12-Q4
12-12
12-07
12-10
12-21
12-03
12-19
12-02
12-01
12-15
12-23
12-14
12-22
12-11
12-17
12-08
B31-93-o17
B31-93-o32
B31-93-007
831-93-035
B31-93-001
B31-93-024
B31-93-009
B31-93-022
B31·93-G44
B31·92-075
B31·93-o36
831-92-074
B31·92-072
831·93-031
B31·93-o55
B31-93-030
831-93-051
B31·93-006
B31-93-034
831-93-010
.
137
831.3 Interpretations No. 12
12-01, 12.02, 12.03
Interpretation: 12·01
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 345.9, Alternative Leak Test
Date Issued:
June 7, 1993
File:
B31-92-072
Question: In accordance with ASME B3l.3-1990 Edition, may in-process examination, in accordance with para. 344.7, be substituted for all or part of the radiographic examination requiremeIits
specified in para. 345.9.1 if so specified in the engineering design?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 12·02
.-
Subject:
ASME B3l.3-1990 Edition, Para. 345.5.4, Pneumatic Leak Test Pressure
Date Issued:
June 7, 1993
File:
B31-92-o74
Question: In accordance with ASME B3l.3-1990 Edition, para. 345.5.4,. does the Code require
that pneumatic test pressure be adjusted according to the ratio of stress value at test temperature
to stress at design temperature?
f:'·
\
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 12·03
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 345.3, Preparation for Leak Test
Date Issued:
June 7, 1993
File:
B31-92-o75
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, does the Code require that all radiographic examination, and all owner-specified magnetic particle examination, be completed before
any leak testing is performed?
Reply: No.
139
831.3 Interpretations No. 12
12-04. 12-05
Interpretation: 12-04
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 322.6.3(b)(2), Pressure Relieving Devices
Date Issued:
June 7, 1993
File:
B31-93-001
Question (I): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, if the system test pressure is
greater than 120% of design pressure, is it acceptable to set a liquid thermal relief device at the
. .
,
system test pressure?
Reply (1): No; the set pressure shall not exceed 120% of design pressure, unless the requirements of para. 322.6.3(b)(I) are met.
Question (2): Which pressure is considered the system test pressure for a piping system where
all piping subassemblies which include all welds and components are hydrotested at 150% of design
pressure and then assembled and pneumatically tested at 110% of design' pressure?
Reply (2): 110% of design pressure.
Question (3): What is the basis for the 120% of design pressure as used in para. 322.6.3(b)(2)?
Reply (3): The Committee does not provide rationale.
Interpretation: 12-05
Subject:
ASMEIANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, Para. 304.3.3, Reinforcement of Welded Branch
Connections,
Date Issued:
June 7, 1993
File:
B31-93-004
Question: In accordance with ASMEIANSI B31.3-1987 Edition, does ~ fabricated tee, for which
the rules of para. 304 apply, that has been proof tested in accordance with ,the rules of ASME B16.9
and its references, also have to meet the requirements of para. 304.3.3 to determine the amount of
reinforcement required?
Reply: Yes, unless it meets all of the requirements of ASME B16.9
140
B31.3lnterpretations No. 12
,'~:' ,
I·,
12-06. 12-07. 12-08
Interpretation: 12-06
•
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 319.2.3, Displacement Stress Range
Date Issued:
June 7, 1993
File:
B31-93-007
Question: In accordaI,lce with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, does para. 3:19.2.3 require that the
difference between the minimum and maximum piping temperatures, whether caused by ambient
or operating conditions, be considered as one of the range of conditions for calculating the displacement stress range?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 12-07
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 328.1, Welding Responsibility
Date Issued:
June 7, 1993
File:
B31-93-Q09
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 328.1, is it permissible for owner,
rather than employer, to assume responsibility for the welding done by employer's personnel; and
for owner to provide WPS, PQR, and to arrange for tests required to qualify or re-qualify welders
and welding operators?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 12-08
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Table 0-1, FleXIbility Factor k and Stress Intensification
Factori
Date Issued:
June 7, 1993
File:
B31-93-Q10
r·
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, maya tee manufactured in accordance
with ASME B16.9, that does not meet the radius and thickness requirements listed in Table 0-1 of
Appendix 0, be used in the construction of B31.3 piping systems?
Reply: Yes; however, the stress Intensification factor listed in Table 0 11 of Appendix 0 for
B16.9 tees does not apply. Refer to Notes for Table 0-1 and para. 319.3.6 for additional guidance
on stress intensification factors.
141
12·09, 12·10, 12·11
831.3 Interpretations No. 12
Interpretation: 12-09
Subject:
ASME B31.3-I990 Edition with Addenda, Para. 304.7.2(e) and Table A-I, Unlisted
Components and Elements and Basic Allowable Stresses
Date Issued:
June 7, 1993
File:
B3I-93-0I7
Question (1): In accOrdance with ASME B31.3-I990 Edition, does the Code permit the use of
pipe made from ASTM A 240 Grade 32IH plat~ in accordanCe with ASTM A 358?
Reply (1): Yes, see para. 323.1.2.
, Question (2): If so, can the allowable stresses listed for ASTM A 312 Grade TP 32IH with
appropriate joint factors be used?
Reply (2): The Code does not specify allowable stress values for unlisted materials.
Interpretation: 12-10
Subject:
ASME B31.3-I990 Edition With ASME B31.3b-I99I Addenda, Para. 328.4.2(a)(2)
and Fig. 328.4.2 Sketches (a) and (b), End Preparation
Date Issued:
June 7, 1993
File:
B3I-93-022
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition with ASME B31.3b-199I Addenda,
para. 328.4.2(a)(2) and Fig. 328.4.2 sketches (a) and (b), can the tolerance for the end bevel angle
for a groove weld exceed plus or minus 21/ 2 deg, if verifiable to the WPS?
Reply: Yes.
'Interpretation: 12-11
Subject:
ASME B31.3-I990 Edition, Table 0-1, FleXIbility and Stress Intensification Factors
Date Issued:
September 17, 1993
File:
B31-93-006
Question; In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, what is the definition of "large diameter thin wall elbows" mentioned in Note (7) to Table D-1?
.
Reply: A large diameter thin wall elbow is one in which the pressure significantly affects the
calculated values of k and i when corrected by the equation in Note (7).
142
831.3 Interpretations No. 12
r.o
12·12. 12·13. 12-14
Interpretation: 12-12
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 328, Welding
Date Issued:
November 19, 1993
File:
B31-93-024
Question': In accordance with ASMEB31.3-1993 Edition, if a customer invokes B31.3 in his
general specification and requires that the valves be made to ASME BI6.34, do the specific requirements of B16.34 in reference to welding and postweld heat treatment take precedence over the
requirements given in B31.3 for pipe welding?
Reply: B16.34 applies to the manufacture of the valve. Welding of the valve to the piping system
(including postweld heat treatment) shall be per the requirements of B31.3.
Interpretation: 12-13
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 304.3.5(d), Additional Design Considerations
Date Issued:
November 19, 1993
File:
B31-93-o27
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, may the ribs and gussets referred
to in para.~ 304.3.5(d) be either internal or external?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does the placement of one or more bars across the internal opening of a branch
connection contribute to reinforcement of the opening?
Reply (2): No, unless qualified in accordance with the requirements of para. 304.7.2
Interpretation: 12-14
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition With Addenda ASME B31.3a-I990, Table 331.1.1, Heat
Treatment Requirements
Date Issued:
November 19, 1993
File:
B31-93-o30
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-199O Edition with Addenda ASME B31.3a-I990,
Table 331.1.1, do P-No. 5 materials with a chromium content greater then 3% but less than 10%,
a carbon content less than 0.15%, and a nominal thickness of l/Z in. or less require postweld heat
treatment?
·C·
Reply: Yes.
143
12-15, 12·16, 12·17
831.3 Interpretations No. 12
Interpretation: 12·15
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. M305.1, Fluid Service Requirements for Metallic
Piping Components
Date Issued:
November 19, 1993
File:
B31-93-031
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, may tubing be used for process piping
"
in Category M Fluid Service?
Reply: Yes; see para. M305.1 and definition of pipe in para. 300.2
Interpretation: 12-16
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 306.4, Fabricated or Flared Laps
Date Issued:
November 19, 1993
File:
B31-93-032
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, what are, the limitations of "hot
flaring" NPS 6-12 ASTM B 106 Grade B and A 53 Grade B carbon steel pipe?
Reply: Hot flaring for NPS 6-12 is not permitted for severe cyclic conditions, Categol}' M Fluid
Services, or High Pressure Fluid Services. For Normal Fluid Service. sec paras. 306.4.2, 3321. and
332.3.
Interpretation: 12·17
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition. Table D-1. Flexibility Factor k and Stress Intensification
Factor i
Date Issued:
November 19,1993
File:
B31-93-034
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition. Table 0-1. Appendix 0, does the use
of the stress intensification factor listedJor a welding tee per ASME B16.9 require T" == l.5T for
both full size and reducing tees?
Reply: Yes; however, see Note (11) to Table 0-1 and para. 319.3.6 for additional guidance
when the thickness limits are not met.
.
144
G
831.3 Interpretations No. 12
12-18. 12-19. 12-20
Interpretation: 12-18
Subject:.
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 322.6.1, Stop Valves in Pressure Relief Piping
Date Issued:
November 19, 1993
File:
B31-93-035
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, para. 322:6.1, maya stop valve be
installed between piping being protected and its protective device or devjces, or between the protective device or devices and the point of dischl\rge?
Reply: Yes, provided that the requirements of para. 322.6.1 (a) and (b) or (b) and (c) are met.
The precautionary consideration of Appendix F, para. F322.6, should be taken into account in the
engjneering design.
Interpretation: 12-19
\:'.,
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 345.4.1, Hydrostatic Leak Test
Date Issued:
November 19, 1993
File:
B31-93-Q36
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, does the B31.3 Code contain requirements for Ple water to be used for hydrostatic testing?
Reply: Np, except see paras. 345.2.2(c) and 345.4.1.
Interpretation: 12·20
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 300.1, Scope
Date Issued:
November 19, 1993
File:
B31-93-D41
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, may the owner apply B31.3 to piping
containing radioactive fluids in a chemical plant?
Reply: Yes, see the Introduction which states that, "If no Section of the Code for Pressure
Piping specifically covers the installation, the owner at his discretion may select any Section determined to be generally applicable .•. It should be noted, however, that requirements supplementing
the Code Section may be necessary to provide safe piping for the intended application."
145
B31.3 Interpretations No. 12
12·21, 12·22, 12·23
Interpretation: 12-21
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Paras. 345.1 and 345.9, Required Leak Test and Alternative Leak Test
Date Issued:
November 19, 1993
File:
B31-93-044
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, when parts of an existing piping
system are replaced, does the Code require that, the conditions of para. 345.1 be met?
Reply (1): ASME B31.3-1990 Edition is intended to apply to newly constructed piping. By
contractual agreement it may be applied to the repair or replacement of piping.
Question (2): Does the alternative leak test in para. 345.9 apply only to welded joints?
Reply (2): No. Also, see para. 345.2.2(a).
Interpretation: 12-22
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Table 341.3.13, Acceptance Criteria For Welds
Date Issued:
November 19, 1993
File:
B31-93-051
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Table 341.3.2a, criterion value symbols
B, C, F and G, would the allowable cumulative length of a defect be prorated down for welds
containing less than the weld length shown?
Reply: The Code does not specifically address this situation.
Interpretation: 12-23
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition With Addenda ASME B31.3a-1993, Para. X3.1.3 and
Fig. X3.1.3 Design Fatigue Curve for Stainless Bellows
Date Issued:
November 19, 1993
File:
B31-93-055
QuestiQn: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition with Addenda ASME B31.3a-1993,
para. X3.1.3, shall an additional temperature correction factor be applied to the equation for N e in
Fig. X3.1.3?
Reply: No.
.;
146
,
'-i
-~._
..
-------
/.
'
..
. . _,'
ASME B31.3
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 13
1
Replies to Technical Inquiries
April 1, 1994, Through March 31, 1995
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Aqdenda stated in the
interpretation, or if none is stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of
the interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. These
interpretations are not part of the Code or its Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffIx R is presented.
ASME .procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information 'is available which· the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons
aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As
stated in the Statement of Poli~ in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify,"
"rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparaion of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to
Appendix Z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist. the user in locating
interpretations by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from
Volume 1 up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
147
..
: ~ '. -:
831.3
Subject
Alteration of Existing Piping and Hot Tapping
Certification of a Listed Material to Another Listed Material Specification
Paras. 301.2.1 and 302.2.5, Design Pressure
Para. 304.1.1(a), Pressure Design of Straight Pipe
Para 304.7.2, Pressure Design of Unlisted Components and Elements
Paras. 304,7.2 and 304.7.2(d), Pressure Design
of Unlisted Components and Elements
Paras. 304.7.2 and 319.3.6, Pressure Design and Flexibility Factors
Para 319.4.1, Flexibility Analysis
Para. 328.4, Preparation for Welding
Para 328.5.4, Welded Branch Connections
Chapter VI Inspection, Examination, and Testing
Para. 341.3.4(e), Progressive Examination
Para. 345.4.2(a), Hydrostatic Test Requirements
Para. 345.5, Pneumatic Testing
Para. A328.5.4, Heat Fusion Joints in Thermoplastic Piping
Appendix X, Para. X3.2.2, Metallic Bellows Expansion Joints
'
.
.
.
.
.
Intery,retation
13-04
13-10
13-15
13-07
13'()2
File No.
831-94-017
831-94.Q34
B31-94-042
831-94·028
831-94·015
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
13'()3
'13-05
,13-14
13'()1
13·11
:13.16
13·12
13-13
13-06
,13.Q8
13-09
B31·94'()16
831·94.()18
831·94-041
831·93-059
831·94.()37
B31·94.()59
831-94-039
831·94-040
831·94.Q20
831-94-029
831·94-031
"
/"
,-
..
:; ~
t:-: '. .,."
... .
-
l.:.~ ~~. '
~,
"
i;
149
B31.3 Interpretations No. 13
13-01, 13-62, 13-03
Interpretation: 13·01
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 328.4, Preparation for Welding
Date Issued:
November 21, 1994
File:
B31-93-059
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Addenda a, does the Code require
that all transitional tapers be filled with weld metal to obtain a consistent outside diameter when
welding together two weld end components that are manufactured to include all of the following:
(1) a weld bevel to nominal wall thickness;
(2) an actual outside diameter greater than the nominal outside diameter;
(3) a taper transition from the actual outside diameter to the nominal outside diameter weld
.
bevel per ASME BI6.25, Fig. 1.
Reply: No, the weld must have at least the same nominal wall thickness as the thinner of the
two components.
Interpretation: 13·02
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 304.7.2, Pressure Design of Unlisted Cqmponents
and Elements
Date Issued:
Nov~mber 21, 1994
File:
B31-94-015
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, para. 304.7.2, may the maximum
allowable pressure of an unlisted component be greater than the manufacturer's rating?
Reply: Yes, see para. 300(c)(2).
Interpretation: 13-03
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Paras. 304.7.2 and 304.7.2(d), Pressure Design of Unlisted Components and Elements
Date Issued:
November 21, 1994
File:
B31-94-016
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, is a proof pressure test, in accordance
with para. 304.7.2(c), required to qualify a flange design not in accordan~ with a listed standard if
the design meets the requirements of para. 304.7.2(d) as well as the introductory requirements of
para.304.7.2?
Reply: No.
151
13·04, 13.05, 13-06
B31.3 Interpretations No. 13
Interpretation: 13·04
r.\;. ·.
.'
....
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Alterations of Existing Piping and Hot Tapping
Date Issued:
November 21, 1994
File:
B31-94-017
Question: Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition and Addenda a apply to alterations of existing
'
piping, including tie-in branch connections, e.g., hot taps?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 13·05
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 304.7.2, Pressure Design qfUnlisted Components
and Elements, and Para. 319.3.6 Flexibility and Stress Intensification Factors
Date Issued:
November 21, 1994
File:
B31-94-018
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, maya pressure containing piping
component, not manufactured in accordance with a listed standard, and for which the rules in para.
304 do not apply, be qualified in accordance with para. 304.7.2?
Reply'(1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with para. 319.3.6, may stress intensification factors for pressure
containing piping components~ not manufactured in accordance with a listed standard listed in
Appendix D, be established by fatigue testing?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 13·06
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 345.5, Pneumatic Testing
Date Issued:
November 21, 1994
File:
B31-94-020
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition and Addenda a, is it allowable to
pneumatically test above 110% of design pressure?
Reply: No, unless otherwise specified in the engineering design.
,',
"
"
152
',~:"
B31.3 Interpretations No. 13
13-07, 13-08
Interpretation: 13-07
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 304.1.1(a), Pressure Design of Straight Pipe
Date Issued:
November 21, 1994
File:
B31-94-028
Question: In accor.dance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, may the minimum pipe wall thickness
determined by measurement be used to satisfy the requirements of para,. 304.1.1(a)?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 13-08
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. A328.5.4, Heat Fusion Joints in Thermoplastic
Piping
Date Issued:
November 21, 1994
File:
B31-94-029
Question: Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, para. A328.5.4, apply to electrofusion bonding of
polyolefin pipe and fittings?
Reply: No. Eleetrofusion joints are not listed; see para. A304.7.2.
153
B31.3 Interpretations No. 13
13·09, 13·10
Interpretation: 13·09
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1987 Edition, Appendix X, Para. X3.2.2, Metallic Bellows Expansion
Joints
Date Issued:
November 21, 1994
File:
B31-94-031
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1987 Edition, para. X3.2.2, is it required to
examine inaccessible surfaces of the bellows longitudinal seam weld after forming using liquid penetrant?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Is a dye penetrant leak test (putting dye penetrant on :the inside surface and
developer on the weld outside surface) an acceptable alternative to liquid p~netrant examination of
the inside surface of bellows longitudinal seam welds?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Are the rules in ASME Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix 26, applicable to
bellows in ASME B31.3 piping systems?
Reply (3): No.
Interpretation: 13·10
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Certification of a Listed Material to Another Listed
Material Specification.
Date Issued:
November 21, 1994
File:
B31-94·034
Question: Is it permissible under the requirements of ASME B31.3-1993 Edition for an organization to recertify a listed material to another listed material specification?
Reply: B31.3 does not establish rules for materials certification other than the requirements of
the materials specifications.
154
B31.3 Interpretations No. 13
13-11, 13.12, 13-13
Interpretation: 13·11
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para 328.5.4, Welded Branch Connections
Date Issued:
November 21, 1994
File:
B31-94-037
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda a, what is the effective weld
throat thickness required for a proprietary integrally reinforced branch 'connection fitting?
Reply: The thickness is as required by the manufacturer's design qualified in accordance with
para. 304.7.2 or MSS SP-94, and para. 328.5.4(d).
Interpretation: 13·12
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Para. 341.3.4(e), Progressiv~ Examination
Date Issued:
November 21, 1994
File:
B31-94-039
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 341.3.4(e), what is the meaning
of the phrase "all items represented by the progressive examinations."?
Reply: All items withia- the same designated lot. See para. 344.1.3 Definitions, random exami·
nations.
Interpretation: 13·13
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 345.4.2(a), Hydrostatic Test Requirements
Date Issued:
November 21, 1994
File:
B31-94-040
Question: Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda a, permit a hydrostatic test pressure less
than 1.5 times design pressure?
Reply: No, unless para. 345.4.2(c) or 345.4.3(b) applies.
155
13·14, 13·15, 13·16
B31.3 Interpretations No. 13
Interpretation: 13·14
~,"
\:1
....
...•
"'., ~
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 319.4.1, Flexibility Analysis
Date Issued:
November 21, 1994
File:
B31-94-041
Question: In accordance with para. 319.4.1, how many years of operatio~ or number of operating
cycles are required to quil1ify a piping system as having a succ~ssful servic~ record?
Reply: Such determination is the responsibility of the designer. See para. 300(b)(2).
Interpretation: 13·15
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Paras. 301.2.1 and 302.2.5, Design Pressure
Date Issued:
November 21, 1994
File:
B31-94-042
Question: When a valve isolates two process streams so that one condition on one side of the
valve occurs at the same time as another condition occurs on the other side of the valve, are the
requirements of paras. 301.2.1 and 302.2.5 met if the pressure design is based on the most severe
conditions of coincident pressure and component temperature?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 13·16
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Chapter VI Inspection, Examination, and Testing
Date Issued:
November 21, 1994
File:
B31-94-o59
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda a, if a weld has not
penetrated to the inside comer of the root face on one side of the joint and the remainder of the
weld is sound, does ASME B31.3 classify this defect as lack of fusion?
Reply (1): No, refer to Fig. 341.3.2 sketch (c).
Question (2): Can lack of fusion occur at the root of a groove weld joint?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): Is 1.5 in. of incomplete penetration in any 6 in. weld length for girth and miter
groove welds acceptable for normal fluid service?
Reply (3): Yes, per acceptance criteria listed in Table 341.3.2A.
156
ASME B31.3
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 14
Replies to Technical Inquiries
April 1, 1995, Through March 31, 1996
General Information
(: .<.
1.:,"\"
"
..
....
~
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3 as part
of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order.
Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation, or if none is stated,
to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions
to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not part of the Code or its
Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity.. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing
the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional ihformation is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved
by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or "endorse"
any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to
Appendix Z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexe.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations
by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1 up to
and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
IS7
831.3
Subject
Fig. 323.2.2. Minimum Temperatures Without Impact Testing for Carbon Steel Materials
.
Maximum Allowable External Loads
.
Para. 300.2 Definitions
.
Para. 302.2.4. Design Criteria Allowances for Pressure and Temperature Variations, and Para.
,
.
322.6.3(c). Pressure Relieving Devices
Para. 304.3.3 Reinforcement of Welded Branch Connections .......•......................
Para. 328.2 Welding Qualifications
.
.
Para. 328.2.2(g). Procedure Qualification by Others
,
Para. 328.4.3. Preparation for Welding Alignment
.
Para. 331.1.3(b) and Table 331.1.1. Heat Treatment Requirements
.
Para. 341.3.3 Defective Components and Workmanship
.
Para. A304.1.1 (a). Pressure Design of Nonmetallic Piping Components
.
Para. A304.I.l (a). Pressure Design of Nonmetallic Piping Components
.
Para. K304.1.2 Straight Pipe Under Internal Pressure
.
Table 323.2.2. Minimum Temperatures Without Impact Testing for Carbon Steel Materials
Table 331.1.1. Postweld Heat Treatment
.
.
Table 341.3.2A Acceptance Criteria for Welds
.
Table 341.3.2A Acceptance Criteria for Welds
.
Table 341.3.2A Acceptance Criteria for Welds
Interpretation
File No.
14-08
14-06
14-03
B31·9S-010
B31·9S.Q07
B31·9S.Q02
14-09
14-10
14-13
14-0S
14-04
14-01
14-14
14-17
14-18
.14-11
14-12
14-16
14-02
14-07
B31·9S-012
B31-9S-014
B31-9S-02S
B31·9S.QOS
B31·9S.Q03
B31-94-064
B31·9S.Q32
B31·9S-037
B31·9S-038
B31·9S-016
B31·9S-018
B31·9S-036
B31-9S.QO1
B31·9S.Q09
B31·9S-034
14-lS
159
831.3 Interpretations No. 14
14-01
Interpretation: 14-01
Subject:
ASME B31.3b-1994 Addenda, Para. 331.1.3(b), and Table 331.1.1, Heat Treatment
Requirements
Date Issued:
June 22, 1995
File:
B31·94-064
Question (I): In accordance with ASME B31.3·1993 Edition, Addenda b, does the portion of para.
331.1.3(b) which states "the thickness through the weld in any plane" refer to the weld thickness?
Reply (I): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, does the minimum
material thickness stated in para. 331.1.3(b) refer to the requirements of Table 331.1.1?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, can the BHN (Brinell
Hardness Number) equivalent of tensile strength of material before PWHT be considered a minimum
value?
Reply (3): The Code does not address BHN equivalent of tensile strength or minimum BHN.
161
14-02
831.3 Interpretations No. 14
Interpretation: 14-02
Subject:
ASME B31.3b-1994 Addenda, Table 341.3.2A Acceptance Criteria for Welds
Date Issued:
June 2-2, 1995
File:
B31-95-QOI
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, what does the notation
"NA" for concave root surfaces for fillet welds in Table 341.3.2A mean?
Reply (I): This indicates that there is no acceptance criterion.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, does internal protrusion
or suck up apply to fillet welds?
Reply (2): No; see Note (8) in Table 341.3.2A.
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, address the acceptance criteria for root
surface concavity of fillet welds?
Reply (3): No.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, does melt-through ofa
pressure boundary with a fillet weld constitute a violation of the Code?
Reply (4): The Code does not address this subject.
162
831.3 Interpretations No. 14
,
14-03. 14-04
Interpretation: 14-03
\.-: .....
Subject:
ASME B31.3b-1994 Addenda, Para. 300.2 Definitions
Date Issued:
JUIl:e 22, 1995
File:
B31-95-OQ2
,
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, para. 300.2, is weld
considered to be a piping component?
Reply (I): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, specifically address the areas of general
workmanship regarding squareness, levelness, and plumbness?
Reply (2): No; except as provided for in para. 335.1.
Question (3): In accordance with B31.3-1993 Edition, Add~nda b, if there are additional requirements specified in the engineering design, does the Code require the manufacturer, fabricator, and erector
to adhere to those requirements?
Reply (3): Yes, see paras. 300(b)(3) and 300(c)(5).
Question (4): Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, have requirements for the minimum
lengths of pipe sections between welds?
Reply (4): No.
Interpretation: 14-04
Subject:
ASME B31.3b-1994 Addenda, Para. 328.4.3, Preparation for Welding Alignment
Date Issued:
June 22, 1995
File:
B31-95-OQ3
Question: In accordanee with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, how much angular deflection
can a section of piping contain after a circumferential butt weld is made?
Reply: The angular deflection shall not exceed what is permissible by para. 335.1, provided the
requirements of para. 304.2.3 are met.
163
14-06. 14-08. 14-07
831.3 Interpretations No. 14
Interpretation: 14-06
Subject:
ASME B31.3b-1994 Addenda, Para. 328.2.2(g), Procedure Qualification by Others
Date Issued:
June 22, 1995
File:
B31-95-OO5
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, is the use of AWS E-6013
welding electrode permissible under the provisions of para 328.2.27
Reply: No; however, this welding material may be used if the provisions of paras. 328.1 and 328.2.1
are met.
Interpretation: 14-06
Subject:
ASME B31.3b-1994 Addenda, Maximum Allowable External Loads
Date Issued:
June 22, 1995
File:
B31-95-OO7
Question (I): Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, provide design rules for establishing
the magnitude of the maximum allowable external loads on flanged joints?
Reply (I): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3·1993 Edition, Addenda b, allow the use of other design methods,
such as contained in ASME B31.1 or ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section III for establiShing
the maximum allowable external loads for ftanged joints, considering the application and the appropriate
allowable stress basis?
Reply (2): Yes. The designer is responsible for the design approach used.
Interpretation: 14-07
Subject:
ASME B31.3b-1994 Addenda, Table 341.3.2A Acceptance Criteria for Welds
Date Issued:
June 22, 1995
File:
B31-9S-009
Question: Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda a, require the acceptance criteria of Table
341.3.2A for lack of fusion and/or incomplete penetration be applied to internal undercut?
Reply: No.
.. .
",'
(G
~"
..
164
~
831.3 Interpretations No. 14
14-08. 14-09. 14-10
Interpretation: 14-08
Subject:
ASME B31.3b-1994 Addenda. Fig. 323.2.2 Minimum Temperatures Without
Impact Testing for Carbon Steel Materials
Date Issued:
June 22, 1995
File:
B31-95-o10
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, if ASTM A 234, Grade WPB
fittings are norm~ized or stress relieved or ASTM A 106, Grade B pipe is normalized, may they be used
at temperatures below Curve B, Fig. 323.2.2 without impact testing?
Reply: No. The requirements of box B-3, Table 323.2.2 apply.
Interpretation: 14-09
(:'
,
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para 302.2.4, Design -Criteria Allowances for Pressure
and Temperature Variations; and Para. 322.6.3(c), Pressure Relieving Devices
Date Issued:
November 20, 1995
File:
B31-95-o12
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, are the provisions of para. 302.2.4
applicable for the initial design of piping systems?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, para 322.6.3(c), when a pr.essure
relieving device is set above the design pressure, what requirements limit the maximum allowance
relieving pressure?
Reply (2): The greater of the pressure requirements of Section VIII, Division I. Or para. 302.2.4
Interpretation: 14-10
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 304.3.3 Reinforcement of Welded Branch
Connections
Date Issued:
November 20, 1995
File:
B31-95-o14
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, para. 304.3.3, is it permissible to multiply
the required area replacement in Eq. (6) by the factor F from the ASME Section VIII, Division 1,1992,
Fig. UG-371
Reply: No. See 304.3.3(t)(1).
16S
14-11, 14-12, 14-13
831.3 Interpretations No. 14
Interpretation: 14-11
Subject:
ASME B31.3a-1993 Addenda, Para. K304.1.2 Straight Pipe Under Internal
Pressure
Date Issued:
November 20, 1995
File:
B31·95-016
Question: May Eq. (35a) in para. K304.1.2 of ASME B31.3a-1993 Addenda be modified to take
into account external and internal mechanical (thread or groove depth), corrosion, and erosion allowances separately?
Reply: No. See para. K304.1.1(b) for the definition of c.
Interpretation: 14-12
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Table 323.2.2, Minimum Temperatures Without
Impact Testing for Carbon Steel Materials
Date Issued:
November 20, 1995
File:
B31-95-018
Question: Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition require impact testing of ASTM A 403 WP304W, B16.9
fittings manufactured from A 312 welded TP304 pipe without use if weld metal deposits and used at
design temperatures of -425"F or a b o v e . '
Reply: No. See Table 323.2.2, Column A.
Interpretation: 14-13
Subject:
ASME B31.3b-1994 Addenda, Para. 328.2 Welding Qualifications
Date Issued:
November 20, 1995
File:
B31-95-025
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, when a proprietary
integrally reinforced branch connection fitting is welded to the outside of run pipe, is the weld classified
as a single vee full penetration butt weld with a cover fillet weld?
Reply (1): No, see para. 328.5.4(d).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, what pipe diameter would
be used for the WPS, PQR, and WQR for NPS Ih and NPS 3/.4 proprietary integrally reinforced branch
connection fittings?
Reply (2): AU welding qualifications shall be in accordance with para. 328.2.
166
r::•
.
~
831.3 Interpretations No. 14
14-14.14-15.14-16
Interpretation: 14-14
Subject:
ASME B31.3b-1994 Addenda, Para. 341.3.3 Defective Components and
Workmanship
Date Issued:
November 20, 1995
File:
B31-95-032
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, if a welder's welds which are
rejected are completely cut out and the joints are welded by a new welder, does para. 341.3.3 require
these new welds to be examined?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 14-15
.~-
..
(
Subject:
ASME B31.3b-1994 Addenda, Table 341.3.2A Acceptance Criteria for Welds
Date Issued:
November 20, 1995
File:
B31-95-034
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda b, when 100% radiographic
examination and no further acceptance criteria are specified, is it required that the acceptance criteria
for severe cyclic conditions as noted in Table 341.3.2A be applied to the examination?
\~. ~~:' .".'
Reply: No, see para. 341.3.1.
Interpretation: 14-18
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, Table 331.1.1, Postweld Heat Treatment
Date Issued:
November 20, 1995
File: .
B31-95-036.. -
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, does A 335 PS (S Cr, V2Mo) pipe require
PWHT after welding?
Reply: Yes, per Table 331.1.1.
167
14-17. 14-18
831.3 Interpretations No. 14
Interpretation: 14-17
r.:. :'"
\:>..
Subject:
ASME B31.3-l993 Edition, Para. A304.1.1 (a), Pressure Design of Nonmetallic
Piping Components
Date Issued:
November 20, 1995
File:
B3l-95-037
Question: According to ASME B31.3-l993 Edition, do the requirements of para. A304.1.1 apply
to the reduced sections of RTR pipe outside the socket of a socket joint?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 14-18
Subject:
ASME B31.3-l993 Edition, Para A304.1.1 (a), Pressure Design of Nonmetallic
Piping Components
.
Date Issued:
November 20, 1995
File:
B3l-95-038
Question: According to ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, can the minimum thickness ofRTR and RPM
pipe be calculated using ASTM D 2992 procedure B HOS with a service factor of 0.5 (static HDBS)?
Reply: Yes, refer to A302.3.2(c)(2).
168
,-:,.-;.' "
....
'
ASME B31.3
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 15
Replies to Technical Inquiries
April 1, 1996, Through March 31, 1997
General Information
~.
, ,j
'd
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3 as part
ofthe update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order.
Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation, or if none is stated,
to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent revisions
to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not part of the Code or its
Addenda. .
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial cOrrections made for the'purpose of improved clarity. ,In some instances; a'Teviewof the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing
the original interpretation number with the suffix R is p r e s e n t e d . " ;
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Fw:ther, persons aggrieved .
by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the
Statement ofPolicy iIi the Code documentS;ASME does not ~'approve," "certify,";~.·rate,'~;.()r~:endorse'~~~.:,:·
any item,'Construction, .proprietary device,
activity. . ~;,y:< ,:.,~);;~: .."~~>.:'~,':. ?:;:··,~~'·r-~~t~0>:}:':;:-y}f}:> ,:.'.: ''',
For detailed instructions onpreparation of technic31 inquiries 'to 'the B31 a;mmittee;~'refer t():'.-·
Appendix Z.·.
.
9"
/<..
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations
by location or by subject matter iIi the Code. They cover iIiterpretations issued from Volume. 1 up to
and iIicluding the present volume, and will be updated with, ~h volume.
169
..
~ ,' .. \
...
'
, """'-.
831.3
Subject
Fig. 328.S.2B Sketch (3), Socket Welding Flange
.
Hardness Testing :
.
Metallic Valves Lined with a Nonmetal
.
Para. 300.1.3, Scope; Exclusions
:
.
Para. 302.3.S, Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to Sustained Loads and Displacement Strains .
Para. 304.1, Pressure Design of Components; Straight Pipe
' .
Para. 304.1.1. Pressure Design of Components; Straight Pipe
.
Para. 304.2. Curved and Mitered Segments of Pipe ......................•...........•...
Para. 304.3.3, Reinforcement of Welded Branch Connections
.
Para. 319.3.I(b), Thermal Expansion Data
.
Para. 323.1.2. Unlisted Materials
,
'"
.
Para. 323.2.2, Lower Temperature Limits, Listed Materials
.
. Para. 323.2.2. Lower Temperature Limits, Listed Materials
.
Para. 323.4, Fluid Service Requirements for Materials .....•...•..............•..........
Para. 328.2.3, Performance Qualification by Others .......................•.............
f
Para. 331.1.3(b), Heat Treatment Requirements
.
~ :;'".J_ ;; *'''''PanL" 332.4.2(a),·Cold Bending and Forming
~' '.. :::..' •.. : •...... :. :
.
'\..::.7
Para. 33S.1.1(c), Alignment; Flanged Joints ...•....••....•....•.....••.••.•..• ; .•..•...
.
. Para. 341. Examination .'.;.• :~ •••... ;';
'.; ••••••••••• '.••••••.•••••••••.
Para. 342 and Para. 344.2, Examination •.....................• : •.....•.•..•••......•..
Para. 34S.9.1(a), Examination of Welds
_•.......
Para. X302.2.3. Leak Test •••......•••••••.•••...........•.••..•.•..•.•.••.•..•......
. Table A-I, Allowable Stresses •••.•••.••.•••.•.••••.•••.•..•••••..•.•••.•..•.••......
-~ :~. ·'._,YY~_ ':·~~'.:i:~.~t'·Table. 323.2..2, .~i~um ,TCD1~tures Without, Im~t. Testing for Carbon Steel Mat~ ..
.;,~r.·:;i.{~:f~,~t~jS1Table323.2.2; Minimum Temperatures Without ImpaCt Testing for Carbon Steel Materials
•
;:::";.'~".;~;;;,~';';Table 323,J.I.lmpactTesting Requirements for Metals .: ::: .;~.;'...... : ••••• :.; ••. : •• ~ •••••
.
" I
Interpretation
File No.
IS-08
B31-96-009
B31-96-039
B31-96-049
B31-96-01O
B31-96-o20
B31-96-o11
B31-96-OO7
B31-96-018
IS-20
15-26
IS-Q9
15-IS
IS-1O
IS-Q6
IS-14
IS-oS
IS-24
15-04
15-12
IS-2S
IS-03
IS-19
IS-18
.. ·IS-17-·;·
IS-07
15-13
B31-9S-052
B31-96-045
B31-9S-048
B31-96-oIS,
B31-96-016
B31-96-047
B31-9S-046
B31-96-037
B31-96-o36
B31-96-034
B31-96-008
B31-96-017
B31-9~1
IS-21
IS-02'B31-9S-045
IS-22
IS-QI
IS·11
·B31-96-043
B31-9S-044
, . > , B31-96-014
:~:~~':~'};~,g'~ . /;~.::; :~;~ .,.;
'. , f
!
'
.....--/
171
.,;~" ,
, ./ '
<,
b.".
B31 ,3 Interpretations No.,.15.
;~~
",',,:"
• '"'' .,'.~,> ,.,. ,- ,:../ .._.".,
..
~';.' ~.'.
'
15-01. 15-02
'., .~.... '
"~," '-':I~,~~~.~t.... ;,,,.·~'.'~':f'·~·~"~~";' ~" '1'J._,,,~.~,'~~~',,..:.::,,., .•, ,.~;o;.,.:&.:~.,-,~~-~•. L ':"";~';"-~.',~ "'~: ·.,col~
. ' "Interpretation:'15-O1,:,
<
,
'. : : '
':~~::'<." :~',::i:"'_'
,
'J'.';'."
/
..",,' ., ....,......':".
' . "'''{'''·~~·.'ITiIr,''';1'.:'''''''~':''''''':·-,""":; ,~"'-."
."Subject:;'~~~:;;~rAsMEB31.3c-199S:Addei1da;'Table A-kAllowable Stresses
~-,: . . ",.. ;\,~:: . . ·~~·p,..":,,,,,·,.·~t·~."~:";·;·>·:·i~i''''
," ,<.
"
.",
::. "".' ,'~: '~';' Datt;Issued: •',~,:,May }l;.l ~?6:,~~r:;.::':':::::~;~:::7:"ZC,'':,~' "~:"
. .- .'...
:"',h .,
,'".
~""'.
~~
...
,C~ '~·.,;o.·~·:,>1·~~~!.A~·.\':i~,C{"'/,;"'·,·i.'''':loj>1:'';''~:;~~''I·''.iJtr·',;~
...._~:,:1 ~:{';:'::~'';(~~(\~>~~ .~~~~~'t.~~i,:~~,:~."':'t·U(':~"·'
File:
B31-95-044
QUeStion(I):'Are the materiat requirements of ASME SA-106 the same as ASTM A 106?
Reply (2): Yes. ,
Question (2): When doing an ASME B31.3 system stress evaluation, what allowable stresses are used
for ASTM A 106 or ASME SA-106?
Reply (2): Those listed in ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, Table A-I for ASTM A 106.
Interpretation: 15-02
Subject:
ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, Para. 345.9.1(a), Examination of Welds
Date Issued:
May 21, 1996
File:
B31-95-Q45
", , ' ' ' t ;.~.',<,;<'t".'~"<"'>:"': Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, is it permissible to perform magnetic
\.:,,)
.
..
particle examination of a circumferential weld in lieu of radiogtaphy as specified in para. 345.9.1(a)1
.,',
.
.'. '~'/-:'~
~:;",~,.'.:>.'
,
.
- ;.
Reply: No.
, •• " 1
< ~.
.'
;_":,)P.::";:
''''',-:.,lo-.', .•. ,::
173
..
,:,
.,' ....
• ' ~""'.~ .,~ .......,...."'.. ~ '," ,,;} ·~- ..... i '·.'--1,'; ·v",>. '-.
<.
"
15-03. 15-04
".,"',"lnterpiet~ti~~~;1"5:03~"::'~~~-;"'7~:;:;':;,;::-~:~~;;~~:',;~~~~~i*;,:~?~::~~::~~~~~~~:::~:~~~:~~~?"~:~~;:'~:f,;~~':~:':~'''';~~':;'
~ . ....; .. ,
ti-·; .., .. ,/'r __ .'··'''.,~~'--:J¥,··~
·~,,·.:'-l
"\,'
. ~ . ~,·.l;'-.·~·'··~.7'·.'·.~, . -::~
.'."
~'j ...-- .. ,l:-'~
--'.,1'1.
1.'';'''';':-'.
".,.
. -, ,.,::~.: ~:, ~~':7~~:,~t:;'C"J'~"~ ~,,' ~. '~. . <~:'?"" .:..:. ~'; :,,~,',~'.. ~,,; .,;--~~.~ ~., ,~,;.: ',' ~'i~.~·'~"~l.·~~:'~t~~:<;I'-'~"~:r""'~~~:..- -::';; i7··· '.:~' '~i,~"~",' !::~ ~-~t~' ~:~.-:,,:_ . ~~:.-'~- :'.:~~::~; :~(~:~~ ~~~;~~~~,;~;,~~.::;,:,~~~,'~_~.
:'1
.l.:,•.
..;
..
SUbject: >");·:~,,t.~~;'(.::"\SldE, B31.3c-199S.Adden~p'ara. ~323.4, . Flwd Semce Requirements for,,,,,~....:i..·"~" ,,-,~~ ".,.,. \.'
,;-_
. • "'f';<:';01,'"""'"
~~,,"",ll.ht,," Materials ~, ....""~.~ . ,, :~"':~,-.;t"",-.<,,,,.,_,~,.~·''f::7lf\'·' ~"~'i",.".~-::t~~·N:'"t~,"~::".P"'-~:.,~~:,~:.~~ '~L~.V,\ __ ,~".,*"·· ~l~~"l~oC""'!',~,r,."" ..",,~:,~~1'
.•.. .- ,-'l,' _
"."
~".~'."",'
••
~(,~': ~',"-.,'C.'-',
',~""".,!\.,,,, Date Issued: #~tt,Jvfay .21, ;1996~""')'i';~"'Ji~;JF"r;t....,,\\e''1~it>;{'~~~''''''Ji'l.'!'\'*·''~1't,.,..~w<.~,,:,""' .... "'H;r;,.·,' ,"':" ~7'''''~';:''''\'''''" . ,'.
B31-9S-046
File:
\.~~
'
..-~ . . :
..
"
Question (1): Does the ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda'permit the use of gray cast iron at tempera,'"
'
tures down to .:....150~
Reply (I): Yes, however, see para. 323.4.2(b) and F323.4(a).
Question (2): For temperatures below - 2<rF, are there any special toughness test requirements for
. gray cast iron?
'
Reply (2): No.. See Table 323.2.2, Box B-1.
Question (3): For any temperatures below -20"F, are the allowable stresses at -20"F applicable?
Reply (3): Yes.
Interpretation: 15-04
.r
I
•
.,~'- .•• ,"
Date Issued:
File:
.-'
May21~ 1996
, B31·9S-048
(, •. - -"";'." ":' ',' ....)
'"';:~'~ "."_.
..."!-
Question (2):'CaJi API SL X6S pipe beqUaIifiedfor applications above operating temperatures of
lOO"F under para. 323.2.3 for Normal Fluid Service? " .
174
.1.
·-.,!.....
.~< .15-05•.15-06. 15-07
831.3 Interpretations No. 15
"
_
... -- .. ,.,
.
,"".
','~
, ·':'··i':'':: ·'W.,.«if.,~,;,Or$-" '.' '~.',,";"',:.- ~ , ,"". ,. "...."._ •.: .f. -, ......
..
-,··..r~;,"t:-~~'·_,.,....;·~···.,.":
Interpretation: 15-05
.'~
:.
ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda,' Parae·304.3.3, .Reinforcement /of Welded Branch ".;..,'".",....'.,•• ~.j.
Connections
""," "' •., """'"
( ..
.·Subjectt~·'·
. ~ -. ',.
~...
.<:' :,~. "", ·'"''':-:·'-'''-i;~''_:,:~.~ ;~~~~"?~~~-.~~,~~~~~r:.\'~:,~··:~',. ~~.~,~,~".: ;;.~, ..
•.
". Date Issued: ,"". May 21, 1996
File:
• . • ,.
,,.. '.
~.. •
•
. ""'"'' · ·"., ..·:··c ••.••,·,··.,·.· •.•,;"
B31-95-052
•
• .\,
".
I
;......
,."., . .'i';;,;..j.;:
./
""'~".'''':'' , •.••• ,..,:,
'-.,"'
..
,.
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, para. 304.3.3, is it permissible to
multiply the require<:!- area replacement in Eq. (6) by factor F from ASME Section VIII, Division I, 1995
Edition, Fig. UG-37? The nozzle is welded on a cylindrical header as per Fig. UW-16.1 sketch (a).
Reply: No, except as provided in para. 300(c)(3) considering the design conditions of para. 301 and
design criteria of para. 302.
Interpretation: 15-06
Subject:
ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, Para. 304.1.1, Pressure Design of Components;
Straight Pipe
Date Issued:
May 21, 1996
File:
B31-96-OO7
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, para. 304.1.1, shall the quality factor" '.'
E also include ligament efficienc~;,
.
...
Reply: No; see para. 304.3 for the reinforcement of mult~p!e openings.
'n~;'~5:;~1;1~~:J~~i1fc?~tt;~~ij~t~~;~~~t:"i,~~i~~~~"~:1iJicf~!;~'A:iEI;!;';,
Subject:
.~. ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, Para. 335.1.1(c), Alignment; Flanged Joints' ' . ,
?".~~ ".~-: '.::,.,;':.-!~~>:;-<:~~ ,:-.;~.~;;~"~~(;~ ~ ......~"~ ,~:" :~lt~; *. '- ,: 'tI~~'~" ~::; ::-f-~~~:~'i\~~17~·~~~·t~~·<~~~\.1 : ~~.~; J~ ~:~".i~:J;Y}:~:'0;:'~1~~~~' ~. .~.,;fiy;;·~·,,,';7/:-'1>i_~;"\~;,~~'
Date Issued: . ,May 21, 1996
File:
~""
.. '.... B31-96-OO8
~'# "~"':".-;
.-',
~.
.-'; .:.,.>.. ;.
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, para. 335.1.1(c), prior'to bolting up
····a flanged joint,inay the flange faces be out of alignment from' the design plane by moreth8n V16in./ft •.. ;:.::- ','
(0,5%),. provided the misalignment is considered in the design of the flanged' asseml>ly and attached
"
.
piping in accordance with para. 300(c)(3)?'
,.:",
.
...
':'-:.-"':<-.
175
831.3
Interpretations
,...,...,;-"'.
,. No. .15
'::~~,~lnterpret8tion:'15"..o8
.~.
... ... ..:".
;: .",',.,'~"
.'
..• ' < .
} ,~.~ ,:,. '*",i'~'"
.
", ,', '..' .~,,,, .. ,,.
1.
"
.
<,.' _ ' "
__
.'
,;;.
.
_",1".;"
~".':"
.11\." ",,' •. ~
;'.': ~,'"r" • ....
;.'. '.' ',.,
';0, ~_..,.;.~,' .;>"t.,• •• " • .-'-', ~'•• ~,'
"
~"~' .-~_"
• ",.,'
. ~" ._'',;~
"
~,C,.
'.~"'"
,;,.
"':;"
..... ,~ ..~,
...,.....,..~'~
,
4 •
, . .. ·,<;·.~ ;...-.I\'''':;,~~i .• ·'~U ;:"~;'i'f'''''~:''<ll~,r:"~·~:::-~,,
...
-~;".~Ubjf:ct:;;:',:';::::~',::,~~~B31.3c,,:1~9~,1\~denWl,.Fig. }28.~.2B Sketch (3)!:,~ket:We1ding ~nge':~;;;':~;;'~~;"'T':h,,!;;~f?; .~;-,
'., .,~. ""I ,'ilf'I'.,ti<" "~:,·"".~·;1~-I:"- _~.- -,--.". ,.•;,;, , •• '.,
/.
".,...., -:.•..,'.,.., ..•....•.. - •. ' '!~.~';"
~
~ .....,.'.~ ;-"~"""'.'~~f<If(."~,".'J
_ ,""". ';"'.",';' .~:"I" .,.~,-- ... • .. ·."':-'..... ~,..",""""_I';<o .... :J;t'".~f;".~'......'...":1'1'·.. '-_·t·,',/f'
, ,.~., Date Issued::~~,I.May 21, 1996,~,,~.,,·"',··_ ..,,· .",,, """~'" .'"
"~ ,~'I";.;' ..• .., ' ..: ..':1'. ":" '<-1:"_.;
:fl;·/;.F;'..~: :',: .~. '".\f('~~,~,~.f:;,~';·~:
File:
< ••
,,,;,~~,:,!l'
".'~ ,~.'
•
~": ;,r,:j.Ji;3~~~.~;'''Prl.I:"'j!;:''liIr'.:-jJa'!;,;,t{;:.~~,~,;;;~\:,-j~~~,~.("~;,,",,,~;;v.j'-o;
.!~'.
""'~
!,,~H~'.....-"'i>!':'~f.:":'t"~'.;~:;~~~,·
.
·"f,"':i;:;' ~/,,,-';,j~;,*:!;·;.lr:i.~'~~,,..;..~r
...'"~:oo;'~ .<.,",,<~
<•• ~'".~,~;,1:;~~!i';' '- t- ...A;... "~~~-"~.l;;t",f:.~_~~lllf.o~"t:~~,,,"~-¢~~t~S«'-"~'#4-?~,~';,~"',~:;~·
.""i~i '
B31-96-oo9
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, may the fillet weld shown in Fig.
328.5.2B Sketch (3) (socket welding flange) be repositioned to the inside of the pipe?
Reply: No, unless qualified under para. 304.7.
Interpretation: 15-09
Subject:
ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, Para. 300.1.3, Scope; Exclusions
Date Issued:
May 21, 1996
File:
B31-96..QI0
Question: Does ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda apply to internal fuel gas manifolds installed in a fired
heater?
Reply: No, see paras. 3oo.1.3(c) and (d).
~~
.~.
.
'
I
''-..
. Interpretation: 15-1 0
Subject:....
"ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, Para. 304.1, Pressure Design of-Components;-,. ,>~/,
.... '.', ..
,--.':
Question:'Ma';'ihe i~~emal pressure design thickness ~ ~ comp~t~ iri"~~o~cbri~'~~h the p;~~~'c,;
sions of ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda,' paras; 304.1.1 and 304.1.2 when 'tis greater thari'orequal to"
D/6 and P/SE > 0.385?
.,
.". '( . !-(,~'~.,~/~ ·:~;:Jitj,~~~~~:~'~'/L,. >:;;·,j·; ~':«' ~~,'-
"
176
.'.
>,
'
~."
,-
'.
. ,'Reply: Yes. However, it is the responsibility of the designer to providethespecialConsideratioii,>j":,":'~::
required in para.304.1.2(b). Alternatively, as an option to the owner, the design maybe in accordance
,.
with Chapter IX.
'
.
".
"
.. ';," .
. 831.3 Interpretations No. 15
'.
.'
.. ........
~
~..
~.
'~.
. ..
,
15·11, .15-.12 .;.:,..,
....
'
."U
" . Interpretation: 15-11
,Subject: .','
..,.. ' .....; ...
J •.••• _,,~
.. ASME B31 :3~;' i 995Add~nda: Table 323.2.2, Min'imum Temperature Wi;h1ti~-d;':::.;~~~'i;~fi;:·:Ea'·
Impact Testing for Carbon Steel Materials
"'~'..J':;;";'. '\'~~
•• ~. ,:...~,:-........ .t.;;:.- ..-\;
May '21, ·1996·.~~ ..~;:;:'~--",~
File:
>
-
.
"'''I''~,''':~''''~:.~:;,~
,h::;';·:.'" "';.':
'~~'. '.~-\.~-j~ >,;;,: ~''::~ "~'~"""~1';
.
B31-96-014
Question (1): Does the assigned curve in the second sentence of Box B-3, Table 323.2.2, ASME
B31.3c-1995 Adden~a refer to the curve assignment from Table A-I?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): If the material has been heat treated per Note (2) or (3), Fig. 323.2.2, is further heat
treatment or impact testing of the base metal required for use below the original assigned curve, but above
the reassigned curve?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 15-12
Subject:
ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, Para. 323.2.2, Lower Temperature Limits, Listed
Materials
. Date Issued:
May 21, 1996 ,'.' .,< .
File: ,',
.' B31-96-015, B31-96-016
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3c-199S Addenda, when making blind flanges of ..
carbon steel plate materials which have a Fig. 323.2.2 Curve assignment in Table A-I, is the thickness:;,':; <.,>..
, .' . of the finished blind considered the nominal thickness when using Fig. 323.2.2 to establish_tlie~eedJor··'r;'~~"'~.:t~~::.'r\
. . .,,'~',:.;,".;Dn~~;;i~:~;'':;;,:~~~t:;;',c:~:):~;,;;t'~;~:~rf~~),';~~1!!~~:~~4~'~~;:
Question (2): For carbon steel materials with a letter designation in the Min. Temp. column ofTable
A-I, can flanges manufactured in accordance with ASME B16.5 be used at temPeratures down to -10°F
without impact testing regardless of thickness?
.
.
;Reply (2): No, the requirements of para. 323.2.2 apply:
.... ""'
..:
177
15-13,15-14
831.3 Interpretations No. 15
,
'
..
."
'
, Intetp;etation~'15-~ 13
./""'"
,
SUbj~;;;:'~'<;';~';2;ASME'B3C3c~1995 Addenda, Pa~. 341,.. Examination
¢..
Date Issued:"""May 21; 1996 .." ..~~.~.
",'"
'::',
, i'~·~.i"-
.~
."...:..... ,~.. ;
;
File:
-
..
..,- '~.-:;\'[.
B31-96-017
Question: If a fabricated valve meets all the requirements of ASME B16'.34, does ASME B31.3c1995 Addenda require that nondestructive examination in'accordance with ASME B31.3 also be performed on the valve?
.
Reply: No, see also Interpretation 12-12.
Interpretation: 15-14
Subject:
. ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, Para. 304.2, Curved and Mitered Segments of Pipe
Date Issued:
May 21, 1996
File:
B31-96-018
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, para. 304.2.1, can the minimum
required thickness t m of a bend; after bending, be determined by taking in consideration of lower .
(pressure) stresses on the outside of a bend (and higher pressure stresses on the inside of the bend) than
..,-: ..' on a straight pipe with identical wall thickness? IV"~'"
. ·;Jr·'>~j.-.,;~,~, ......!;";_.:~t.~,,;'"~ •.. ,,-:-,~·:,-~ •.• ,
~.-/
. j , ' . '...., ,;
..... -
. Reply (l):No, except asprovided in para. 300(c)(3)~ .,
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, 'Chapter IX (High Pressure Pipit,g),
can the minimum required thickness tmof a bend, after bending, be determined by ·taking into considera->,:c,._ tionlower~tresses onthe outside of a, bend (and higher stresses on the inside of the bend) than on a~~;.:,· ,i,.:.,<,-'
0'i'~,:r:c;{:"straight:P!t:~blden~Wall'~~r~~i';J·J.t~f~·[~rf(i~'!:l~~*}'~;j~ti~~~,
. . '.~ '. ... "·!il!~~~r~;
' . ,.. Reply (2):. No, except as provided in par~300(c)(3).. "<' •.•. ; ,;C,",../.,;" ........•.. ,.~.~~~<1.~.¥:t),.;;,.,:...";.: .• ':~·: .. , .•. '~.~,'
·"1.·.·.,;. ":_"'_'-"_'~"';'" _ ," .• >-: r.
',""fl/j • • . •
178
o,
,
."
,."--"\';,'
'j,"',.
!,',' _"':
.
";-.",\" -.-.,:... ~'•. ,' ~... ~·t,,;':'·/"_1~~:¢~l,!~:~,:j:~~:::.r-:~tr~~Yf"'~:,%\~~· ;-'-~~f:.'·::'·'~::i,,-;;>,;r;-;.:~~~·~;?,~~·; .-/.~~. ~<-::~:J:2:~~:.~t'!'s-::-·~,';/::}> '·';:~;:.-·t'·
,
. :_: i:~;
. :--- f:'r,<·· .
'.:',';
.•... '••,
,
",,~
:,;. ," ;.".,__ •.." __ .' "~-' ',' • ,""
,
"4 ' .,,'C' ·.r--;;,'
.
1 5·1 5. 15-16
,.831.3 .Interpretations No.).5 . '
'\- ::..' ,
.' . '.~,. t ~ ..
Interpretation:'15·15
, ,~. '...,'. ,: ..",..Ii -.:, "
'ASME B31.3c~I~95 Addenda, Para. 302.3.5, Limits of Calculated Stresses due to
;-., .-,-'. Sustained Loads and Displacement Strains
File:
B31-96-020
Question (1): What is the definition of sustaineti loadings as intended in ASME B31.3c-1995
Addenda, para. 302:3.5(c)?
Reply (1): The Code does not offer for sustained loadings other than in the referenced. paragraph.
Sustained loads do not typically include forces resulting from applied displacements such as restrained
thermal growth. See para. 319.2.3.
Question (2): When flanges are subjected to external forces and moments, is it permissible to
calculate the stresses in the flange due to these forces and moments using BPV Code, Section VIII,
Division 1, Appendix 2, and using the equivalent pressure calculated from these forces and moments?
Reply (2): The Code does not provide specific design formulas for the design of flange joints
subjected to applied external forces and moments except as provided in para. 300(c)(3). However,
external forces and moments shall be considered in design. See paras. 319.1.1 and 321.1.1.
Interpretation: 15·16
Subject:
ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, Table 323.2.2, Minimum Temperature Without
Impact Testing for Carbon Steel Materials
Date Issued:
May 21, 1996
'''File: '''''.''';;';'';'''.'' B31-96-021 ..:> . . . . . . . . . '.,' ',' ·c'.·.·
,.,. "..• """.,,.,.~ ..;-, '~"
.' .,>,;;,;,:.:,;:~,~~. ~:t,~'( ,'. ,.' ." .:'<:} ·'Y:~;'./\:,.l,:< .. ', >:" .··"~·:#i{(,.-f·~'2';!';;;~.:;;;·~:{{:.9i.':i:J:;;·~,~~';";!:·;·~;;~;\:.%:.:,:.,,: ',"
'.('<.
Question(I):DoeSth~ assigned curve"in the second sentence ~f Bo~ B-3': T~ble 323:'i.2, ASME'··~:;.'i' .' ..
,~>
."..... B31.3c-1995
Addenda
refer to the .curve
assignment" from
Table
A-I?
,) .": '-':: '. ;'.
. -;'.-, -.,
--".',; '.' .•.-:-.,.. , '.- ::', ".:' ;.,'.
-'
.,
.
.
....., .- .'.: ....::.
"~')'.<';:'
....
Reply (1): Yes.
)
Question (2): If the material has been heat treated per Notes (2) or (3), Fig. 323.2.2, is further heat
treatment or impact testing of the base metal required for use below theoriginal assigned curve, but above
the reassigned curve?
.
>
Reply (2): No.
179
...........
.'. ..r ','" .... _ •••.,:... "... I,Ji'..
~~: '~~':"''''''~''4'f.~'''',''.
~
"':"".~
'~"~ioJ;~I ... '.
'••• _'~:'J, •..__ •
_',.~
~.~
-",~".';
15·17,15·18
''''' •.
..':.•;""\-,,
·<·('-:;.}.~:.'J'1'.;':"
,~
.831.3 Interpretations No. 15
~< ....<•• '~~',;
n··
._::i,,'.,-~:~;:~·~~,~,).-,~~.'~~'l' ", ~ ;--i.," <'~~,.;".~!"~;~.~",~~~:.:~~".--::~,.~ .. ",~,,,,;~ '.,.:,;J,..~':'''''~'''''' '.•"" .,,,...... ,
." ", ":',,::. '.' Interpretation: 15·17
. . . , - " . ;......;":;;:.;~ .. :':)
. J
,',
."
:
..A!'l:~.•.~'.'''~i...''':.-~N ~.,..:~ . . "m;.o::...:..,·'··· ,)'..
.~t. •. ~, ,. .~ :'. ~"'''':':" ;; ,,,~,,,,:,~,:, ~. ,.;.-.'.;',,,: .; ::.~.. ,<,I . ~>. "".'".;",-;, '", ~~"">i'"
:''''~..
':i;;:,~ltt~t~·~7ci~;:~;:~:,.Su~ject~,:;;~~;;:'ft!,-Sl\ffiB31.3~
19~Edition, Para: 332.4.2(a), Cold Bending and Fonning ~~::~:
; ,_...... ,'~~~"l·,~~ ...'. ..,':'tI·•.~,:":::~i.J',-.;'..l~,.<..:.'
~,,' ._~" .... :."",~." "4:~',~jif.· ..,:·:~ "'-"-:!'-Ilo."'''',Vf'\''I'!,o'.~''~:o('I':lt,:-~''''',.;:r;.,:'.'~'~''
·,·.~·~,;,.,·:··,· .. ~,·~·~.:r·:;!:Date
I
"':'i'.,~,~;.~._'.'
..
.
r.··.· ,•. ,', -
..
.'~
Issued: ~::"""October 30, 1996 :
.<~'-4.,:~... i,oO!;.. :..;.'";'t";.::~rt~A:1~-l.,J;·,ij-:.-~'
...... ';"!'" '1O.... ;'#,"'..~....~"l'..~.)".....' .. ,.',,~',"
~,.,~'6"-:";<,__,.':~:(~~~.jt[,';.;:i11~:: .......~,:jo.rtJ\1\"t·~GiL~'!-~~tt;l"
File:
"'~,'" ' •• 'Vo'·C',"
c.- J';",~ . •, :,.... .-' .•. --';'
':__ :'. '"
... '';''.'' ', ''''r,'' ::"
•., "
• ",'.'!.'"
'~t.""~',
~- ,~
.•. '''':'' . ,~T· ~'" ,~
' __
!'!.'.,
'•.•
.." . . ..- ....."'.;
_0'., •.•'.'-,
"""'•.~ . " "
•
""",'
,
~~
.'" -'
'. "':.'"
•
I. J .....
•
.
-
.. ~~~1·lJ.' ..~'.','~~.'.:'.~,','~.,.',"':, ..... -,;·,,:;-·;,;:,~<,<,·tJ,
B31-96-034
.
~.-.','I."':·"·
. .....
I
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1990 Edition, para. 332.4.2(a), cold bending and
fonning, can the elongation value for SA·I06 B reported in the Certified Material Test Report be
substituted for the s~ified basic minimum elongation in calculating the maximum fiber elongation?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 15·18
Subject:
ASME B31.3c·1993 Addenda, Para. 331.1.3(b), Heat Treatment Requirements
Date Issued:
October 30, 1996
File:
B31-96-036
Question (I): In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1993 Addenda, Table 331.1.1 and para. 331.1.3(b),
do socket welds and seal welds with P-No. 5 materials with a chromium content greater than 3% but
less than 10%, a carbon content less than 0.15%, and a weld throat thickness of 0.5 in. or less require
.",.·,·",,..··;w·,,',, ,.•.•', postweld heat treatment if matching filler material is used? ,.' ", ... , ' ' , " " " ? ",
,",v" '.
""".'.'"
Reply (I): Yes, unless applicable provisions of para.' 331. 1.3(b) are met~
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1995 Addend8.,-Table 331.1.1, and para. 331.1.3(b),
do Socket welds and seal welds with P-No. 5 materials with a chromium content greater than 3% but
,,;";;~:;""5'.'."""'''''' less thaillO%,a carbon content less than 0.15%, anda weld throat thickness·ofO.5 in. odesS require";:': ...
,~l;1~~~t~~fcn-!c'!~~:~.~1~~~~~~:;k~;~::!~:!~f~~'~~:~f<W{:~
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, Table 331.1.1 and paras. 331.1.3(b)
and 331.1.7, if a non-air-hardenable filler is used, is the base metal HAZ required to be 241 maximum
Brinell hardness for P-No. 5 materials with chromium content greater than 3% but less than 1O%?
. Reply (3): Yes, unless the applicable provisions of para. 331.3(b) are met.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, Table 331.1.1 and para. 331.1.3(b),
""',~i'"'~;":F.;:"''';;' .. ,,~ do ther~uirementsof para. 331.1.3(b) override the requirements of Table 331.1.1 relating to base metal
\'.,' ''':'''>';''''~iii".;·'
:
'.
"
,_"
<.'
. . . __
'.
,
. group and/or' ihe specified minimum tensile strength?
. \ ".':
: .••..
~.:1".. ~. ",',;- e', .:',:;-.........:.
'
....,..,..
Reply (4): No, unless the applicable provisions of para. 331.1.3(b) are met.
180
••
. ,'.' •· ;,;B31.3!nterpretations No. 15.
.' , . _•.__.:".,
15·19.15·20
_. ,,>..'
~'"--'.:~~" ,-~·f~.A~i.~.~'''~~~fi\~~-,,;:':::-~~,J)4~~;'_~~~.';·~. )_··~"··~"-';·:""~;';""""'.:;'i: ....'';.·:~,·.~..,,:·,
. . .....:.:~"' . ':.: ':'-Interpretation: '15-19
.
.. "'"
..,{,.'
'
...•....."..'."! .. -
.
• <,..,.-,"
. '~'.. ~
."H' r;.:: ~_:~t~.~l'~~.i~:t$rY4,1.:~·::'-'·\'~~~~~~~·.;ft' ~-r, ,,".~.~.?,~ ,..- •. :,~~.~ •. ~. "!":f"-;';~W'_: . " ", ,'~'-,,-, .. "~.' - , : "
,"~.
-.-. '"
.-~~
~"_"'r'~'~'" -:' -'-;,.. ~ .,.
" ,:·, ....~.:;·,,:.-,'"'~,.,.SubJect:,,~;:~;<~,<~/ASME B31.3-1996 EdItIon, Para.·.328.2.3,.Performance Quahficatlon by Others'"
,-., .• - ,..'",' . -.• ",' ".- ;,··,.··-'·.;,4 ...·:..; ...•·· ;.C. '." '.,.~ ,:"t.".::~,:;.... '.\,~, ....::tt~-,l:
"J..:';. .t !,'$':'".:....
;'<"'"-,.;~,' .......,.-' :..
-'j.-'
.".:
•
. _ , ' . "'.'- ' .......
.-::.::"....: . ;:,i:,?:~11:P~t~1~su.~:~.~~~~, Qc!o'?er 30, .1996~'::~;'::':''':':~'~'' ~,:,::.._...
:,:'.1:. ,,. ::,;·,,:;;;;~'-":":;';';f,:~:~"""'~l '~-(::~:,~\~:·~."~~X*a,~~~J~~,.,..~~t-:";-.".)\ l~~!·_·,·, \""":·M~1f,.':·.~_~~... "\~.• ~",: >,I.~~ ~ '~\ .~,' . '';-' ':.~. .
File:
B31-96-037
"'.-; .
Question: In' accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, para. 328!2.3, is it acceptable for an
employer to accept a welder performance qualification previously conducted by an organization whose
. welder qualification program, with the exception of testing under the full supervision and control of the
manufacturer, contractor, assembler, or installer, complies fully with the provisions of ASME Section
IX?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 15·20
Subject:
ASME B3L3-1993 Edition, Hardness Testing
Date Issued:
October 30, 1996
File:
B31-96-039
Question: Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition require P-No. 1 carbon steel welds, hot bends, and
hot-formed Components locally heat treated to be hardness tested?
. '>-0.'"
Reply: No.
)
-- .)
,f '.-.
181
·/ .. :..' .' ;~.~l _;.... .»;; ., ;"": '.' .-;...• '.~. , •. )...:•• ~........,'.'" r.•"", .'~1r'-·':;·1''':~.\>O ~~·...:4.•"',::·4/"":,.. ~.:'\.<,,,::~.·,;~·~ . . . ·.·o>·...':·.... U:;.l.\.:U:;:O",; ~.~:,"'.... ;o':~;:.'4...... .
;. ',.~., .'; ,.: :.~.,;",,:.'j"(.;
," . ' SUbject:;l;:;\~T'tJiM~,:;e~1
.. 3a.;.t?~3.A:ddenda; Paras~.342and 344.2, Examination
......~, '
.
',--' ";' Date Issued:,";"'~.~October30,~1996';':·.>;<·'~··"·,;"""",~,~:,,,,\,,·f""""'~;'~-,,"-:':,-..... ,•..•. '.~.:' ...:. ,- "''':
.'
.;, '~.7',\;~~..
::(.'.t;.<.,., ",'-:'.
'J: '"\-''' ,;",,#~-;-~;,i:~~:",\,:<ol·tt. . 't'd.l'·~i.';;~;:"~·'·'"1.":.';;'".. ~,.".",f9s.·"'-L
.~.
,-.',.,-, •.• '~~. ",' "".',;' ."'.:'
,(,~ :~~,,~·~~itjI~'f:~.I:~~.I~il~til:t~'i;;'!~ttl;';l;~,,;..~~,,:t·ii.~.;~'.,;, .. :,i.~1t'~"'''~r;:~~l:·'t'''~;~:''l.,
#
File:
.
'::\)..
" .'
':-':·I~~.~ :-.,.·~t\:4.'~"_:"'::i~~;·~
. , .•', •• ' ....
'•.~ ..,," ,,.,'" ""'··'~r"r,.':;:· '.
..
'0"
B31-96-041
Question (I): Does'ASME B31.3a-1993 Addenda,' paras: 342 and/or 344.2 require that personnel
performing visual examinations required by paras. 341.4 artd 344.7 be qualified and certified in accordance with SNT-TC-IA, Recommended Practice for Nondestructive Testing Personnel Qualification and
Certification?
.
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3a-1993 Addenda, paras. 342 and/or 344.2 require that personnel
performing visual examinations required by paras. 341.4 and 344.7 be qualified and certified to AWS
QCI, Standard for Qualification and Certification of Welding Inspectors?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3a-1993 Addenda, paras. 342 and 344.2 permit that the visual
examinations required by paras. 341.4 and 344.7 be performed by personnel that (1) meet the physical
requirements of ASME BPV Code. Section V, Article 9, (2) are competent to perform visual examination
in accordance with the manufacturer's written procedures and (3) the employer certifies and makes
available reco~ds of the examiner which show dates and results of qualifications?
'~);''-" '.'
d.'......
,'~
'~-""'" ",,:,.'
;
'I,
,:.1
"~~'.' .~.:. .'; .~;~~::....,:.;.• ;:j1~:;;A:.t,,; ;....r:·~i~. ~:$ . ·~~~:,:···:,·,:':::... "
._ _
."<\;:":"~~;"
.;
.~ ,'..•.~~,
<
•
•
Question (4): Does ASME B31.3a-1993 Addenda, paras. 342 and 344.2 permit that the visual
examinations required by paras. 341.4 and 344.7 be performed by personnel that (I) meet the physiCal
requirements of ASME BPV Code Section C, Article 9, (2) have training and experience commensurate
' ...•;,,,,,,,,:"'.,.with
the needs
ofthe,visual~tions
required
by , ' paras. 341.4. and 344.7, (3) have demonstrated__ "",'
..
,-\lIe.
''' ,,' "
.'
,,'., ..,•.,•..
,"-.. '
. . ,'.,
. . ' ..
- .. ·1t..t.·I¥r~~,competence t?perf0nn thevisWl1 exan1inations using th~ employer'swritten procedures througbwritten~:-., . '. . '
,,'{\;, '.'
"~{~~~;"~*8nd'p~caf~tiiig1ldiDuristered bYJhe emj,ioyer,and (4) the employer certifieS and makes available'·;~,>'.} "', ~'" ".-'
.....' ", .' ., .•. ' . recordS of the eXaminer which show dates and results of qualification? .'
.' . , .
:f'it,i.k~~~*~;;,;'if~t·""i~i.'ff;;;!};~~~~~*&;\f;'''i~f:;:';~;;iJ.~i:.'.~·''f4r{;~~t·",~~~(JI~¥);;:·''·~;{<;f,~J.',I,i;;'?;X S·+:¥1\;,.. !;it}\:~;:;t.~~$\;\~fi:.' ..•.,
Reply (4):.Yes. ;:,\",
~<'''~.:''_'':''''.''» l ,i.. " " ..",
"~"""'_
~
):.~:'"
.,~
'''''\~''.'
~.
>"
...... J, .."; ...,-:
",,",
.
''','..
....
':.~
182
,-
'
" ,
C.
'r .~:,' -"""" ... \,,!.,,,,...'<,,,,,·!",;:if~~~,.~~~?'~*~~~t,:;'-:\~'t")~,}.,.).,·,,~ I"~,'
•
~'~' " -",'...,
t. ,.-.}r:'·
\,' -.,
•
<
_c.:'>",~ ~.,,, .•,,,• ..., •.',..y;{' .... 'l*"". ·..
:'-': -
':j~';"::: ,;~~."l~: ...'rt:: ~::~~if<\,_~~'~'~I.i. ;i~~l:"(:.(:O:fi/~.: :'Z"'"-i '::;':':;~~i ,i~ci t.,;.'. -" \.,::,',:>.r,
··"1
._-~':j.t.~"I·, .... ~"'t·,;·tt:':.,;J?''!'_~·._\ ~~~~~"'~-":!>""'~'~"1'\~·-·'~<':"."
.
~ ~.~~.:; ,.~at~. _~~sued~~~~;(~:r~·~ <?c~~b~~"".~~~. !!~~;;.~~;:,~:i~:7tj:~~·~~;:~':;~:·:t~:t:~;:~)~2;;f;:,::·:::t·_~/.~·~::~-~~
:
.
.1l.,,".!t'- ,.-."~':-";': ·),p;.;("";1,l)!;~.'t;;!<';: ~;·~~n·.,)r~~,;:i.-t";:~,,l;),._"-~/;;"'·~~,.~.':l-tf4'\; ..~~";l~·:'~'f.~~\:"fltj~t;,'t~~jJ~~~W~.tJ:).t:~,":~j;,t,~;.~t~'i*;~;,f,~'t? {>('\.~ .,;..~.;r.t~~. 'i(,' ;'~'::~"_ ,..:~: ',\?; :<''': .'li' ,~.j,:'~;::"'ln~t-':-
File:
B31-96-043
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, para. X302.2.a. is a pneumatic leak check
of an expansion joint at a test pressure of 110% of the design pressure, in accordance with para. 345.5,
an acceptable test?
/,. '".
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 15-23
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, Table 323.3.1, Impact Testing Requirements for Metals
Date Issued:
October 30, 1996
File:
B31-96-044
Question: In accordance with ASME B31. 3-1996 Edition, when qualifying welding procedures
which require impact testing, is the thickness range qualified to T /2 to T + V. in. rather than the range
given in ASME Section IX, QW-403.1O?
Reply: Yes, provided the criteria and thickness limits specified in ASME Section IX, para. QW403.10 are not exceeded. See ASME B31.3, Table 323.3.1, box A-5.
'.. _,.,:~·~.~j~:;.;.,:~;~:,;~:,lrt~~~;j!0g;';:i;!;~;;~,!~£:,;',::J;~;~~~·i~:'~ff~;S:It.\~~~:;:~;:,~r,~-~; "";" ': ".,'.,~ ,~, . ,{; .,,;,;~ ,',' ':., ;;:~:~~,:':: '",:::~_;;:, , . .
1;-
:~. ,' i. :; .":~~', :~ :~:,,,,. Subject; n.:;. >~;,.~ASME 1331.3-1996"Edition, ,Par~: 3i9~3:t(b), The~~ Expansion Data <' ; : . :
File:
B31-96-045
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, para. 319.3.1(b), must all thermal
conditions of a piping system be evaluated for
reactions on equipment?
...'.'.-
"
·':"'<;~';:''';"'~::'':'''·':''''';''':~~·);:?!'·Question(2):.D~ ASME B31.3 provide specific ~lowable piping load limits for end reactions on
".", ':·;.~t,,;·~;, ;~,"' ;;equipment? .:;'~,~:~:'.,:l·:~.·:·";~~,~i~~'.~::;.:.:~~;;':",~"i;:~~·:;:';:2!::;/:;·~~~:/. ~~!t "..'.. :',;'.;'",.....;, . ",'''".',
__
Reply (2): No.
183
-~---~~------_
..~ - - - -
15-25. 15-26
,.
.{'
~",
...,.. ...".;..
..... ,i,.;.,.;.,..".,.\ ,,,,, ..B31.3.lnterpretations No..-15
.
-, :'SubjeCt;':';::'~~" ''''.:ASME B31:3c-1995Add~~&:·P;;:·32i2".'2.'ici~;'T~iri~~t~ie:ii;i~:"~is~ed
,,,'" .
r·." "-"C' , " .
Materials
.., ~.'" "'~'"'>"'"
_",
. . . ~.._~~...
l .}..
,<It'
";""":",'~"''''''''':'' _.,... j. _.•.• ;,,- .•.. ~.~.' ._, .:"".,~
-',0
".
_"" . .
,.,.,;."... ",
,,_>
<",:.pate' ISsued: _~:. -.. . October 30, 1996 ,:.-l,:,';.:--•.: ,,~.";"'(~"'.!"';:"-~~''::'~'!''~'''':'-i,',-;'l;~!:'-:-::';::.;..o;;..:.:~'~,~-,,-:l,..tl·it~:i~~;"1,;~,~~}{~~~·in'.I;'~:';'~"'('~':";' .~,:,:>~:,,:·,·t'·;"""-~(:"':;~ ;;~. "",,; F~;!~'J,..~r:,~ ~~"",-~,\
File:
B31-96-047
'.' , ..•• "
c
',,--.'
.
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1995 Addenda, Para. 323.2.2 and Table 323.2.2. does
P-No. 1 carbon steel subject to metal temperaturesbetween -20"F and -SO"F with coincident pressure
in excess of 25% of the maximum allowable design pressure require impact testing?
Reply: Yes, except as provided in Note (5) of Table 323.2.2,
Interpretation: 15-26
Subject:
ASME B31.3-1996 Edition. Metallic Valves Lined with a Nonmetal
Date Issued:
October 30, 1996
File:
B31-96-049
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition prohibit the use of a metallic valve lined with a·
nonmetal in Category M Fluid Service?
", .., .......
".,.\
-~
;'.
\
Reply (I): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition address a sensitive leak test for a metallic valve lined
with a nonmetal?
--
184
"
ASME B31.3
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 16
Replies to Technical Inquiries
April 1, 1997, Through March 31, 1998
General Information
".
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the 831 Committee concerning 831.3 as part
of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological
order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation, or if none is
stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent
revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial
corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation
revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases! a revised reply bearing the original
interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information
is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by
an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in' the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or "endorse"
any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the 831 Committee, refer to Appendix Z.
.~
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
"
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations
by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume I up to
and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
..;'I
'J
185
•
~
~
"
J~""':'
.
,,
•
'1
B31.3
Para, 300(c)(3). Intent of the Code,
,
,
.
Para. 302.2.1. Prssure-Temperature Design Criteria - Listed Components
Having Established Ratings
,
'
Para. 302.3.2. Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to Sustained Loads
and Displacement Strains
,.,',
Parol. 302.3.5, Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to Sustained Loads and
,,
.
Displacement Strolins
'
Para. 304.1.1. Pressure Design of Components
Para. 328.5.2. Welding Requirements - Fillet and Socket Welds
,
,.
Parol. 331.1.6. Temperolture Verification
.
Para. 332.2.2(a). 8ending Temperature
.
Parol. 341.3.4, Progressive Examination
,
,'
Para. 341.3.4. Progressive Examination
.
Para. 341.3.4. Progressive Examination
.
, ..
Para. 344, Types of Examination
Para. 345. Leak Testing
,"
'
Table 302.3.5. Stress-Range Reduction Factors
'
.
Table 323.2.2. Minimum Temperatures Without Impact Testing for Carbon
Steel Materials
' .
:..
Table 341.3.2A. Examination Acceptance Criteria
Flanged 8all Valves
.
Tapered Pipe Thread Joints
.
.
Tubing in Category M Fluid Service
0
•
0
Interpretation
File No.
16-12
16-18
831-97-0268
831-97-038
16-04
831-96-057
16-11
831-97-024
16-14
16-06
16-09
16-08
16-01
16-02
16-05
16-13
16-03
16-10
14-12R
831-97-029
831-96-0588
831-97-013
831-97-001
831-96-053
831-96-054
831-96-058A
831-97-028
831-96-055
831-97-014
831-95-018
16-07
16-16
16-15
16-17
831-96-060
831-97-036
••••
831-97-0~2
831-97-037
to';
\!';'"
~.
187
831.3 Interpretations No. 16
14·12R, 16-01, 16-02
Interpretation: 14-12R
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Table 323.2.2, Minimum Temperatures Without Impact Testing for
Carbon Steel Materials
Date Issued: November 20, 1995
File: 831-95-018
Question: Does ASME B31.3-1993 Edition require impact testing of ASTM A 403 WP304W, B16.9
fittings manufactured from A 312 welded TP304 pipe without the use of weld metal deposits and used at
design temperatures of -425°F or above.
Reply: No. See Table 323.2.2. Column A.
Interpretation: 16-01
Subject: ASME B31.3-1996 Edition. Para. 341.3.4, Progressive Examination
Date Issued: May 20, 1997
File: B31-96-053
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, para. 341.3.4, Progressive Examination, if a
defective weld is repaired, found defective again, repaired a second time and again found to be defective,
is it necessary to ex.amine two additional items for each failed repair?
Reply: No. See para. 341.3.3.
( , "
.' ~,
'.',~."
.'
Interpretation: 16-02
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 341.3.4, Progressive Examination
Date Issued: May 20, 1997
File: B31-96-054
Question (I): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Table 341.3.2A and para. 341.3.4, when
the engineering design specifies more stringent acceptance criteria for normal fluid service, do the
requirements of para. 341.3.4, Progressive Examination, still apply?
Reply (I): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, for nonnal fluid service, when a particular
one hundred welds constitute a designated lot, welder "A" completes three welds and two are radiographed
to acceptance, and welder "B" completes ninety-seven welds and five are radiographed to acceptance, do
all welds in the lot, after visual and leak tests, meet the requirements of the Code?
Reply (2): Yes, provided no other welds in the designated lot were examined showing unacceptabel
defects.
189
16-03, 16-04
831.3 Interpretations No. 16
Interpretation: 16-03
Subject: ASME 831.3-1996 Edition, Para. 345, Leak Testing
Date Issued: May 20, 1997
File: 831-96-055
,
Question (I): In accordance with AS ME 831.3-1996 Edition, para. 345. I(b)', with a system design
pressure of 150 psig at 200°F, and where a hydrostatic pressure test is impractical, does a pneumatic test
at 150 psig or 110% of d,esign pressure, whichever is less, satisfy the requirements of the Code?
Reply (I): No. See para. 345.5.4.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME 831.3-1996 Edition, under the above conditions, would testing
in accordance with para. 345.9 be required?
Reply (2): No. Use of the alternative leak test is permitted only if the conditions of para. 345.1 (c) are met.
Interpretation: 16-04
Subject: ASME 831.3a-1996 Addenda, Para. 302.3.2, Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to Sustained Loads
and Displacement Strains
Date Issued: May 20, 1997
File: 831-96-057
Question (I): In accordance with ASME 831.3a-1996 Addenda, p"ra. 302.3.5, shall the longitudinal
sustained stresses, SL, be evaluated in the installed and all operating positions of the pipe relative to its
supports and restraints?
Reply (I): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME 83 I .3a- I996 Addenda, para. 302.3.5. is there an allowable
operating stress for the combination of longitudinal sustained stresses and displacement stresses, not
displacemeilt stress ranges?
Reply (2): No. See para. 319.2.3.
190
831.3 Interpretations No. 16
16-05, 16-06, 16-07
Interpretation: 16-05
~ubject: ASME 831.3-1996 Edition, Para. 341.3.4, Progressive Examination
Date Issued: May 20, 1997
File: 831-96-058A
Question (I): A welder's production welds experience some rejections. The welder is retained and
requalified. In accordance with ASME 831.3-1996 Edition, para. 341.3.4, Progressive Examination, does
the Code require more stringent examination of this welders welds?
Reply (I): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME 831.3-1996 Edition, para. 341.3.4, can the two additional joints
examined after a defective joint is found to be counted as part of the 5% random radiography requirement?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 16-06
Subject: ASME 831.3-1996 Edition, Para. 328.5.2, Welding Requirements -
Fillet and Socket Welds
Date Issued: May 20, 1997
File: 831-96-0588
,
i
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-1996 Edition, para. 328.5.2 and Fig. 328.5.2c, what is the
minimum gap acceptable in a socket-welded joint after welding?
Reply: The '116 in. approximate gap shown in Fig. 328.5.2c is "before welding." The Code does not
provide a gap dimension after welding.
Interpretation: 16-07
Subject: ASME 831.3-1993 Edition, Table 341.3.2A, Examination Acceptance Criteria
Date Issued: May 20, 1997
File: 831-96-060
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-1993 Edition, Table 341.3.2A, in the radiographic examination
of girth and miter groove welds, can a densitometer be used to evaluate root concavity?
Reply: The Code does not address the use of a densitometer for this purpose.
191 .
--~~--'-------------
16-08, 16·09, 16-10
831.3 Interpretations No. 16
(
Interpretation: 16-08
Subject: AS ME B31.3-1996 Edition, Para. 332.2.2(a), Bending Temperature
Date Issued: May 20. 1997
File: B31-97-001
,
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, paras. 332.2.2(a) and (b), are the transfonnation
ranges used in B31.3 considered to be the lower critical temperatures in ASME B31.1-1995 Edition, para.
129.3.1?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 16-09
Subject: ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda, Para. 331.1.6, Temperature Verification
Date Issued: May 20, 1997
File: B31-97-013
Question: In accordance will:} ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda, para. 331.1.6, can a thennocouple be laid
on a part being heat treated as opposed to being attached?
Reply: The Code requires only that temperature be checked by thennocouple, pyrometers, or other
suitable methods to ensure that WPS requiremeilts are met. It does not otherwise address positioning or
attachment of thennocouples, except for a pennissive statement in para. 330.1.3(b) allowing attachment by
capacitor discharge method without procedure and perfonnance qualific:ations.
C'·'
;'.
"~'r
Interpretation: 16-10
Subject: ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda, Table 302.3.5, Stress-Range Reduction Factors
Date Issued: May 20, 1997
File: B31-97-014
Question (I): In accordance with ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda, does the stress range reduction factor,
/. as listed in Table 302.3.5 and provided in equation (I c) depend on the material of construction?
Reply (I): No, except see para. 319.3.4(b).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda, Appendix D, do the stress intensification
factors. i; and ill depend on the material of construction?
Reply (2): No.
c·.;·
..
~ -..~
.'
192
16-11,16-12,16-13
831.3 Interpretations No. 16
Interpretation: 16-11
Subject: ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda. Para. 302.3.5. Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to Sustained Loads
and Displacement Strains
Date Issued: November 10, 1997
File: B31-97-024
Question (I): In accordance with AS ME B31.3a-1996 Addenda, para. 302.3.5. is the stress range reduction
factor independent of 'the material of construction?
Reply (I): Yes; however. see para. 319.3.4(b).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda. are the stress intensification factors
listed in Appendix D independent of the material of construction?
Reply: Yes; however. see para. 319.3.4(b).
Interpretation: 16-12
Subject: ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda. Para. 3OO(c)(3), Intent of the Code
Date Issued: November 10. 1997
File: B31-97-026B
Question (I): Maya piping designer use para. 3OO(c)(3) of AS ME B31.3a-1996 Addenda and apply a
more rigorous analysis to qualify the design and acceptance criteria 0f piping where the Code requirements
employ a simplified approach?
Reply (I): Yes. if the designer can demonstrate the validity of the approach to the owner.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition. does a piping system that has been designed
in accordance with the Code but not fabricateq or assembled as specified by the engineering design, comply
with the Code if a more rigorous analysis proves it suitable for the service intended?
Reply (2): No. See para. 300.2. Definitions -
r.
Assembly and Erection. Also, see para. 341.3.2.
Interpretation: 16-13
"
Subject: ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda. Para. 344. Types of Examination
.
".
Date Issued: November 10. 1997
File: B31-97-028
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda. para. 344. does the Code contain instruction
or restrictions regarding the design of a designated lot of piping?
Reply: No. other than the definition in Note 2 of para. 344. I.3.
193
--~._--~----~-_
...
__._
.. _ - - - - -
16·14, 16·15, 16-16
831.3 Interpretations No. 16
Interpretation: 16-14
Subject: ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda, Para. 304.1.1, Pressure Design of Components
Date Issued: November 10, 1997
File: B31-97-029
,
Question: For subsea production systems where ASME B31.3 is required, can the internal design gage
pressure, P, in paras. 304.1.1 and 304.1.2 be interpreted as coincident internal design gage pressure minus
external gage pressure? .
Reply: Yes; however, when the coincident external gage pressure is greater than the internal gage pressure,
the design shall be in accordance with para. 304.1.3.
Interpretation: 16-15
Subject: AS ME B31.3a-1996 Addenda, Tapered Thread Joints
Date Issued: November 10, 1997
File: B31-97-032
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3a-1996 Addenda, does the Code permit the use of tapered
pipe thread joints?
Reply: Yes, provided the joints comply with the provisions of paras. 314 and 335.3.
Interpretation: 16-16
Subject: ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, Flanged Ball Valves
Date Issued: November 10, 1997
File: B31-97-036
Question: According to ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, are flanged ball valves where the ball is held in
place by a threaded retainer plug in which the end of the plug forms some or all of the flange face prohibited
from use in Category M Fluid Service?
Reply: No.
194
831.3 Interpretations No. 16
16-17, 16-18
Interpretation: 16-17
Subject: ASME 831.3-1996 Edition, Tubing in Category M Fluid Service
Date Issued: September 3, 1997
File: 831-97-037
,
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-1996 Edition, is tubing with flared, flareless, and compression
tubing joints prohibited for Category M lluid service in sizes larger than 16 mm <% in.) O. D. for piping
other than instrumentation signal lines in contact with process fluids and process temperature-pressure
conditions?
Reply: No. Also, see Interpretation 2-13.
Interpretation: 16-18
Subject: ASME 831.3a-1996 Addenda, Para. 302.2.1 , Pressure-Temperature Design Criteria Components Having Established Ratings
Listed
Date Issued: September 3, 1997
File: 831-97-038
Question: When selecting a flange on the basis of pressure-temperature rating given in AS ME 816.5.
in accordance with ASME 831.3a-1996 Addenda, para. 302.2.1, is it required to consider any external
forces and moments acting on the llange?
Reply: Yes. See para. 303.
195
c......
/~
-"
ASME B31.3
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 17
Replies to Technical Inquiries
April 1, 1998 Through November 31, 1999
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the 831 Committee concerning 831.3 as part
of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological
order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation, or if none is
stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent
revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial
corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation
revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original
interpretation number with the suffix Ris presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information
is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by
an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or "endor~"
any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the 831 Committee, refer to Appendix·Z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations
by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume I up to
and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
(.
,~.
~/'
1.97 .
--
~--~-~------------------
B31.3
()',
".-
Appendix V. Allowahle Variation in Elevated Temperature Service
Para. JIKI.2. Defining Piping Components
Pam. JOI.J. Design Tempenllures
Parol. 302.2.2. Listed Components Not Having 5pecilic Ratings
Parol. 302.2.4. Allowances for Pressure and Temperolture Variation
,
Para. 302.3.5(c). Longitudinal Stress
Para. 302.3.5(dl. Limits of Calculation Stresses Due to Sustained Loads
and Displacement Strains
Parol. 304.3.3. Reinforcement of Welded 8ranch Connections
Parol. 322.3. Instrument Piping
Para. 323.1.1. Listed Materials
Pam. 323.1.2. Unlisted Materials and Unlisted Components for Metallic
Piping Lined With Nonmetals
Para. 323.1.2. Unlisted Materials
Pam. 331.1.3. Governing Thickness
Para. 331.1.3. Governing Thickness
Para. 335.1.1 (el. Alignment of Flanged Joints
Para. 335.2.3. Boll Length
Para. 340.4. Qualification of the Owner's Inspector
Parol. 345. Testing
Para. 345.2.3Ic). Special Provisions for Testing of Closure Welds
Para. 345.1IIhl. Sensitive Leak Test
Para. 345.9.J<al. Allernative Leak Test Examination of Welds
Para. 345.9.I(h). Ahernative Leak Test Examination of Welds
Para. A322.6. Pressure Relieving Devices
'
Para. A3211.2.5(h)(I). Qualilication Test Pressure
Pam. K3IXl(a). Applicahility of High' Pressure Piping
Parol. 1014.2. Special Threaded Joints
Para. K3211.2.1 (a). Welding Qualilication Requirements
Tahle 302.3.4. Longitudinal Weld Joint Quality Factor
Tahle 341.3.2. Acceptance Criteria for Welds
Table 341.3.2. Acceptance Criteria for Welds
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
'
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Interpretation
File No.
17-17
17-23
17-07
17-11
17-12
17-18
17-04
831-98-026
B31·99-0I2
831-98-006
831-98-017
831-98-019A
17-26
17-24
17-09
17-08
831-99-022
831-99-013
831-98-009
831-98-008
17-01
17·13
17-21
17-25
17-20
17-15
17·30
17-28
17-02
17-10
17-05
17·29
17-06
17-16
17-19
17-27
17-14
17-22
17-03
831·97-044
831-98-020
831-99-010
831-99-020
831·99-009
831-98-023
B31·99-o28
831-99-025
831-97-046
831-98-011
831.97-049
831-99-027
831·98-001
831-98-025
831-99-008
831·99-024
831-98-022
831·99-011
831-97-047
831·99~004
831-97-048 '
199
831.3 Interpretations No. 17
17-01. 17-02. 17-03
Interpretation: 17-01
Subject: ASME B31.3b-1997 Addenda. Para. 323.1.2, Unlisted Materials
Date Issued: May 19, 1998
File: B31-97-044
Question (I): In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997. does Table 300.1.1 apply to materials that are
not listed in Table A-I but are listed in ASME BPVC Section IX?
Reply (I): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997, does Table 331.1.1 apply to materials that are
not listed in Table A-I but are listed in ASME BPVC Section IX?
Reply (2): Yes, unless the provisions of para. 331.2.2 are satisfied.
Interpretation: 17-02
Subject: ASME B31.3b-1997 Addenda. Para. 345.8(b), Sensitive Leak Test
Date Issued: May 19, 1998
File: B31-97-046
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997, para. 345.8(b), must the test pressure for a sensitive
leak test be greater than 15 psi?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 17-03
Subject: ASME B31.3b-1997 Addenda, Table 341.3.2. Acceptance Criteria for Welds
Date Issued: May 19, 1998
File: B31-97-047
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997, Table 341.3.2. is the maximum allowable height of
reinforcement or internal protrusion. in any plane through the weld. listed in "L" for each face of the ~eld?
Reply: Yes. See also Interpretation 9-04.
201
17-04. 17-05. 17-06
B31.3 Interpretations No. 17
Interpretation: 17-04
Subject: ASME 831.3b-1997 Addenda, Para. 302.3.5(d), Limits of Calculation Stresses Due to Sustained
Loads and Displacement Strains
Date Issued: May 19, 1998
File: 831-97-048
Question (I): In accordance with ASME 831.3b-1997, para. 302.3.5(d), may the number of cycles, Nj ,
in Equation (I d) exceed 2,000,000 cycles?
Reply (I): Yes; however, see also Note (5) of Equation (Ic) for limits on the equivalent number of full
displacement cycles, N.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME 831.3b-1997, para. 302.3.5(d), Equation (Id), is it required to
combine thermal displacement cycles with displacement cycles due to other conditions such as wave motion.
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 17-05
Subject: ASME 831.3-1996 Edition, Para. 345.9.1 (b), Alternative Leak Test Examination of Welds
Date Issued: May 19, 1998
File: 831-97-049
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-1996 Edition, para. 345.9. I (b). may the liquid penetrant
method be used to examine a weld on a magnetic material?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 17-06
Subject: ASME 831.3-1996 Edition; Para. A328.2.5(b)( I), Qualification Test Pressure
Date Issued: May 19, 1998
File: 831-98-001
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-1996 Edition, can the pressure design thickness be used
instead of the nominal thickness in Equation (27) of para. A328.2.5(b)(I), to calculate the qualification
pressure?
Reply: No.
p.. . .
'-.
~'
202
B31.3 Interpretations No. 17
i .• ~.;.:.~
17-07. 17-08. 17-09
Interpretation: 17-07
Subject: ASME 831.3b-1997 Addenda; Para. 301.3. Design Temperatures
Date Issued: May 19. 1998
File: 831-98-006
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3b-1997. para. 301.3. should fire case temperature or pressures
be considered to satistY, the requirements of para. 301.2. in establishing the design conditions of piping
that may be exposed to an accidental fire?
Reply: The Code does not require the consideration of accidental fire cases when establishing the piping
design conditions. except as required to meet the pressure relief requirements of para. 322.6.3. See also
para. 300(c)(5).
Interpretation: 17-08
Subject: ASME 831.3-1996 Edition. Para. 323.1.2. Unlisted Materials and Unlisted Components for Metallic
Piping Lined With Nonmetals
Date Issued: May 19. 1998
File: 831-98-008
Question (I): In accordance with ASME 831.3-1996 Edition. may unlisted metallic materials be used
in the manufacture of metallic piping components lined with non-metals?
Reply (I): Yes. See para. A323.1.
Question (2): In aC,cordance with ASME 831.3-1996 Edition. may pressure containing metallic piping
components (lined with non-metals). not manufactured in accordance, with a listed standard and for which
the rules in para. 304 (other than para. 304.7.2) do not apply. be qualified for use under this Code?
"
Reply (2): Yes. See paras. A300(d) and 304.7.2.
Interpretation: 17-09
Subject: ASME 831.3b-1997 Addenda. Para. 323.1.1. Listed Materials
Date Issued: May 19. 1998
"
File: 831-98-009
Question (I): In accordance with ASME 831.3b-1997. are classes 12. 13.22. and 23 of ASTM A 671.
A 672. and A 691 the only listed materials in the Code for these specifications?
Reply (I): Yes.
Question (2): Is it a requirement that listed pipe and tube materials in ASME 831.3 be hydrotested by
the manufacturer?
.
Reply (2): Yes. See the requirements of the listed specifications and Note (76) of Appendix A.
c, "
"--
203
17-10, 17-11, 17-12
831.3 Interpretations No. 17
Interpretation: 17-10
Subject: ASME 83 l.3b- I 997 Addenda, Para. 345.9.1(a), Alternative Leak Test Examination of Welds
Date Issued: May 19, 1998
File: 831-98-01I
Question: In accordance with ASME 83 l.3b-1997, para. 345.9.1 (a), is l 00% UT examination an accept­
able substitute for I00% radiography?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 17-11
Subject: ASME 83 I .3b-I997 Addenda, Para. 302.2.2, Listed Components Not Having Specific Ratings
Date Issued: November 11, 1998
File: B31-98-017
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3b-1997, if a fitting is manufactured to ASME 816.9 and a
listed material specification that includes a reference to Note (16) of Appendix A, may the user establish
the pressure-temperature rating in accordance with para. 302.2.2, without applying a weld joint quality
factor in accordance with para. 302.3.4?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 17-12
Subject: ASME B3 l.3b-I997 Addenda, Para. 302.2.4, Allowances for Pressure and Temperature Variation'
Date Issued: November 11, 1998
File: B31-98-0 l 9A
Question (I): In accordance with ASME B3 I .3b-I997, para. 302.2.4, are the allowable variations permitted
in this paragraph only applicable when the increased pressure is less than or equal to the test pressure used
in accordance with para. 345"!
Rep I y (I): Yes.
Question (2): When establishing the maximum allowable relieving pressure permitted in accordance with
para. 322.6.3(c), may the test pressure used in accordance with para. 345 be exceeded?
Reply (2): Yes, provided the maxim um relieving pressure requirements of ASME BPVC Section VIII,
Division I are met.
204
r­
\.;
831.3 Interpretations No. 17
17-13. 17-14
/~
,.._
I\
F.
.....
.'
Interpretation: 17-13
Subject: ASME B31.3b-1997 Addenda, Para. 331.1.3, Governing Thickness
Date Issued: November I I, 1998
File: B31-98-020
Background IQuestion (1)/: An integrally-reinforced branch connection fitting is welded externally tq a
pipe that has a wall thicker than the minimum material thickness requiring PWHT, and the branch pipe
has a wall thickness thinner than the minimum material thickness requiring PWHT.
Question (1 a): In accordance with ASME B3 1.3b- I997, does the thickness of the branch pipe attached
to the branch connection fitting have any effect on whether the weld between the branch connection and
the main pipe requires PWHT?
Reply (I a): No.
Question (I b): Does the weld throat thickness between the branch connection fitting and main pipe have
any effect on whether this joint requires PWHT?
Reply (Ib): Yes. See para. 33 I. l.3(a).
Question (I c): Does the thickness of the branch connection fitting have any effect on whether this joint
requires PWHT?
Reply (Ic): No. See para. 33 I. l.3(a).
,./;
",
'
f
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B3 I.3b- I997, para. 331.13, if the header has a wall thickness
less than the minimum material thickness requiring PWHT, would the deciding factor for carrying out
PWHT be whether the throat thickness of the joint is greater than twice the minimum material thickness
requiring PWHT?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 17-14
Subject: AS ME B31.3-I993 Edition, Table 302.3.4, Longitudinal Weld Joint Quality Factor
·-1
Date Issued: November I I, 1998
File: 831-98-022
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-1993 Edition, is it permissible to increase Ej for ASTM
A 312 EFW pipe to 1.00 by 100% radiography?
Reply: Yes. See Table 302.3.4.
205
17-15. 17-16
831.3 Interpretations No. 17
Interpretation: 17-15
Subject: ASME B31.3b-1997 Addenda, Para. 340.4, Qualification of the Owner's Inspector
Date Issued: November I I, 1998
File: B31-98-023
Question: In accordance with AS ME B31.3b-1997, may the owner's inspector and the installing contractor's examiner both be employed by the same organization?
Reply: Yes, provided all requirements of para. 340.4 are met.
Interpretation: 17-16
Subject: ASME B31.3b-1997 Addenda, Para. K3OO(a), Applicability of High Pressure Piping
Date Issued: November I I, 1998
File: B31-98-025
Question (I): In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997, para. K3OO(a), is it mandatory that the owner of
a piping system designate it as being in High Pressure Fluid Service in accordance with Chapter IX when
the system pressure exceeds that allowed by ASME B16.5, PN 420 (Class 2500) rating?
Reply (I): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997, para. K3OO(a), can piping be designated by the
owner as being in High Pressure Fluid Service in accordance with Chapter IX and be designed to Chapter
IX, even if this results in a wall thickness that is less than that required by design in accordance with
Chapters I through VI?
Reply (2): Yes; however, when piping is so designated, Chapter IX shall be applied in its entirety.
206
831.3 Interpretations No, 17
17-17. 17-18
Interpretation: 17-17
Subject: ASME B31.3b-1997 Addenda, Appendix V, Allowable Variation in Elevated Temperature Service
Date Issued: November II, 1998
File: B31-98-026
Question (I ): In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997, when evaluating variations in elevated temperature
service in accordance with Appendix V, must the design temperature established in accordance with para.
301.3 be high enough such that the corresponding allowable stress value in Table' A-I !s based on creep
criteria?
Reply (I): No; however, if the maximum temperature experienced during the variations is where the
creep properties control design, Appendix V applies. Note that the word "design" in para. V302(c) does
not apply and will be deleted by errata from a future edition of the Code.
Question (2): When some varying conditions are below the creep range and some are in the creep range,
does ASME B31.3b-1997, Appendix V require that conditions below the creep range be included in the
calculation of the usage factor in accordance with para. V303.~'?
Reply (2): No. See para. V302(c).
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997, when determining if Table A-I allowable stress
values are based upon creep criteria, may the maximum temperature in Tables 2A or 2B of ASME BPVC
Section II, Part D be used as the highest temperature, which is below the range of values based upon the
creep criteria?
Reply (3): Yes. See Footnote 2 to para. 302.3.2.
Interpretation: 17-18
Subject: ASME B31.3c-1998 Addenda, Para. 302.3.5(c), Longitudinal Stress
..
Date Issued: July I, 1999
File: B31-99-004
Question (I): Shall longitudinal stresses due to the misalignment of piping during assembly, or intentional
cold spring, be included as a longitudinal sustained stress in accordance with para. 302.3.5(c)?
Reply (I): No.
Question (2): Is it required to include the stresses due to misalignment of piping during assembly or
intentional cold spring in the calculation of displacement stress range in accordance with para. 319.2.3?
Reply (2): No. See para. 319.2.I(c).
Question (3): Shall axial stresses due to the imposed displacements be considered in the evaluation of
the displacement stress range'?
Reply (3): Yes. See para. 319.2.3(c).
\'.'
:.
V~~.
'.
207
.',
~--------
17-19, 17-20, 17-21
831.3 Interpretations No. 17
Interpretation: 17-19
Subject: ASME B31.3-1996 Edition. Para. K314.2. Special Threaded Joints
Date Issued: July I. 1999
File: B31-99-oo8
Question (I ): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition. is a hammer union. whose male and female
ends are butt welded to the piping. considered a Special Threaded Joint as defined in para. K314.2?
Reply (I): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B3 I.3- I996 Edition. can a threaded joint that does not meet
the requirements of para. K314.2 be qualified Jor High Pressure Fluid Service in accordance with the
requirements of para. K304.7.2?
Reply (2): Yes. provided the requirements of para. K3I4.3 are also met.
Interpretation: 17-20
Subject: ASME B3 I.3c- I998 Addenda. Pam. 335.2.3. Bolt Length
Date Issued: July I. 1999
File: B31-99-009
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1998. Para. 335.2.3. if a bolt fails to extend beyond its nut
and no more than one thread is visible inside the nut. is the bolt considered acceptably engaged?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 17-21
Subject: ASME B31.3c-1998 Addenda. Para. 331.1.3. Governing Thickness
Date Issued: July I. 1999
File: B31-99-010
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1998. pam. 331.1.3. if the thicker of two components is
machined before welding. in accrodance with pam. 328.4.2. to match the thickness of the thinner component.
is the resulting matching thickness at the weld joint used in determining the requirements for PWHT?
Reply: Yes.
208
(
831.3 Interpretations No. 17
17-22, 17-23, 17-24
Interpretation: 17-22
Subject: ASME B31.3c-1998 Addenda. Table 341.3.2. Acceptance Criteria for Welds
Date Issued: July I. 1999
File: B31-99-0 II
Question (I): In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1998. Table 341.3.2. is surface porosity acceptable on
the crown or external surface of a groove weld that is greater than Y'c> in. in nominal thickness'!
Reply (I): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B3I.3c-1998. Table 341.3.2. is surface porosity acceptable on
the crown of a 14 in. fillet weld'?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 17-23
Subject: ASME B31.3c-1998 Addenda. Para. 300.2. Defining Piping Components
Date Issued: July I. 1999
File: B31-99-012
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1998. are pressure containing components such as strainers.
filters. knock-out pots. holding pots and other devices that serve such purposes as mixing. separating.
snubbing. distributing. and metering or controlling flow included in the scope of this Code?
(,
Reply: Yes. unless the Owner specifies another code. See definition of "piping components" (para.
300.2)
Interpretation: 17-24
Subject: ASME B31.3c-1998 Addenda. Panl. 322.3. Instrument Piping
Date Issued: July I. 1999
File: B31-99-0 13
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1998. are instrument piping components (such as' tubing.
compression fittings. barstock valves. etc.) outside of a piping isolation valve (piping root valve) within
the scope of ASME B3 I.3'!
Reply: Yes. See para. 322.3.
':,'
C
• t:.
,
,
•
~.I
209
831.3 Interpretations No. 17
17-25, 17·26, 17-27
r.··
....
~<"-
Interpretation: 17-25
Subj~ct: ASME 831.3-1996' Edition, Para. 335.1.1 (c), Alignment of Flanged Joints
Date Issued: November 16, 1999
File: 831-99-020
Question (I): In accordance with ASME 831.3-1996 Edition, para. 335.1.1 (c), does the specified tolerance
apply to each individual flange, measured to the design plane, or to the total misalignment between two
mating flanges?
Reply (I): It applies to each individual flange, measured to the design plane.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-.1996 Edition, para. 335. 1.1 (c), do the requirements apply
to all pipe sizes and pressure rating classes?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 17-26
Subject: ASME 831.3-1999 Edition, Para. 304.3.3, Reinforcement of Welded Branch Connections
Date Issued: November 16, 1999
File: 831-99-022
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-1999 Edition, can the rules in para. 304.3.3 be used for the
pressure design of a Tee, machined from stock with a remaining block shape, that does not confonn to a
listed standard?
Reply: Yes; however, see paras. 304.3.5 and 300(c).
Interpretation: 17-27
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Pam. K328.2.1 (a), Welding Qualification Requirements
Date Issued: November 16, 1999
File: 831-99-024
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-1999 Edition, para. K328.2.1 (a). must the perfonnance
qualilication test coupons for each welder and welding operator be impact tested?
Reply: Yes.
210
---_.-----~~--~-- .~-
831.3 Interpretations No. 17
17·28. 17-29. 17-30
".",
t',> .
I
",
Interpretation: 17-28
Subject: ASME B31.3- i 999 Edition, Para. 345.2.3(c), Special Provisions for Testing of Closure Welds
Date Issued: November 16, 1999
File: B31-99-025
Question (I): Does ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, para. 345.2.3(c) require that the described examinations
be performed for closure welds connecting piping systems or components that have been successfully tested
in accordance with para. 345?
Reply (I): No. The weld may be leak tested in accordance with para. 345.1 instead.
Question (2): Can weld connecting a flange to a piping system be considered a closure weld?
Reply (2): Yes, but if the weld is to be examined in accordance with para. 345.2.3(c), the flange, as well
as the piping system must have been successfully tested.
Interpretation: 17-29
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Para. A322.6, Pressure Relieving Devices
Date Issued: November 16, 1999
File: B31-99-027
Question: Are pressure relieving devices installed in accordance with ASME B31.3- I999 Edition, para.
A322.6 required to meet ASME BPVC Section VIII, Division I, UO-136(b)(3)?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 17-30
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Pam. 345, Testing
Date Issued: November 16, 1999
File: B31-99-028
.,
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, para. 345, may the test pressure exceed the
maximum allowable internal pressure, P"" for a miter bend in accordance with para. 304.2.3?
.
Reply: Yes.
~>"'"
~." ,
.;
211
ASME B31.3
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 18
Replies to Technical Inquiries
December 1, 1999 through March 31, 2001
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3 as part
of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological
order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition or Addenda stated in the interpretation, or if none is
stated, to the Edition or Addenda in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent
revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial
corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation
revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original
interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information
is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by
an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or "endorse"
any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions-on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to Appendix Z.
Code Reference and Subject Indexes
Code Reference and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations
by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume I up to
and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
213
B31.3
Appendix D, Thickness of a Welding Tee
;
,
,,
.
Para. 300(c), General Statements,
"
Para. 302.3.5(c), Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to Sustained Loads and
Displacement Strains .....................•. , .. , .......•.......... ,
.
Para. 304.2.2., Curved and Mitered Segments of Pipe
,
, .. ,
Para. 319.2.3, Displacement Stress Range ...•.... ,
,"
,.
Para. 328.2.3, Perfonnance Qualification by Others
,
,
.
Para. 331.1.3, Governing Thickness
,
"
Para. 331.2, Heat Treatment Specific Requirements .. ,
,
..
Para. 341.3.4(a), Progressive Sampling for Examination
,
,
.
,
,
Para. 341.4.1(b)(I). Examination Nonnally Required
,.,
, .
Para. 344. Types of Examination
, •......... ,
,.,.,
.
Para. 344.2, Visual Examination
Para, 345.2.2(a), Other Test Requirements
,
.
Para. 345.4.2, Test Pressure
,
"
,.
Para. 345.9.1, Alternative Leak Test
,
,'
, .. ,
,.
Para. A328.2.1(b), 80nding Qualification Requirements
, .. ,
,
,
,
"
,
,
.
Table 323.2.2, Impact Testing Requirements for Metals,
,
,
.
Table 323.2.2, Impact Testing Requirements for Metals
,
.
Table 341.3.2, Acceptance Criteria for Welds
214
Interpretation
File No.
18-18
18-09
1~16
831-00-044
831-00-013
831-00-032
18-06
18-13
18-08
18-02
18-04
18-01
18-14
18-11
18-17
18-10
18-03
18-15
18-05
18-12
17-09R
18-07
831-00-010
831-00-029
831-00-012
831-00-003
831-00-006
831-OO..()02
831-00-030
831-ClO-01S
831-00-043
831-00-016
831-Q0.004
831-00-031
831-00-009
831-00-028
831-00-028
831-00-011
831.3 Interpretations No. 18
18-01, 18-02
Interpretation: 18-01
Subject: ASME B3l.3-l999 Edition, Para. 34l.3.4(a), Progressive Sampling for Examination
Date Issued: May 31, 2000
File: B3l-00-002
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-l999 Edition, if a welding operator's weld is rejected
and the repair is made by another welding operator, does para. 341.3.3 require the repair weld be examined?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B3l.3-l999 Edition, may the two additional welds required by
para. 341.3.4(a) be examined at the same time as the above referenced repair weld?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 18-02
Subject: ASME B31.3-l999 Edition, Para. 331.1.3, Governing Thickness
Date Issued: May 31, 2000
File: B3l-00-003
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-l999 Edition, para. 331.1.3, can the governing thickness
for the heat treatment of branch connection welds in Fig. 328.5.40 be calculated or determined by means
other than the formulas provided in para. 331.1.3(a)?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B3l.3-l999 Edition, para. 331.1.3, shall the governing throughweld thickness for the heat treatment of branch connection welds in accordance with Fig. 328.5.40 be
calculated in accordance with the formulas provided in para. 331.1.3(a), even if a dimension through the
weld may be greater than calculated by the formulas?
Reply (2): Yes.
215
18-03, 18-04, 18-05
831.3 Interpretations No. 18
Interpretation: 18-03
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Para. 345.4.2, Test Pressure
Date Issued: May 31, 2000
File: B31-oo-004
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, para. 345.4.2(b), when a piping system is
constructed of different materials, shall the stress values, Sr and S, from each of the individual points in
the system be used to calculate the required test pressure for that point in the system in accordance with
Eq. (24)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, when the required test pressure for individual
points in a piping system differ, and the system is tested as a whole, may any point in the piping system
be subjected to a pressure less than its required test pressure in accordance with Eq. (24)?
Reply (2): No, except as provided for in paras. 345.4.2(b), 345.4.2(c), and 345.4.3.
Interpretation: 18-04
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Para. 331.2, Heat Treatment Specific Requirements
Date Issued: May 31, 2000
File: B31-oo-006
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, may alternative heat treatment methods or
exceptions be specified in the engineering design?
Reply: Yes. See para. 33 I .2.
Interpretation: 18-05
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Para. A328.2.1 (b), Bonding Qualification Requirements
Date Issued: May 3 I, 2000
File: B31-oo-009
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, para. A328.2.1(b), does each material type,
using the same joining method, require a separate bonding procedure specification (BPS)?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, para. A328.2.5 is a bonder or bonding
operator required to qualify for each material type listed in the BPS?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B3 I .3- I999 Edition, can a bonder qualification test pressure
for thermoplastics when using the hydrostatic test method, be less than the calculated test pressure in
accordance with A328.2.5(c)(l)?
Reply (3): No.
216
831.3 Interpretations No. 18
18·06, 18-07, 18-08
Interpretation: 18-06
Subject: ASME B31.3-l999 Edition, Para. 304.2.2, Curved and Mitered Segments of Pipe
Date Issued: May 31, 2000
File: B3l-oo-0l0
Question (1): In accordance with para. 304.2.2, if a B16.9 elbow is modified by trimming it (e.g., a
standard 90 deg elbow trimmed to 75 or 15 deg), such that it no longer is in compliance with B16.9, must
it be qualified as an unlisted component in accordance with para. 304.7.2?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Is the pressure rating of a B16.9 fitting determined by the actual pipe to which it is attached?
Reply (2): No. See para. 302.2.2.
Question (3): If the ends of a B16.9 or B16.l0 component have been taper bored, such that its length
no longer meets the length requirements of the component standard, must it be qualified by para. 304.7.2?
Reply (3): Yes.
Interpretation: 18-07
Subject: ASME B31.3-l999 Edition, Table 341.3.2, Acceptance Criteria for Welds
Date Issued: May 31, 2000
File: B3l-oo-011
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-l999 Edition, Table 341.3.2, what is the acceptance criteria
for surface porosity and exposed slag inclusions for weld thickness greater than 3/16 in.?
Reply: The Code does not require welds greater than 3/16 in. nominal thickness to be evaluated for these
imperfections.
Interpretation: 18-08
Subject: ASME B31.3-l999 Edition, Para. 328.2.3, Performance Qualification by Others
Date Issued: May 31, 2000
File: B3l-oo-0l2
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, para. 328.2.3, is it acceptable to use the date
furnished by a previous employer for the Welder Qualification Record as the date that the individual last
used the procedure on pressure piping when that date cannot be determined?
Reply: No.
217
18-09, 18·10, 18-11
831.3 Interpretations No. 18
Interpretation: 18-09
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Para. 3OO(c), General Statements
Date Issued: May 31, 2000
File: B3l-oo-013
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, should the designer use Eq. (1d) to assess
fatigue from two or more sources (e.g., thermal plus wave action)?
Reply (1): Yes. However, see para. 3OO(c)(3).
Question (2): When determining the allowable displacement stress range of high strength materials in
B31.3 piping, does B31.3 use the allowable stresses in Appendix A in Eqs. (1a) and (1b)?
Reply (2): Yes. However, see para. 3OO(c)(5).
Interpretation: 18-10
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Para. 345.2.2(a), Other Test Requirements
Date Issued: May 31, 2000
File: B31-oo-016
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, can the requirement of para. 345.2.2(a) be
satisfied by lowering the test pressure to the design pressure (multiplied by the ratio of the allowable stress
for the test temperature to the allowable stress for the design temperature) before examination for leaks?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 18-11
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Para. 344, Types of Examination
Date Issued: November I, 2000
File: B3l-oo-025
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, in a weld that is visually examined for
Category D Fluid Service, shall incomplete penetration be judged only on indications at the root and/or
surface area?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2); In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, in a weld that is visually and/or radiographically examined for Normal Fluid Service, is it required that depth of incomplete penetration be determined
by radiography?
Reply (2); No.
218
831.3 Interpretations No. 18
18-12, 17-09R
Interpretation: 18-12
Subject: ASME B31.3a-2oo0 Addenda, Table 323.2.2, Impact Testing Requirements for Metals
Date Issued: November 1, 2000
File: B31-oo-028
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda, may welded austenitic stainless steel
pipe and fittings, with carbon content less than or equal to 0.1 % and furnished in the solution heat-treated
condition, be used at temperatures warmer than those listed in the Minimum Temperature Column of Table
A-I for the particular alloy in question without impact testing of the base metal?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda, Table 323.2.2, does box A-4(a) apply
to austenitic stainless steel pipe and fittings?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3a-2ooo Addenda, Table 323.2.2, does box A-4 (b) apply
to welds performed on austenitic stainless steel pipe and fittings, by both the manufacturer of the component
and the fabricator of the piping?
Reply (3): Yes.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda, does para. 323.2.2(f) apply to welds
(with or without filler metal added) that are not subsequently solution heat treated?
Reply (4): Yes.
Interpretation: 17-09R (Replaces 17-09)
Subject: ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda, Table 323.2.2, Impact Testing Requirements for Metals
Date Issued: November 1, 2000
File: B31-00-028
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3b-1997 Addenda, are classes 12, 13, 22, and 23 of ASME
A671, A672, and A691 the only listed materials in the Code for these specifications?
Reply: Yes.
219
1S-13, 18-14, 1S-1S
831.3 Interpretations No. 18
Interpretation: 18-13
Subject: ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda, Para. 319.2.3, Displacement Stress Range
Date Issued: November 1,2000
File: B31-oo-029
Question (1): In Accordance with ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda, is it permissible for the allowable
displacement stress range calculated by Eq. (lb) to exceed the yield strength of the material at the maximum
metal temperature? '
Reply (1): Yes, see para. 319.2.3. Also, see para. 319.2.2 regarding cautions for unbalanced systems.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3a-2ooo Addenda provide specific requirements for earthquake loads
other than para. 301.5.3?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 18-14
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Para. 341.4.I(b)(l), Examination Normally Required
Date Issued: November 1,2000
File: B31-oo-030
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, if examination of a welder's work is satisfactorily represented in accordance with the requirements of para. 341.4.1 (b)(I) when producing welds requiring
100% examination, must examination of his work also be represented in production requiring a lesser
degree of examination?
Reply: No, unless the welds requiring a lesser degree of examination are in a different designated lot.
Interpretation: 18-15
Subject: ASME B31.3a-2oo0 Addenda, Para. 345.9.1, Alternative Leak Test
Date Issued: November 1, 2000
File: B31-oo-031
Question: In accordance with ASME B3I.3a-2ooo Addenda, when 100% radiography is required by
para. 345.9.1 for an alternative leak test, may 100% ultrasonic examination in accordance with para. 344.6
be used in place of radiography?
Reply: No.
220
CODE REFERENCE INDEX
(GENERAL NOTE: Code references are based on ASME 831.3-1990 or later Editions. References in brackets
are to previous Editions and Addenda.)
Reference
Reference
Introduction
300
300(b)
3OO(c)
1-3,1-6,1-7,13-04
7-10,8-17
1-26, 1-32, 4-08, 5-03, 8-09, 10-11, 13-14
3-2,3-4,4-10, 6-03R (Vol. 7), 7-05, 8-30,
13-02, 16-12, 18-09
3OO(c) [300(e»
1-3, 1-6, 1-7
7-10,8-17,9-06,12-20
300.1
300.1.1
1-47, 1-52, 2-26, 3-1, 4-19, 6-01, 8-01, 9-02, 17-01
Fig. 300.1.1
1-8,1-19,2-26,7-10,8-17
300.1.3 [300.1.4)
1-8, 1-16, 1-19, 1-26, 3-2, 15-09
300.1.3(d)
10-05
300.2
Category D Fluid Service
4-13,5-03,6-01
Category M Fluid Service. . . . .. 1-40, 1-73, 6-01, 8-09, 9-02
notch-sensitive
2-22
owner
2-30
piping components . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-2, 8-01, 14-03, 17-23
piping system
1-30, 9-06
severe cyclic conditions
5-12,8-09
301
5-11
301.2
, 2-3, 7-01
301.2.1
2-29, 13-15
301.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-3, 17-07
301.3.1
10-02
301.3.2
4-11
301.5.3
4-07
301.7.2
3-4
302
1-32
302.2
1-50
302.2.1
16-18
17-11
302.2.2
302.2.4 [302.2.3)
1-3,1-32,2-14,3-4,4-11,7-01,7-04,
8-04,14-09,17-12
302.2.5
13-15
1-18,1-38,2-16,3-13,8-25,11-05,16-04
302.3.2
302.3.4
2-20,17-14
Table 302.3.4
1-42, 1-78, 2-20, 3-11
302.3.5
1-20, 1-50, 2-14, 2-15, 2-24, 3-4, 4-10, 4-12,
6-03R (Vol. 7), 6-07, 7-04, 7-05, 8-16, 15-15, 16-11,
17-04,17-18,18-16
Table 302.3.5
16-10
302.3.6
1-50, 2-15, 2-16, 2-17
302.4
1-20
303
6-05
304.1.1
1-42, 1-54, 1-70, 13-07, 15-06, 15-10, 16-14
304.1.2
1-42, 1-57, 1-68, 1-70, 2-11, 10-20
304.2
15-14
304.2.3
1-22,5-11
Fig. 304.2.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-22
304.3
1-21,1-46,5-01,6-09
304.3.2
4-05
4-03,7-02,8-06,8-37,11-10,12-05,14-10,
304.3.3
15-05, 17-26
Fig. 304.3.3
8-37
304.3.4
1-21, 1-37, 1-55, 1-75,2-27
Fig.·304.3.4
1-70
304.3.5
12-13
304.5
3-4,9-07, 10-14
304.5.1
8-18
9-10
304.5.1 (b)
304.7.2
1-51, 3-2, 4-05, 5-05, 5-11, 6-09, 10-7, 10-11,
10-18, 12-09, 13-02, 13-03, 13-05, 13-11
304.7.4
1-16
305.2 . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-8, 3-9
305.2.1
1-38
305.2.3
6-01,7-03
306.4
12-16
306.4.2
11-03
308.2.1
5-12
308.2.4
5-12
311.2.4
6-02, 6-05
311.2.5
10-04
312
9-07
314.2.1
2-22
Table314.2.1
8-33,11-16
315.2
3-6
315.3
3-6
317.2
1-17
318
8-13
Table 319.3.6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9-01
319.2.1
2-17
7-04,7-05,12-06,18-13
319.2.3
319.3.1(b) ...................................•... 15-24
319.3.5
4-10
319.3.6
1-6, 1-7, 1-55, 2-24, 5-15, 13-05
319.4.1
1-33,13-14
319.4.4
1-71, 2-7, 2-24
319.7
1-16,7-05
321.1.1
6-07
321.1.4
1-49
322.3
17-24
322.6.1
10-10,12-18
1-32,2-21,2-29,7-01,12-04,14-09
322.6.3
323.1.1
8-19, 17-09R
304.2.2 •........................................ 18-06
323.1.2
1-11, 1-15, 1-48, 2-1, 6-06, 8-07, 8-19, 11-03,
15-04, 17-01, 17-08
Cumulative Index -
B31.3 Interpretations Vols. 1-18
(al
Reference
Reference
323.2 .......•.•.•..•.....•...••••........•........ 3-9
323.2.1 .....................•.....•.•.....•...... 1-13
323.2.2 ..................................• 15-12, 15-25
Fig. 323.2.2 . " .................•..............•.. 14-08
Table 323.2.2 [Table 323.2.1)
1-12, 1-48, 1-65, 1-76,
2-19,3-8,4-01,4-15,14-12, 15-11, 15-16, 18-12, 17-09R
323.2.4 .•...........•.••......................... 6-06
323.3 •................•.................... , 1-76, 5-13
323.3.2 ..•....................•................. 11-12
Table 323.3.1 [Table 323.2.2)
1-12,1-76,4-17,
5-19,5-21,8-29,10-2,11-12,15-23
323.3.4 .....•.•.•...•••.•••..............••....•• 8-30
323.3.5 ....•••...........•........................ 2-9
323.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 15-03
323.4.2
10-01, 10-19
Table 323.3.5 .............•.................•..... 5-14
Table 326.1
1-11,1-51,2-3,8-07,8-34
328
7-02, 12-12
328.1 ....••.. . • . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •. 12-07
328.2 [327.5)
1-66,11-09,14-13
328.2.1 [327.5.1,327.5.2)
1-76,4-17,8-29
328.2.2(g)
14-05
328.2.3
15-19, 18-08
328.4 . . • . . . . . . . . • • • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 13-01
328.4.2 and Fig. 328.4.2
12-10
328.4.3 ......................•.................. 14-04
Fig. 328.4.4 ............•......•.•........... , 8-28, 9-08
328.5 [327.4)
5-09
328.5.1 [327.4.1)
5-17
328.5.2 [327.4.2)
5-12, 16-06
Fig. 328.5.2 [Fig. 327.4.2)
1-28, 5-12, 6-02, 6-05, 8-27,
15-08
328.5.4 [327.4.4)
1-59,1-74,2-10,4-03,4-14,7;08,
8-13, 10-04, 13-11
Fig. 328.5.4 [Fig. 327.4.4)
1-59,1-74,4-03,4-16,7-08
328.6 ..........................•..............•.. 2-18
330 .•.......•................................... 8-21
330.1
8-23
Table 330.1.1
9-05
331
8-12
331.1.1
8-08, 9-05, 14-01
1-69,2-2,5-06,8-24,
Table 331.1.1 [Table 331.3.1)
9-03,12-14,14-16,17-01
331.1.2
; ..........•........................ 8-05
331.1.3 [331.3.6) ........ 1-39,1-59,4-06,5-06,9-03,11-06,
14-01,15-18,17-21,17-13,18-02
331.1.4 [331.1.2)
5-08
331.1.6 [331.3.4)
5-08,16-09
331.1.7 [331.3.2)
1-78,8-22
331.2
18-04
331.2.2 [331.1.1)
1-39,1-78
331.3.4
8-05
331.3.7
8-05
332.1
8-03
332.2 [329.1)
1-23, 1-53, 4-02, 8-20
332.2.2
16-08
332.4 [329.3, 330.2)
2-2
332.4.2
11-03,15-17
335.1.1
15-07,17-25
335.2
,
2-5
335.2.3 ..•..•...•............•................•. 17-20
340.2 [336.1.2) ....•...........•.................. 1-26
340.3 [336.3)
1-10,10-03
340.4 [336.2)
1-31,17-15
341
10-16,15-13
341.2 [336.1.1, 336.1.3)
1-10, 1-26, 1-27, 2-28, 10-03
1-64,2-4
341.3.1 [336.5)
341.3.2
8-32
Fig. 341.3.2 [Fig. 327.4.1)
5-09,13-16
Table 341.3.2
14-02,14-07,14-15,16-07,17-03,17-22,
18-07
[Table 327.4.1A) ......•.... 1-1,1-9,1-14,1-41,2-8,5-04,
5-13,5-16,5-17,5-18,5-20,6-04,7-06
[Table 341.3.2A)
8-32,8-38,9-04,11-08,11-14,
12-22, 13-16
341.3.3
14-14
341.3.4 [336.5,336.5.4)
1-62,2-25,2-32,3-5,3-14,
10-09, 10-12, 11-02, 11-04, 13-12, 16-01, 16-02, 16-05,
18-01
341.4 [336.5)
1-24, 1-45, 3-12, 5-20, 11-01
341.4.1 [336.5.1)
1-10, 1-26, 1-27, 1-60, 2-12, 2-28,
3-7, 3-12, 4-12, 5-10, 8-02, 8-10, 8-26, 10-03, 10-17,
11-11,11-14,11-15,18-14
341.4.2
8-38
341.4.3
8-10
341.5
8-38
341.5.1 [336.6.1)
1-5,3-12
342
15-21
342.1 [336.4.1)
2-28
343 [336.4.1)
2-28
5-09,16-13,18-11
344 [336.4)
344.1
13-12
2-28,8-10,8-26,11-11,15-21,18-17
344.2 [336.4.2)
344.5 [336.4.5)
1-10,1-60,2-12
344.6 [336.4.6)
1-60
344.6.2 .........•............................... 10-17
344.7 [336.4.7)
2-28,3-14,12-01
344.7.1
11-11
345 (337)
1-2,1-72,2-31,3-3,8-31,16-03,17-30
345.1 [337.1)
1-4,1-30,4-04,6-08,8-15,12-21
345.2.2
8-31,18-10
345.2.3(i)
17-28
345.2.4 [337.4.3)
1-35
345.2.6 [337.1)
1-2, 5-22
2-6,3-10,5-02,12-03
345.3 [337.3)
345.4
,
8-04
345.4.1
12-19
345.4.2 [337.4.1)
1-35, 1-61, 1-63, 2-23, 4-04, 9-09,
13-13, 18-03
345.4.3 [337.4.2)
1-63
345.5 [337.4.4)
1-35,1-43,6-08,11-07,13-06
345.5.2
11-19
345.5.4
12-02
345.7 [337.5.2)
1-36
345.8 [337.6)
1-25, 3-10, 17-02
345.9 [337.5.1)
4-09,5-07,6-08,8-15,10-15,12-01,
12-21,15-02,17-05,17-10,18-15
A304
8-14
14-17,14-18
A304.1.1
A304.5.1
1-67
(b)
Cumulative Index -
831.3 Interpretations Vols. 1-18
Reference
Reference
A304.7.2 ...•.•.........................•........ 13-08
A305 ........................................•.. 11-17
A314 ...•.................•.......•.............. 8-33
A322.6 ...•........•............................ 17-29
A323.4.2
10-06, 11-18
A327.2.4 ........................•............... , 7-09
A328.2(a)
10-8
A328.2.1
8-14, 18-05
A328.2.5 ......................•............... " 17-06
8-14,10-08,13-08
A328.5
K300(a)
17-16
K304.1.2
11-21,14-11
K314.2 ..•....•••.•.•..•....•.•.•.•.•..•.•...•.•. 17-19
K315 ••.•...•..•..•.•..•.....•.•.........•....... 7-07
K322.3 ..••.•..•.....•..•.••....•..•.••.......... , 7-07
K328.2.1(a)
17-27
Fig. K328.5.4 ..•.•....•...•...•.•.•..•••....••.... 8-37
M305.1
12-15
M307.2
8-35
M322.3
2-13,3-6
M323.1.3
3-7
M326
,
2-13
M335.4 [M335.5, M335.6)
3-6
M341.4 [M336.5)
1-24,1-45
M341.4.1 [M336.5.1l
2-28,3-7
M345.1
6-08
MA306.5 . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9-02
MA323.4 . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . .. 9-02
MA323.4.2
8-35
Appendix A Notes (No equivalent) [(14)] .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-20
Note (17)
4-18
Note (20) [(30)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-77
Note (57) [(2)) .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-58
Appendix A
Table A-1 [Table 1)
1-13,1-18,1-29,1-38,1-48,
1-77,2-1,3-8,3-9,3-13,4-12,4-13,6-01,6-06,7-03,
8-11, 8-18, 8-25, 8-34, 8-36, 11-13, 12-09, 15-01
Table A-1B [Table 1) ...•.••....... 1-78,2-20,4-18,7-03
Appendix 0
1-6, 1-7, 1-34, 1-46, 1-55, 1-56, 1-71,
2-7, 2-24, 4-16, 5-01, 5-15, 6-06, 12-08, 12-11,
12-17, 13-05, 18-18
1-44,5-10
Appendix E [Appendix K)
Appendix F [F323.2)
1-29
AppendiX G
5-12
Appendix H
8-06, 11-10
1-28, 1-54, 1-75, 5-04
Appendix J
;. 6-01, 8-09
AppendiX M
Appendix V
17-17
12-23
Appendix X, X3.1.3
13-09
Appendix X, X3.2.2
15-22
Appendix X, X302.2.3
3-1
Case 137
Case 141
1-51
c
Cumulative Index -
B31.3 Interpretations Vols. 1-18
(c)
SUBJECT INDEX
Interpretation No.
Interpretation No.
Acceptance Criteria
pressure tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-2
weld
1-1,1-9,1-14,1-41,2-8,5-09,5-13,5-17,
5-18,5-20,6-04,7-06,8-32,12-22,13-16,
14-02, 14-07
Branch Connections (Cont'd)
flexibility analysis
"
9-01
integrally reinforced fitting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4-05, 11-10
projection into run pipe
" 8-28, 9-03
reinforcement
8-06,8-37,12-05,12-13,14-10,15-05
weld requirements
2-10,4-03,4-14,7-02,7-08,10-04,
13-11, 17-26
Allowable Loads ....'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 14-06
Allowable Stresses
4-12
1-18,3-13,8-11,8-25,10-13,15-01
bases for
for ASTM A 312
1-29
forASTMA351
11-13
for ASTM A 387
8-25
for ASTM A 570
1-38
for ASTM A 587
1-13
for ASTM A 671
1-48
for ASTM B 464
8-11
for austenitic stainless steels
3-13
Alterations of Piping
Alternative Tests
Authorized Inspector
13-04
Brazed joints
forflammable service. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-17
Buckles
1-23,1-53
Cast Irons
specific requirements
Category 0 Fluid Service
alternative pressure test for
limitations
,
radiographic examination
10-01
'"
1-36
4-13,5-03
8-38
see Leak Tests
see Owner's Inspector
Bellows
13-09
Bending
4-02,8-03,15-17,16-08
Category M Fluid Service
clarification of term
1-73, 9-02
double contained piping
8-35
leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-08
liquid oxygen
8~09
requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-35, 9-02, 12-15
tubing size limitations
2-13
1-40
very small quantityH
H
Bends
corrugated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-23
miter
see Miter Bends
reduction of outside diameter
8-20
Bonding Qualification Test
hot gas welded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-14
minimum burst pressure
7-09,8-14
procedure specifications for plastic piping . . . . . . . . . . . .. 10-08
requirements .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 18-05
solvent cement
"............. 8-14
Bonds
heat fusion
8-14
8-14
hot gas welded . .. . .. .. . .. . .. . .. .. . . . .. .. . . .. . ..
test assembly .. , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7-09
BoltingMaterials
Branch Connections
extruded outlets
(d)
4-15,17-20
1-37, 2-27, 6-09
Code Coverage
B31.3 versus 831.4
fired heaters
general hydrocarbon service
in-line sensing devices
intent
new and replacement piping
offshore platform
oil heating system
radioactive fluids
synfuel plant piping
tobacco plant piping
1-47,7-10
15-09
6-01
8-01
16-12
, 5-22, 12-21
8-17
4-19
12-20
I-52, 2-26
3-1
Components (see also Fittings, Flanges, Standard Components,
Unlisted and Valves)
certification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-26, 3-7, 5-10, 13-10
defining
17-23
design conditions
2-3
fabricated or flared laps .. .. .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. . .. 11-03, 12-16
in-line sensing devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-01
Cumulative Index -
831.3 Interpretations Vols. 1-18
Interpretation No.
Interpretation No.
Components (see also Fittings, Flanges, Standard Components,
Unlisted and Valves) (Cont'd)
referenced standards
1-44, 5-10
Compresson
internal, slip-on flange. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-27
pressure containing
8-13
size
,
1-74
use
,
10-4
FlUings
internal piping
1-8
Corrugated Bends
1-23
Cyclic Loading
Fillet Weld
,
, .. 5-12, 17-04
816.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1·7, 5-01
conforming to two grades
8-18
flared, flareless, or compression types
3-6,12-16
MSS SP-75
1·11
Flammable Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 1·17
Flanges
Design (see also Pressure Design)
additional design considerations
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12-13
conditions
" 2-3
for stainless bellows
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12-23
lame theory
1-57
minimum temperature
10-02
Displacement Stress. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-14, 2-24, 12-06, 18-13
assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-5
design
1-67, 3-4, 9-7
general
9-10
long welding neck
4-05
slip-on .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5·12, 8-27
use of aluminum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-51
use of raised and flat face metallic
9-07
Flexibility Analysis
Earthquake
see Seismic
Empty System
9-06
transportation
Flexibility Characteristic
Examination
acceptance criteria ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16-07
extent of
1·24, 5-18, 11-01
in-process
3-14,11-15
liquid penetrant
see Liquid Penetrant Examination
progressive
see Progressive Examination
radiographic
see Radiographic Examination
random ........•.. 1-27, 1-45, 1-62, 2-12, 2-32, 4-12, 11-15
records
11-11
required .. 1-24,1-60,6-04,11-14,11-15,15-13,15-21,18-14
severe cyclic conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 10-17, 11-14
1-62
spot
types
16-13,18-11
visual
see Visual Examination
ultrasonic
see Ultrasonic Examination
Exclusions
for compressors and internal piping
for interconnecting piping
listed in scope
Expansion Joints
branch connections
9-01
exemptions from. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-33
qualification
13-05, 13-14
thermal expansion data
15-24
1-8
1-19
10·5
1-16,12-23,13-09
Extruded Outlet
pressure design of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-21, 1-70
tees considered as
1-55
Extruded Welded Tee
effect of branch to run diameters
1-56
for a tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-55, 1-56, 5-01
for components not listed in Appendix 0
1·55,2-24
Flexibility Facton
basis for
for 816-9 tee
for fabricated intersections
for pressure piping components
for welded elbows
" 1-56
1-7,12-08,12·17
, 1-6, 4·16, 5-1 5
13·05
1-6
Fluid Service
general hydrocarbon
requirements, metallic
reqUirements, nonmetallic
responsibility for categorizing
6-01
11-16,12·15,12-16,15-03
11-17, 11-18
4-08, 8-09
Graphitization
temperature relative to onset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-58
Hardness
limitations on
records
testing
2-2
8-22
15-20
Heat filsion Joints
13-08
5-01
Heat Treatment
Fatigue
Cumulative Index - 831.3 Interpretations Vols. 1-18
18-09
cooling rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-69
for austenitic stainless steel
1-65
(e)
Interpretation No.
Interpretation No.
Heat Treatment (Cont'd)
for bending and forming
2-2
for flared laps
11-03
for valve parts
,
" 8-12
governing thickness
1-39, 1-59, 4-06, 5-06, 11-06
heati ng rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 1-69
local
5-08, 8-05
monitoring
5-08, 8-05
requirements
8-08,8-21,8-23, 8-24, 9-03, 9-05, 12-14,
14-01,14-16,15-18,18-04
SP-l through SP-5
8-24
when radiography is required
1-64, 2-4
Hydrostatic Tests
see Leak Tests
Impact Tests
absorbed energy data
2-9
alternative methods
8-30
base metal
4-01, 11-12, 18-12
exclusions from
1-76, 5-14, 8-30
heat treatment reqUired
5-19
in qualifying procedures
8-29
of aluminum filler metals
" 2-19
of austenitic stainless steel
" 1-65
of bolting materials
" 4-15
ofthe heat-affected zone
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-76, 5-21
ofweldments
1-12,1-65,1-76,5-21
reqUirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 15-23, 17-09
temperature limitation
5-14,8-30, 14-12
Imperfections (see also Acceptance Criteria)
concave root surface
1-1, 6-04
determination of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-32
lack of fusion
5-09
porosity '" . .. .. . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. 1-9, 5-13, 5-16, 5-20
slag inclusion
5-20
tungsten inclusions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-9, 5-17
1-14,2-8,6-04
undercutting
Lateral Fittings
1-6
leak Tests
acceptance criteria .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-2, 15-22, 16-03
alternative
4-09,5-07,6-08,8-'5,'2-01,'2-2','7-05,
17-10, 18-15
as nondestructive examination
8-31
for Category 0 fluid service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-36
for system designed for 0 psi
"
2-31
isolation of test pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-2
leakage
1-4
minimum hydrostatic test pressure
2-23,4-04
minor repairs and additions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-2
of discharge piping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-72
of newly constructed systems
1-4, 5-02, 5-22, 8-15
of piping and vessel
1-63
of piping connecting equipment
, 3-3
of replacement piping
5-22, 12-21
painting before test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-6, 3-10, 5-23
personnel qualification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-31
pneumatic test
11-07, 11-19, 12-02, 13-06
preparation for
2-6,3-10,5-02,5-23, 12-03
reduced pressure (hydrostatic test)
1-61,2-23, 13-13
requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-15, 13-13
sensitive
1-25, 17-02
temperature correction for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-35, 1-43
test fluid
12-19
12-04
test pressu re
lethal Substance
limitations
on hardness
on imperfections
on tubing size
1-73
"
liqujd Penetrant Examination
requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 11-14
low Temperature Requirements
Installed Piping
Instrument Piping
Internal Piping, Equipment
see Impact Tests
" 1-30
"
7-07, 8-01
1-8
Joint Factors
for ASTM A 234, ASTM A 312, ASTM A 403
2-20
for branch connections
8-06
for circumferential welds
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-42
for longitudinal and spiral welds. . . . .. 1-78, 3-11, 8-06, 17-14
'oints
alignment
15-07,17-25
circumferential bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-11
exposed during test
2-6, 3-10
instrument tubing
7-07
special. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-13
tapered pipe thread
16-1 5
threaded
11-16,17-19
(f)
2-2
see Imperfections
2-13, 3-6
Materials
API 5L
1-78, 2-4, 3-9, 3-11, 6-01, 6-06
API 5LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-4, 11-05
ASTM A 234 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-20
ASTM A 312
1-29,1-77,2-20
ASTM A 351
11-13
ASTM A 387
8-25
ASTM A 403 .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-77, 2-20
ASTM A 487 "
'"
'" .. '" 8-07
ASTM A 537
2-1
ASTM A 570
" 1-38
ASTM A 587
1-13
ASTM A 633 " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-11
ASTM A 658 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-8
ASTM A 671
1-48
ASTM B 241
'2-19
ASTM B 337
4-18
ASTM B 464
8-11
Cumulative Index -
B31.3 Interpretations Vols. 1-18
Interpretation No.
Interpretation No.
Materials (Confd)
3-13
austenitic stainless steels
bases for design stresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 11-05
certification
; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-10, 8-02, 13-10
conforming to two grades
8-18, 8-34
listed
17-o9R, 17-11
notch sensitive
2-22
reidentification
8-19
toughness requirements
5-19
unlisted material
11-05,11-20,15-04,17-01,17-08
Pipe Supports (Confd)
longitudinal stress effects
. . . . . . . . .. 7-05
use of plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-49
Miter Bends
pressure design of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-22, 5-11
Near Straight Sawtooth Runs
explanation of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-33
Nomenclature
d
1-54
T
1-28
In ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 1-75
Tw •.•••..•..•..••..•••...•.•.•.••...••....• 5-04,5-16
Nonmetallic Piping
11-17,11-18
fluid service requirements
in Category M Fluid Service
8-35
joint requirements
7-09,8-14
pressure design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 14-17, 14-18
Notch Sensitive
materials
Occasional Variations
(PressurelTemperature Allowances)
loads
2-22
1-3, 2-14, 4-11
1-50,2-15,2-16,2-17
Owner
responsibilites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-26, 2-30, 5-22
Owner's Inspector
qualifications of
responsibilities of
1-31
1-26
Pipe
alterations of existing pipe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 13-04
curved and mitred segments
15-14, 18-06
elbowless
8-03
in corroded condition
2-15
instrument
17-24
made from plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-48, 8-36
of noncircular cross section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-2
pressure design
13-07, 14-09
pressure testing
, 9-09
spiral welded
7-03
straight, under internal pressure
10-20, 11-21, 14-11
Pipe Supports
configurations ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6-07
Cumulative Index - B31.3 Interpretations Vols. 1-18
Plastic
lined pipe - use of screwed flanges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-33
pipe supports
1-49
Pneumatic Tests
,
see leak Tests
Positions
qualification of welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-66
Postweld Heat Treatment
see Heat Treatment
Preheat
see Heat Treatment
Pressure Design
allowance
,
"
, 17-12
for elevated temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-4
in the high pressure range
.. .. .. .
1-68, 17-16
of extruded headers
1-21, 1-70
of flanges and blanks
10-14,13-15
of miter bends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-21
of nonmetallic piping components
14-17,14-18
of pipe
1-42, 1-54, 1-57, 1-68, 1-70, 2-11, 11-21, 13-07,
15-06, 15-10, 17-06
of listed components
16-14,16-18
13-02, 13-03, 13-05
of unlisted components
of valves
8-04, 13-15
Pressure Rating
8-04
valve
variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4-11
Pressure Relief Devices
2-21,2-29
acceptable devices
,
and test pressure. . . . . . . . .. 11-07, 11-19, 12-04, 14-09, 18-03
requirements
17-29
setting
1-32, 7-01, 12-04
stop valves
10-10,12-18
Pressure Surges
loads due to
Pressure-Temperature Rating
Pressure Test
1-50
5-05, 8-34
see leak Test
1-5, 1-62, 3-5, 10-09, 10-10,
Progressive Examination
10-12, 11-02, 11-04, 13-12, 16-01, 16-02, 16-05, 18-01
Published Specification
1-15
Radiographic Examination
100%
5-09
as supplementary examination
8-38
random radiography. . . . . .. 1-27, 1-45, 1-62, 2-12, 2-32, 3-12
(g)
Interpretation No.
Interpretation No.
Radiosraphic Examination (Confd)
1-10
records
requirements
6-04,11-01,11-05,12-03
selection of welds for examination
2-25
spot radiography. . . .. . .. .. . . . .. . .. . .. . .. .. .
1-62, 3-12
when PWHT is required
1-64,2-4
Stresses (Confd)
reduction factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16-10
Records
certification .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. 5-10, 8-02, 10-03
for radiographic examination. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-10
of examinations
11-11
of hardness tests
8-22
retention of .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-1 0
Reinforcement, Branch
attachment weld
clarification ofterms
limits of
Repain
to welds
" 4-03, 7-08
1-37, 11-10
2-27, 9-04
2-18
Responsibility
designer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 10-11
rights of owner's inspection
10-03, 17-15
Safeguarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-12
Scope
see Code Coverage
Stress Intensification Factors
1-34, 2-24, 6-03R (Vol. 7)
application of
basis for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-56
branch connections
2-7
for 816.9 tees ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-7
for fabricated intersections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-6, 5-15
for tees
1-46, 1-55, 1-71, 5-01, 12-08, 12-17
for unlisted components
13-05
for welded elbows
1-6, 12-11.
Temperature
17-12
allowance
bending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16-08
design minimum temperature ..... 10-02, 14-08, 14-12, 15-11,
15-16,17-07
large changes
8-09
limitations
4-13,5-14,15-12,15-25
reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4-11
verification
16-09
variation in elevated temperature service
17-17
Thermoplastic Piping
neat fusion joints
solvent cemented joints
specific requirements
13-08
10-8
10-06
Seismic Loads
"
4-07
stresses due to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-17
Tubing
category M fluid service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. 16-17
joints
7-07
limitations
2-13,3-6
Severe Cyclic Conditions
cyclic loading
"
5-12
large rapid temperature change . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. 8-09
spiral welded pipe
7-03
Thickness Allowances
governing
17-13,17-21,18-02
in stress calculations
1-20
welding tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 18-18
Simplified Flexibility Analysis
Standard Components
manufacturers markings
valves
Standards
compliance
superseded
1-33
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-7, 8-02
5-05, 8-04, 8-07
5-10
1-44
Stresses (see also Allowable Stresses)
displacement stress range
7-04, 12-06
due to cold spring
8-16
due to occasional loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-16
due to pressure surges
1-50
due to seismic loads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-1 7
due to sustained loads
15-15, 16-04, 16-11
due to thermal gradients
3-4
longitudinal
, 1-20, 1-50, 2-15, 2-24, 4-10, 4-12,
6-03R (Vol. 7), 6-07, 7-05, 8-16, 17-18, 18-16
(h)
Ultrasonic Examination
in place of radiography
11-05
requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 10-17
Unlisted
components .... 1-6,1-51,3-6,4-05,5-05,8-7,10-18,10-11,
10-07, 12-09, 13-02, 13-03, 13-05
materials
see Materials
Valves
Category M Fluid Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-35
Flanged Ball Valves
16-16
materials
8-07, 15-26
pressure build up
8-04
rati ngs
5-05
Visual Examination
internal
requirements
8-10, 8-26, 13-16
2-28, 10-03; 13-16, 18-17
Cumulative Index - 831.3 Interpretations Vols. 1-18
Washen, Use of
'"
Intepretation No.
Interpretation No.
2-5
qualification of position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . .. 1-66
reinforcement
7·08, 11-08
repair
2-18
socket
6-02, 6-05, 10-19, 15-08, 16-06
spacing of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7-02
,
Weld
acceptance criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 17-03, 17-22, 18-07
bevels
12-10
definition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 14-03
examination of welds ...... 10-15,11-01,11-14,13-16,14-14,
14-15,15-02
fillet size
1-74, 10-19, 16-06
for branch connections
2-10, 4-03, 4-14, 8-37, 11-10
imperfections
see Acceptance Criteria
longitudinal
,
2-20,3-11,4-18
of valves
,
12-12
preparation for welding
13-01, 14-04
Cumulative Index -
831.3 Interpretations Vols. 1-18
Welder Qualification
by others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 15-19, 18-08
requirements
, .17-27
Welding Procedure
qualification of
responsibility
specification
1-12,1-65,1-66,1-76,4-17,8-23,8-29,
11-09, 14-05, 14-13
,
12-07,12-12
8-21, 8-22
(i)
ASME 831.3
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 19
Replies to Technical Inquiries
April 1, 2001 through October 31, 2003
General Information
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition stated in the interpretation, or if
none is stated, to the Edition in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent
revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not part of the
Code.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original1etters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of
the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised
reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,
persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve,"
"certify," "rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to
Appendix Z.
Numerical and Subject Indexes
Numerical and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations
by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1
up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
1-1
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made ofthis material without ....Titten consent of ASME.
6i2:l
~
831.3
Interpretation
Para. 300, General Statements
Paras. 300(c)(3) and 304.7.2, Radiographic Survey Plugs
Para. 300(c)(5), Gas Pressure Reducing Station
Para. 300.2, Definition of Fluid Service
Para. 302, Unlisted Component
Para. 302.2.2, Pressure Ratings
Para. 302.2.3, Unlisted Components
Para. 302.3.2(a)(3), Bases for Design Stresses
Para. 302.3.2(d), Bases for Design Stresses
Para. 302.3.6, Limits of Calculated Stress Due to Occasional Loads
Para. 304.3.1(a)(2), Branch Connections
,
Para. 304.5, Pressure Design of Flanges and Blanks
Para. 304.7.2, Metric Size Piping Components
Para. 318.2.2, Mechanical Interlock
Para. 319.3.1(a), Thermal Expansion Data
Para. 321.1.4(e), Piping Support Materials
Para. 322.6.3, Reference to BPV Section VIII, Division 1, Para. UG-128
Para. 323.1, Materials and Specifications
Para. 323.1.2, Unlisted Materials
Para. 323.2.2, Lower Temperature Limits, Listed Materials
Para. 323.2.2, Lower Temperature Limits
Table 323.2.2, Requirements for Low Temperature Toughness Tests for
Metals and Para. 323.3, Impact Testing Methods and Criteria
Table 323.2.2, Requirements for Low Temperature Tests for Metals
Para. 323.2.2(d), Lower Temperature Limits, Listed Materials
Table 326.1, Partial Compliance ASME B16.9 Fittings
Fig. 328, Weld End Configurations
Para. 328.2.1, Welding Qualification
Para. 328.2.2(i), Welding Qualification
Para. 328.5.2, Fillet and Socket Welds
Paras. 331.1.1, Heat Treatment Requirements and 341.3.1, General
Para. 331.1.3, Governing Thickness
Paras. 332.1, General and 332.4, Required Heat Treatment
Paras. 341 and 345, Repair or Replacement of Piping
Para. 341.4.1(b)(1), Production Welds
Para. 341.4.1(b)(1), Extent of Required Examination
Paras. 344.2.1, Definition and 344.7, In-Process Examination
Para. 345, Testing
Paras. 345, Testing and 345.2.6, Repairs or Additions After Leak Testing
Para. 345.2.5, Leak Test
Para. 345.4, Hydrostatic Leak Test
Para. 345.4.2, Test Pressures
Para. 345.5, Pneumatic Leak Test
Para. 345.8, Sensitive Leak Test
Para. MA323.4, Nonmetallic Materials
Para. K323.1.2, Allowable Stress Values
Table A-I, Allowable Stress Values for Carbon Steel Piping
"
Table A-I, Figure 323.2.2A, Impact Testing
Appendix 5, Stress Tables and Allowable Pressure Tables for Norunetals
Appendix E, Later Editions
File No.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
19-11
19-48
19-31
19-34
19-03
19-02
19-19
19-37
19-38
19-18
19-33
19-12
19-29
19-45
19-40
19-36
19-41
19-28
19-27
19-07
19-47
B31-02-02436
B31-03-01455
B31-03-00062
B31-03-00437
B31-01-o37
B31-01-o36
B31-o2-03075
B31-o3-00694
B31-03-00734
B31-02-03074
B31-03-00429
B31-o2-02440
B31-02-04110
B31-03-Q1345
B31-03-00829
B31-o3-00482
B31-03-00827
B31-02-04056
B31-02-o3884
B31-01-048
B31-03-01347
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
19-21
19-35
19-39
19-14
19-16
19-22
19-26
19-20
19-15
19-24
19-04
19-49
19-05
19-42
19-17
19-30
19-23
19-44
19-25
19-10
19-32
19-06
19-08
19-09
19-46
19-43
B31-02-03629
B31-03-00479
B31-03-00821
B31-02-03069
B31-02-03071
B31-02-o3631
B31-02-03819
B31-o2-03076
531-02-03070
B31-02-03634
B31-01-038
B31-03-01441
B31-01-039
B31-03-00828
B31-o2-03073
B31-02-04197
B31-02-03632
B31-03-01343
B31-o2-03683
B31-02-02434
B31-03-00264
531-01-047
B31-01-053
B31-01-006
B31-03-Q1346
B31-03-00906
19-13
B31-02-02441
19-01
B31-01-035
1-2
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
19-01, 19-02, 19-03
ASME B31.3-2004
Interpretation: 19·01
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2000 Addenda), Appendix E, Later Editions
Date Issued: January 4, 2002
File: B31-01-o35
Question: May later editions/addenda of a section of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code than that listed in Appendix E be used for construction in accordance with B31.3?
Reply: No, unless specified in the engineering design. See para. 300(c).
Interpretation: 19·02
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2000 Addenda), Para. 302.2.2, Pressure Ratings
Date Issued: January 4, 2002
File: B31-01-o36
Question: May components manufactured in accordance with standards listed in Table 326.1,
which state pressure-temperature ratings are based on straight seamless pipe, have their pressure
ratings established in accordance with para. 302.2.2?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 19·03
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2000 Addenda), Para. 302, Unlisted Component
Date Issued: January 4, 2002
File: B31-o1-037
Question: Mayan unlisted component, such as a clamp connector designed by the rules of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VITI, Division 1, Appendix 24, be in a 831.3
piping system?
Reply: Yes, provided that it meets all of the applicable requirements of the B31.3 Code, including
para. 302.2.3.
1-3
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
I!lIs2
ASME 831.3-2004
19-04. 19·05
Interpretation: 19·04
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2000 Addenda), Para. 332.1, General and Para. 332.4, Required Heat
Treatment
Date Issued: January 4, 2002
File: B31-01-o38
Question (1): May pipe be bent using both hot and cold methods simultaneously on the same
bend, such as might occur during the induction bending process?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): For P-Nos. 3, 4, 5, 6, and lOa materials in which pipe is bent using both hot and
cold methods simultaneously on the same bend (such as might occur during the induction bending
process), is heat treatment required after bending in accordance with para. 332.4.17
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): For P-Nos. 3, 4, 5, 6, and lOa materials in which pipe is bent using both hot and
cold methods simultaneously on the same bend (such as might occur during the induction bending
process), is heat treatment required after bending in accordance with para. 332.4.2 if none of the
conditions in para. 332.4.2(a), (b), or (c) exist?
Reply (3): No; however, heat treatment would be required in accordance with para. 332.4.1.
Question (4): For materials other than P-Nos. 3, 4, 5, 6, and lOa materials in which pipe is bent
using both hot and methods simultaneously on the same bend (such as might occur during the
induction bending process), is heat treatment after bending in accordance with para. 332.4.2
required if none of the conditions in paras. 332.4.2(a), (b), or (c) exist?
Reply (4): No, unless otherwise specified in the engineering design.
Interpretation: 19-05
Subject: B31.3-1999 (2000 Addenda), Para. 341.4.1(b)(I), Production Welds
Date Issued: January 4,2002
File: B31-01-o39
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, 2000 Addenda, para. 341.4.1(b)(I), do
production welds include both shop and field welding?
Reply: Yes.
1-4
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
t:9P.:l
~
19·06, 19·07, 19·08
ASME 831.3·2004
Interpretation: 19-06
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2000 Addenda), Para. 345.8, Sensitive Leak Test
Date Issued: January 4, 2002
File: B31-o1-047
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Addenda (a), does the Gas and
Bubble Test method specified in para. 345.8 refer to the Bubble Test - Direct Pressure Technique
specified in Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V, Article 10?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Addenda (a), must the Bubble
Test - Direct Pressure Technique specified in Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V, Article
10 demonstrate a sensitivity of at least 10.3 atm-ml/sec to meet the requirements of a sensitive
leak test in para. 345.8?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 19-07
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition, Para. 323.2.2, Lower Temperature Limits, Listed Materials
Date Issued: January 4, 2002
File: B31-01-048
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, may ASTM A 350 LF2 material be
used at temperatures below -50°F with no further impact testing?
Reply: Yes, provided that the requirements of para. 323.2.2(d) and Fig. 323.2.2B are met. See
also para. F301.
Interpretation: 19-08
Subject: B31.3-1999, 2000 Addenda, Para. MA323.4, Nonmetallic Materials
Date Issued: January 4, 2002
File: B31-01-053
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 (2000 Addenda), does para. MA323.4 prohibit
reinforced thermosetting resin (RTR) or borosilicate glass piping?
Reply: No.
1-5
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society ofMechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent ofASME.
&
~
19·09. 19·10
ASME 831.3·2004
Interpretation: 19-09
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2000 Addenda), Para. K323.1.2, Allowable Stress Values
Date Issued: March 6, 2002
File: B31-Ot-006
Question: Is it the intent of ASME B31.3a-2000, para. K323.1.2 to require that the allowable
stress value at design temperature for an unlisted alloy steel pipe material for a High Pressure
Fluid Service application not exceed the lower of two-thirds of the specified minimum yield
strength at room temperature, and two-thirds of the yield strength at temperature, in accordance
with para. K302.3.2(d)?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 19-10
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (20Ot Addenda), Para. 345.4.2, Test Pressures
Date Issued: July 1, 2002
File: B31-02-o2434
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (20Ot Addenda), must the minimum
hydrostatic test pressure for flanges and flanged valves be calculated in accordance with equation (24)?
Reply (1): Yes, except when para. 345.4.2(c) applies.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (20Ot Addenda), may the designer,
owner, or end user waive the requirements of para. 345.4.2?
Reply (2): No.
1-6
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
I1I)i'
19-11, 19·12
ASME 831.3-2004
Interpretation: 19-11
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition and 2001 Addenda, Para. 300, General Statements
Date Issued: July I, 2002
File: B31-02-02436
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), is it the responsibility of the owner to establish the design requirements necessary for determining the piping design
loads?
Reply (1): Yes. See para. 300(b).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), is it the responsibility of the designer to determine the piping design based upon design requirements established
by the owner?
Reply (2): Yes. See para. 300(b).
Question (3): Does the Code define the excessive and harmful effects of vibration referenced
in para. 301.5.4?
Reply (3): No.
Question (4): Does para. 301.5.4 require complete elimination of vibration?
Reply (4): No.
Question (5): Does B31.3 permit the designer to determine acceptance criteria for loads and
conditions where no such criteria are provided by the Code?
Reply (5): Yes, with acceptance by the owner; see para. 3OO(c)(3). Also see para. 3OO(c)(5).
Question (6): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), para. I<323.2.4(a),
when a designer uses an unlisted material, or when a listed material is to be used above the
highest temperature for which stress values appear in Appendix K, shall the designer demonstrate
the validity of the allowable stresses and other design limits to the owner?
Reply (6): Yes. See para. 300(b)(2).
Interpretation: 19-12
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), Para. 304.5, Pressure Design of Flanges and Blanks
Date Issued: July I, 2002
File: B31-02-02440
Question (1): Mayan ASME B16.5 blind flange be bored and used as a lapped flange in B31.3
piping systems without meeting the requirements of para. 304.5.1?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Maya lapped flange be fabricated from plate for use in B31.3 piping systems?
Reply (2): Yes, provided the design meets the requirements of para. 304.5.1.
1-7
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
~
ASME 831.3-2004
19-13, 19-14, 19·15
Interpretation: 19-13
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), Appendix B, Stress Tables and Allowable Pressure
Tables for Nonmetals
Date Issued: July 1, 2002
File: B31-o2-o2441
Question (I): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), may hydrostatic
design stresses (HDS) be extrapolated for temperatures outside the range listed in Appendix B?
Reply (I): No.
Question (2): In accordance with B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), may hydrostatic design
stresses (HDS) exceeding those listed in Appendix B be used for pressure design calculations?
Reply (2): Yes, if developed in accordance with paras. A302.3.2 and A323.2.1.
Question (3): In accordance with B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), may plastic materials not
listed in Appendix B be used in pressure-containing piping components?
Reply (3): Yes. See para. A323.
Intepretation: 19·14
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition, Table 326.1, Partial Compliance ASME B16.9 Fittings
Date Issued: July 1, 2002
File: B31-02-o3069
Question: According to ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, maya partial compliance fitting as defined
in ASME BI6.9-1993 Edition be considered a listed component?
Reply: Yes, see para. 326.
Interpretation: 19·15
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), Para. 331.1.1, Heat Treatment Requirements and
Para. 341.3.1, General
Date Issued: July I, 2002
File: B31-02-o3070
Question (I): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), para. 331.1.1(c} is
the term "final welds" defined?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), para. 341.3.1, is
NDE examination of piping constructed of PI or P2 materials required to be performed after
final heat treatment?
Reply (2): No.
1-8
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
~
19-16, 19-17, 19·18, 19·19
ASME 831.3·2004
Interpretation: 19-16
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), Fig. 328, Weld End Configurations
Date Issued: July I, 2002
File: B31-02-03071
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), is it required that the
weld end configurations be identical on both sides of the weld?
Reply: No, except that a combination of the configuration types must meet the requirements
of the WPS. See para. 328.4.2(a)(2).
Interpretation: 19-17
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), Para. 344.2.1, Definition and Para. 344.7, In-Process
Examination
Date Issued: July 1,2002
File: B31-D2-03073
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (20ot Addenda), does the Code
require the examiner to be present 100% of the time during all welding operations?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (20ot Addenda), does the Code
require the examiner to be present 100% of the time for in-process examination described in para.
344.71
Reply (2): No, but the examiner must be present to examine points (a) through (g), as applicable,
for the entire weld.
Interpretation: 19-18
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), Para. 302.3.6, Limits of Calculated Stress Due to
Occasional Loads
Date Issued: July I, 2002
File: B31-02-03074
Question: Does para. 302.3.6(a) include occasional internal pressure loads (e.g., surges, spikes,
peaks, and water hammer) in the summation of longitudinal stresses due to sustained and
occasional loads?
Reply: Yes. In addition, all pressure variations must meet the requirements of para. 302.2.4.
Interpretation: 19-19
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), Para. 302.2.3, Unlisted Components
Date Issued: July I, 2002
File: B31-02-03075
Question: When qualifying an unlisted component for use in a B31.3 piping system by calculation under para. 302.2.3, shall the calculations be based on the B31.3 allowable stresses?
Reply: Yes.
1-9
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME 831.3·2004
19-20, 19·21, 19·22
Interpretation: 19-20
Subject: B31.3-1999 Edition (2001 Addenda), Para. 328.5.2, Fillet and Socket Welds
Date Issued: July 1, 2002
File: B31-o2-o3076
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (20ot Addenda), paras. 328.5.2(a)
and 328.5.2(b), maya slip-on flange be welded on the face side and intermittent welded on the
hub side?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition (20ot Addenda), does the Code
permit slip-on flanges to be welded on the face side, with the back side (hub side) stitch welded
(intermittent welded) when qualified in accordance with para. 300(c)(3)?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 19-21
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Table 323.2.2, Requirements for Low Temperature Toughness Tests for
Metals and Para. 323.3, Impact Testing Methods and Criteria
Date Issued: October 10, 2002
File: B31-02-o3629
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, if a welding procedure has been qualified
by impact testing for service at a temperature of -49°C in accordance with para. 323.3, but the
base material and weld material were impact tested at a warmer temperature in accordance with
their respective material specifications, may the weld procedure be used for service at temperatures
as low as -49°C?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Is it a requirement of ASME B31.3-2oo2 that the same brand and batch number
of material, as used in weld procedure qualification impact testing, be used for production welds?
Reply (2): No. See Note (2) of Table 323.2.2.
Interpretation: 19·22
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 328.2.1, Welding Qualification
Date Issued: October 10, 2002
File: B31-02-o3631
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo2, does an original WPS need to be revised to
include any changed nonessential variable?
Reply: Yes. See para. 328.2.1 and BPV Code Section IX.
1-10
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
~
19·23, 19-24, 19·25
ASME 831.3·2004
Interpretation: 19·23
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002, Para. 345, Testing and Para. 345.2.6, Repairs or Additions After Leak
Testing
Date Issued: October 10,2002
File: 831-02-03632
Question (1): Is it the intent of ASME 831.3-2002, para. 345 that structural attachment welds
to piping be examined for leaks during hydrostatic test, pneumatic test, combination hydrostaticpneumatic test, or sensitive leak test?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Is it the intent of ASME 831.3-2002, para. 345.2.6 that structural attachments to
piping, following leak testing, be considered an "addition" that may not require retesting as long
as precautionary measures are taken to assure sound construction and the owner agrees?
Reply (2): Yes, provided the additions are minor.
Interpretation: 19·24
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002, Para. 331.1.3, Governing Thickness
Date Issued: October 10, 2002
File: 831-02-03634
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002, para. 331.1.3, is postweld heat treatment
required for branch connection welds when the thickness of the components at the joint is greater
than the nominal thickness listed in Table 331.1.1, but the thickness through the weld in any
plane is less than two times the nominal wall thickness listed?
Reply: No. See para. 331.1.3(a).
Interpretation: 19·25
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002, Para. 345.4, Hydrostatic Leak Test
Date Issued: October 10, 2002
File: 831-02-03683
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002, is it permitted to hydrotest at a lower pressure
than required by para. 345.4 because 831.3 piping is connected to piping constructed to another
ASME 831 Code which allows a lower hydrotest pressure?
Reply: No.
1-11
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME 831.3-2004
19-26. 19-27. 19-28, 19-29
Interpretation: 19-26
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Para. 328.2.2(i), Welding Qualification
Date Issued: October 10, 2002
File: B31-02-D3819
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 (2001 Addenda), para. 328.2.2(i), when using
welding procedures qualified by others, must all welders qualified to a specific WPS be qualified
by bend testing under BPV Section IX, para. QW-302?
Reply: No. Only one welder must be qualified to the specific WPS by the requirements of BPV
Section IX, para. QW-302. All others may be qualified in accordance with ASME B31.3, para. 328.2.
Interpretation: 19-27
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 323.1.2, Unlisted Materials
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-D2-D3884
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 permit a material not listed in Appendix A to be used in
the design of a pressure containing system?
Reply: Yes. See para. 323.1.2.
Intepretation: 19-28
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 323.1, Materials and Specifications
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-02-Q4056
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 require maintenance of traceability to a heat number marking
of a component that is removed or rendered unreadable during the fabrication process?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 19-29
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 304.7.2, Metric Size Piping Components
Date lssued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-02-D41l0
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, if unlisted components are qualified for use
in B31.3 piping systems in accordance with para. 304.7.2 in IPS sizes, are they also qualified in
metric sizes?
Reply: It is the responsibility of the manufacturer to determine that the fittings are qualified,
considering para. 304.7.2(e}.
1-12
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
'1tlS2
19-30, 19-31, 19·32
ASME 831.3·2004
Interpretation: 19-30
Subject: ASME B31.3-2oo2, Para. 345, Testing
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-o2-04197
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, if an owner considers a hydrostatic leak
test impractical for reasons listed in para. 345.1(b) for non-jacketed pipe subject to external
pressure, and substitutes a pneumatic leak test, do the provisions of para. 345.2.4 take precedence
over the test pressure prescribed in para. 345.5.4?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, if an owner considers a hydrostatic leak
test impractical, for reasons listed in para. 345.1(b) for jacketed pipe subject to external pressure,
and substitutes a pneumatic test, do the provisions of para. 345.2.4 take precedence over the test
pressure prescribed in para. 345.5.4?
Reply (2): Yes and see the provisions of para. 345.2.5.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, are the requirements of para. 345.2.4 to be
applied to hydrostatic leak testing exclusively?
Reply (3): No. See para. 345.2.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, if a pipe is to be subjected to a hydrostatic
leak test in accordance with para. 345.2.4, must the Sr/S ratio of equation (24) be considered?
Reply (4): No.
Interpretation: 19-31
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 300(c)(5), Gas Pressure Reducing Station
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-03-ooo62
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo2, is it reqUired to apply ASME B31.1, para.
122.8.1 for a Gas Pressure Reducing Station that is specified to be designed to B31.3?
Reply: No; however, see para. 300(c)(5).
Interpretation: 19-32
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 345.5, Pneumatic Leak Test
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-03-o0264
Question: Does ASME B31-3-2oo2 provide procedures for pneumatic testing other than those
shown in para. 345.5?
Reply: No.
1-13
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&I
'1IS6'
ASME 831.3·2004
19-33, 19-34, 19·35
Interpretation: 19-33
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 304.3.1(a)(2), Branch Connections
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-o3-o0429
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, are couplings (socket welded or threaded)
pennitted for use as branch connections?
Reply (1): Yes. See para. 304.3.1(a)(2).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, may couplings used as branch connections
be attached using fillet welds?
Reply (2): No. See para. 328.5.4(d).
Interpretation: 19-34
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 300.2, Definition of Fluid Service
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-o3-o0437
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, is it pennissible to categorize piping
conveying a flammable fluid service as Category D fluid service?
Reply (1): No. See para. 300.2, definition of fluid service, subparagraph (a).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, do circumferential butt welds made by
automatic orbital welding method or any other welding method require NDE in piping containing
flammable fluid?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 19-35
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Table 323.2.2, Requirements for Low Temperature Tests for Metals
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-03-o0479
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 pennit fabrication of a piping system with a design minimum
temperature of -50°F with filler material in accordance with a specification with a recommended
minimum of -20°F?
Reply: Yes, provided the requirements of Table 323.2.2 are satisfied.
1-14
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
dit:.'l
C(IS2
19·36, 19·37, 19·38
ASME 831.3·2004
Interpretation: 19-36
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002, Para. 321.1.4(e), Piping Support Materials
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: 831-03-00482
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002, para. 321.1.4(e), is it required that attachment
material welded to the pipe have the same properties and composition as the pipe material?
Reply: No. See para. 321.3.2 for additional requirements for welded attachments and para.
328.5 for welding requirements.
Interpretation: 19-37
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 302.3.2(a)(3), Bases for Design Stresses
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-03-00694
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002, para. 302.3.2(a)(3) require, for bolting material whose strength
has been enhanced by heat treatment or strain hardening, for temperatures below the creep range,
the values of allowable stress for the material in the annealed condition [determined in accordance
with paras. 302.3.2(a)(1) and (2)] be used if it is greater than the value for the strain hardened
or heat treated bolt determined in accordance with para. 302.3.2(c)(3)?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 19-38
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 302.3.2(d), 8ases for Design Stresses
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: 831-03-00734
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo2, for a listed carbon steel material, may the
measured tensile strength and measured yield strength as shown in the Material Test Report be
used to establish the basic allowable stress values at room temperature per para. 302.3.2, instead
of using the basic allowable stress values in Appendix A?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002, if a material conforms to a listed material
and also to a published unlisted material (Le., dual certified) which has higher specified minimum
strengths, may the allowable stresses be determined using para. 323.1.2?
Reply (2): Yes.
1-15
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
~
ASME 831.3-2004
19-39, 19-40, 19-41
Interpretation: 19-39
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 323.2.2(d), Lower Temperature Limits, Listed Materials
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-03-o0821
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, para. 323.2.2(d), may Fig. 323.2.2B be
applied to carbon steel materials which have a numerical value listed in the Minimum Temperature
column of Table A-I?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002, do the additional requirements in paras.
323.2.2(d)(1)(a) and 323.2.2(d)(I)(b) apply to carbon steel materials covered by para. 323.2.2(a)?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 19·40
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 319.3.1(a), Thermal Expansion Data
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-o3-o0829
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002, does the phrase "maximum metal temperature...for the thermal cycle under analysis" in para. 319.3.1(a) require the use of the design
temperature (defined in accordance with para. 301.3) in "determining total displacement strains
for computing the stress range" SE?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 19·41
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 322.6.3, Reference to BPY Section VIII, Division I, Para. UG-128
Date Issued: May 29, 2003
File: B31-03-o0827
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, if the appropriate engineering calculations are
performed in accordance with para. 300(c)(3) to ensure that a smaller relief device has the capacity
to relieve the pressure generated, can a relief device smaller than NPS 1~ be used in accordance
with para. 322.6.3, considering the reference to the BPY Code Section VIII, Division I, UG-128?
Reply: Yes, provided the component meets all other requirements of B31.3.
1-16
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
~
19·42, 19-43
ASME 831.3·2004
Interpretation: 19-42
Subject: ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, Para. 341.4.1(b)(1), Extent of Required Examination
Date Issued: May 29/ 2003
File: B31-03-Q0828
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, for a girth or miter groove weld
that is visually examined by radiography internally and externally, and then examined, is it
required that both the criteria (depth and length) for incomplete penetration in Table 341.3.2 be
evaluated for acceptance of the weld?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, for a girth or miter groove weld
that does not have access to examine the weld internally and is visually acceptable externally,
and is examined by radiography, is it required that both the criteria (depth and length) for
incomplete penetration in Table 341.3.2 be evaluated for acceptance of the weld?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, for a girth or miter groove weld
that does not have access to examine the weld internally and is visually acceptable externally,
and is examined by radiography, is it acceptable to apply only the criteria for length for incomplete
penetration in accordance with Table 341.3.2/ for acceptance of the weld?
Reply (3): No, all listed types of weld imperfection must be evaluated.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, for girth or miter groove weld that
does not have access to examine the weld internally and is visually acceptable externally, and is
examined by radiography, is it acceptable to determine the depth of incomplete penetration in
accordance with Table 341.3.2/ by density comparison of incomplete penetration to the density
of the wall thickness on the radiograph?
Reply (4): The Code does not address the methods for determining the extent of incomplete
penetration.
Question (5): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, for a girth or miter groove weld
that does not have access to examine the weld internally and is visually acceptable externally,
and is examined by radiography, if the depth of the incomplete penetration is indeterminable
visually, does the weld meet the requirement for the depth of incomplete penetration?
Reply (5): The Code does not address the methods for determining the extent of incomplete
penetration.
Interpretation: 19-43
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Table A-l, Fig. 323.2.2A, Impact Testing
Date Issued: October 9/ 2003
File: B31-03-Q0906
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, does a material with a letter designation
in the Minimum Temperature column of Table A-I require impact testing when the temperature/
material thickness combination falls below the curve of Fig. 323.2.2A for the specified letter
designation?
Reply: Yes. See para. 323.2.2(c), unless exemptions apply.
1-17
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
I:(I)t
ASME 831.3-2004
19-44, 19-45, 19-46
Interpretation: 19-44
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 345.2.5, Leak Test
Date Issued: October 9, 2003
File: B31-03-D1343
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, when a leak test is applied to jacketed pipe
where the leak test is to be based upon a critical external design pressure in accordance with
para. 345.2.5(a), is the internal test pressure to be in accordance with para. 345.2.4 regardless of
whether the leak test is hydrostatic, pneumatic, or hydrostatic-pneumatic?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 19·45
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 318.2.2, Mechanical Interlock
Date Issued: October 9, 2003
File: B31-03-D1345
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, would a joint in which the mechanical strength
is developed by crimping a female part onto a pipe or tube qualify as having a mechanical
interlock in accordance with para. 318.2.2?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 19-46
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Table A-I, Allowable Stress Values for Carbon Steel Piping
Date Issued: October 9, 2003
File: B31-03-D1346
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, do Table A-I allowable stress values for carbon
steel piping contain a built-in allowance for loss of tensile strength at temperatures below 204°C
(400°F)?
Reply: For the design stress bases, see para. 302.3.
1-18
Copyright @ 2005 by the American Society ofMechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
19-47, 19-48, 19·49
ASME 831.3·2004
Interpretation: 19-47
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Para. 323.2.2, Lower Temperature Limits
Date Issued: October 9, 2003
File: B31-o3-01347
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, when using a reduced stress ratio per Fig.
323.2.2B to permit use of non-impact tested materials per para. 323.2.2(d), can the hydrostatic
test required by para. 323.2.2(d)(1)(a) be substituted with the pneumatic test as permitted by
para. 345.1(b)?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, if a material is exempt from impact testing
because the requirements of para. 323.2.2(d) are satisfied, are welds and heat affected zones
required to be tested per Table 323.2.2, Column A (b)?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 19-48
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Paras. 300(c)(3) and 304.7.2, Radiographic Survey Plugs
Date Issued: October 9, 2003
File: B31-03-01455
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2oo2 permit the use of plugs threaded into the pipe wall, such as
might be used for radiographic surveys?
Reply: Yes, provided all of the requirements of ASME B31.3 are met, including the reinforcement
requirements of para. 304.3.
Interpretation: 19-49
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002, Paras. 341 and 345, Repair or Replacement of Piping
Date Issued: October 9, 2003
File: B31-03-01441
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2002 apply to the repair of piping or piping components which
have been placed into service?
Reply (1): No. See para. 300(c)(2).
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2002 apply to the replacement of piping or piping components
which have been placed into service?
Reply (2): The Code does not address replacement.
1-19
Copyright © 2005 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
ASME 831.3
INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 20
Replies to Technical Inquiries
November 1, 2003 through October 31, 2005
GENERAL INFORMATION
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition stated in the interpretation, or if
none is stated, to the Edition in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent
revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of
the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised
reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where
an interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,
persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve,"
"certify," "rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to
Appendix Z.
NUMERICAL AND SUBJECT INDEXES
Numerical and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations
by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1
up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
Copyright © 2007 by the American Society of Mechanical Enginee~s.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
c!i?:l
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
831.3
Interpretation
File No.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
20-22
20-29
20-32
20-09
20-23
20-41
20-04
20-45
20-08
20-12
20-50
20-34
20-13
20-01
20-47
20-43
20-17
20-38
B31-05-45
B31-05-388
B31-05-405
B31-04-00497
B31-05-107
B31-05-1209
B31-04-00414
B31-05-1213
B31-04-00496
B31-04-01129
B31-05-1307
B31-05-455
B31-04-0113O
B31-03-01912
B31-05-1223
B31-05-1211
B31-04-01293
B31-05-1142
.
.
.
.
.
20-18
20-40
20-03
20-51
20-25
B31-04-01294
B31-05-1208
B31-04-00412
B31-05-1308
B31-05-179
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
20-02
20-26
20-37
20-48
20-15
20-31
20-19
20-05
13-11E
20-39
20-33
20-35
20-46
20-11
20-24
Para. 345.2.3, Piping Subassemblies
.
Para. 345.2.3(c), Testing of Closure Welds
.
Paras. 345.2.6 and 345.9.1(b), Leak Testing and Examination of Welds
.
Para. 345.3.1, Hydrostatic Testing of Pipe
.
Para. K303, Use of B16.9 Buttwelding Fittings
.
.
Paras. M314.2.2 and M335.3.3, and Fig. 335.3.3(a)
Performing Digital Radiography
.
PWHT Requirements
.
.
.
Qualifying the Heat Input for Impact Testing . . . . .
Table 323.3.1, Welding Procedure Qualified Thickness Range and HAZ Impact
Location
.
Table 341.3.2, Radiography Acceptance Criteria
.
Table 341.3.2, Radiography Acceptance Criteria
.
.
Table A326.1, Applicability of ASTM F 1281, F 1282, and F 1974
Use of Sh for Occasional Stress Evaluation
.
20-27
20-07
20-06
20-28
20-21
20-36
20-42
20-44
20-14
B31-03-01915
B31-05-18O
B31-05-1141
B31-05-1305
B31-04-01207
B31-05-404
B31-03-1913
B31-04-00416
B31-94-037
B31-05-1147
B31-05-454
B31-05-477
B31-05-1222
B31-04-00499
B31-05-157,
B31-05-319
B31-05-328
B31-04-00438
B31-04-00417
B31-05-329
B31-05-34
B31-05-786
B31-05-1210
B31-05-1212
831-04-01131
20-10
20-16
20-20
20-30
20-49
831-04-00498
B31-04-0125O
B31-04-1250
B31-05-391
B31-05-1306
Allowances With Owner's Approval
Appendix A, Note (76)
Appendix A, Table A-I, 321 Stainless Steel Stresses
Applicability of Ultrasound Testing for Heavy Thick Piping
Chapter VIII, Piping for Category M Fluid Service
Chapter IX, Thickness Umitations
Clarification of Seamless Pipe
Combining Displacements
Coverage of Ozone Gas
Design Stress for Bolts. . . .
Duration of Occasional Loads
Examination and Quality Factor for Longitudinal Welds
Fig. 323.2.2B
Figs. 328.5.2B and 328.5.2C, Slip-On and Socket Welds
Hydrostatic Testing
Interpretation 17-10
Minimum Thickness for Test Blanks
Para. 3OO(c)(3)
Paras. 3OO.1.1(b), 300(c)(4), 3OO(c)(5), 345.1, and 345.8, Vacuum Box
Testing of Piping Field Welds
Para. 301.1(c) and (d)
Para. 302.2.4, Allowances for Pressure and Temperature Variations
Para. 302.2.4
Para. 302.3
Para. 302.3.5, Umits on Calculated Stresses Due to Sustained Loads and
Displacement Strains
Para. 304.7.2
Para. 304.7.2
Para. 314, Threaded Joints
Para. 323.2.2, Lower Temperature Limits, Listed Materials
Para. 323.2.2
Paras. 328.2.1 and 328.2.2
Para. 328.5.3, Seal Welds
Para. 328.5.4, Welded Branch Connections
Para. 331
Para. 340.4
Para. 345.2.2, Visual Examination of Fillet Weld
Para. 345.2.2(a), Examination for Leaks
Para. 345.2.3, Piping Subassemblies
Para. 345.2.3, Piping Subassemblies
Copyright © 2007 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: n-l1E
Subject: ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Para. 328.5.4, Welded Branch Connections
Date Issued: November 21, 1994
File: B31-94-037
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-1993 Edition, Addenda a, what is the effective weld
throat thickness required for a proprietary integrally reinforced branch connection fitting?
Reply: The thickness is as required by the manufacturer's design qualified in accordance with
para. 304.7.2 or MSS SP-97 and para. 328.5.4(d)
Note: In the Reply, the cross-reference to MSS SP-97 has been corrected by errata.
Interpretation: 20-01
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Figs. 328.5.2B and 328.5.2C, Slip-On and Socket Welds
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-03-01912
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo2 Edition, is the Yt6 in. approximate gap
shown in Fig. 328.5.2B and Fig. 328.5.2C required to be present before any welding, including
tack welding?
Reply (1): Yes; also see interpretations 6-02, question (1); 10-19; and 16-06.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, can radiography be used to ascertain
the "Yt6 in. approximate gap before welding" shown in Fig. 328.5.2B and Fig. 328.5.2C?
Reply (2): The Code does not specify or restrict the methodology to determine this dimension.
Interpretation: 20-02
Subject: ASME B31.3-2oo2 Edition, Para. 302.3.5, Limits on Calculated Stresses Due to Sustained
Loads and Displacement Strains
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-o3-01915
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo2 Edition, para. 302.3.5(c), shall sustained
load stresses be evaluated separately from the displacement stress ranges of para. 302.3.5(d)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, para. 302.3.6(a), shall sustained
plus occasional load stresses be evaluated separately from the displacement stress ranges of para.
302.3.5(d)?
Reply (2): Yes.
Copyright © 2007 by the American Society of ~echanical Engineers
diQ
CNo reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME. ~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 20-03
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Para. 302.2.4, Allowances for Pressure and Temperature Variations
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: 831-04-00412
Question (1): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, does para. 302.2.4 apply to pressure
transients caused by water hammer?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In a fluid transient due to water hammer, there can be many pressure cycles in
the piping response. In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, must all cycles in which the
pressure exceeds the pressure rating or the calculated pressure stress exceeds the allowable stress
be considered with respect to the 1,000 cycle limit in para. 302.2.4(d)?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, may the number of cycles of the
variation exceed 1,000 if justified by a more rigorous analysis in accordance with para. 3OO(c)(3)?
Reply (3): Yes.
Interpretation: 20-04
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Clarification of Seamless Pipe
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: 831-04-00414
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, can a seamless pipe that has been cut
longitudinally and reassembled by welding be considered as seamless pipe for the purpose of
determining the weld joint quality factor?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 20-05
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Para. 328.5.3, Seal Welds
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: 831-04-00416
Question: Does ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, para. 328.5.3, address sealing a threaded connection
by brazing?
Reply: No.
Copyright © 2007 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
r.!i),;,
~
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 20-06
Subject: ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, Paras. 345.2.6 and 345.9.1(b), Leak Testing and Examination
of Welds
Date Issued: October 20,2004
File: B31-04-00417
Question: Does ASME B31.3-1999 Edition require 100% liquid penetrant or magnetic particle
examination of the seal welds applied at hydrostatic test vents and drains after the acceptance
of hydrostatic test results?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 20-07
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Para. 345.2.3(c), Testing of Closure Welds
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-00438
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, if piping subassemblies meet
the requirements specified in para. 345.2.3(c), are there any fluid service limitations to piping
subassemblies for which closure welds are performed?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition permit a completed piping system, consisting of
piping subassemblies, to have more than one closure weld if all subassemblies have been tested
in accordance with para. 345.2.3 and all closure welds are examined in accordance with para.
345.2.3(c)?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 20-08
Subject: ASME B31.3-2oo2 Edition, Coverage of Ozone Gas
Date Issued: October 20,2004
File: B31-04-00496
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition provide coverage for ozone gas piping?
Reply: Yes; see the Introduction of ASME 831.3.
Interpretation: 20-09
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Applicability of Ultrasound Testing for Heavy Thick Piping
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-00497
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo2 Edition, is ultrasonic examination an acceptable substitute for radiography for a piping system utilizing Class 2500 components that has
been classified as high pressure piping in accordance with para. K300?
Reply (1): No; see para. K341.4.2(b).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo2 Edition, is ultrasonic examination an acceptable substitute for radiography for a piping system utilizing Class 2500 components if the system
has not been classified as high pressure piping in accordance with para. K300?
Reply (2): Yes; see paras. 341.4.1(b)(1), 341.4.3(b), and M341.4(b)(1).
Copyright © 2007 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
r.li).;,
~
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 20-10
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Table 323.3.1, Welding Procedure Qualified Thickness Range
and HAZ Impact Location
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: 831-04-00498
Question (1): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, when a material with a pipe wall
thickness of ~ in. requires impact testing per the requirements of para. 323.3, is the qualified
base metal thickness range for production welding, per A-5(a) of Table 323.3.1, ~ to %in.?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, may the one required set of three
HAZ (CVN) impact specimens, per the requirements of A-4, A-5, and 6 of Table 323.3.1, be taken
at any depth location of the pipe wall thickness?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 20-11
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Para. 345.2.3, Piping Subassemblies
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-00499
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, para. 345.2.3, maya component be
considered a piping subassembly?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 20-12
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Design Stress for Bolts
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-01129
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2oo2 Edition specify what loads to consider when calculating a
bolt stress to compare to the design stress values for bolting materials?
Reply: No, except for flanges; see para. 304.5.1.
Copyright © 2007 by the Amcrican Societ; of Mcchanical Engincers,
di>.:.
CNo reproduction may be made o[this material without written consent of ASME. C(G
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 20-13
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Fig. 323.2.2B
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-01130
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3, Fig. 323.2.2B, provide a basis for the use of impact-tested
carbon steels at a Minimum Design Metal Temperature (MDMT) colder than the impact test
temperature, provided the stress ratio defined in Fig. 323.2.2B is less than 1 and the MDMT is
not colder than -104°C (-155°F)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3 permit Fig. 323.2.2B to be used to provide a basis for the use
of impact-tested duplex stainless steels, UN5 531803, impact tested at -46°C (-50°F), in the same
manner as described in question (1)?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 20-14
Subject: ASME B31.3-2oo2 Edition, Qualifying the Heat Input for Impact Testing
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-01131
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition require that all the requirements of ASME BPV Code,
Section IX, be complied with for a WPS requiring impact testing?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 20-15
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Para. 323.2.2, Lower Temperature Limits, Listed Materials
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-01207
Question: Does ASME B31.3 permit a temperature reduction calculated in accordance with Fig.
323.2.2B to be applied for carbon steels covered in 323.2.2(a) that have a minimum temperature
listed in Table A-1?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 20-16
Subject: ASME B31.3-2oo2 Edition, Table 341.3.2, Radiography Acceptance Criteria
Date Issued: October 20,2004
File: B31-04-01250
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, when 100% radiographic examination
and no further acceptance criteria are specified for Normal Fluid Service, is it required that
the acceptance criteria for severe cyclic conditions as noted in Table 341.3.2 be applied to the
examination?
Reply: No, the requirements of Normal Fluid Service apply.
(
Copyright © 2007 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 20-17
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Minimum Thickness for Test Blanks
Date Issued: October 20, 2004
File: B31-04-01293
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition address required thickness for blanks or closures
installed only for a pneumatic or hydrostatic leak test?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition address required thickness for permanent blanks
and closures?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 20-18
Subject: ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, Paras. 300. 1.1 (b), 300(c)(4), 300(c)(5), 345.1, and 345.8, Vacuum
Box Testing of Piping Field Welds
Date Issued: October 20,2004
File: B31-04-01294
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-1996 Edition permit performing the Alternative Leak Test
method in accordance with para. 345.9 in lieu of hydrostatic or pneumatic testing for Normal
Fluid Service piping that does not satisfy the conditions of para. 345.1(c)?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, para. 345.8, is it acceptable to
perform a leak test in accordance with BPV Code, Section V, Article 10, Appendix II, Bubble
Test - Vacuum Box Technique?
Reply (2): Yes, provided it has a demonstrated sensitivity of not less than 10-3 atm-ml/sec.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, para. 345.8, if leak testing in
accordance with BPV Code, Section V, Article 10, Appendix II, Bubble Test - Vacuum Box
Technique, is it acceptable to test piping with a 60 psig or greater design pressure at less than
15 psi differential pressure?
Reply (3): No.
Copyright © 2007 by the American Society of Mechanical Engmcers
( _No reproduction may bc made of this material without written consent of ASME
r:<ib
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 20-19
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Paras. 328.2.1 and 328.2.2
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: 831-03-1913
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, para. 328.2.1, by referencing BPV Code Section
IX, permit the use of Standard Welding Procedure Specifications, compliant with the requirements
of BPV Code, Section IX, Article V, in ASME B31.3 applications?
Reply (1): Yes, if they satisfy all the requirements of ASME B31.3, including the qualification
requirements in para. 328.2.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2oo2 Edition, para. 328.2.2 apply to Standard Welding Procedure
Specifications compliant with the requirements of 8PV Code, Section IX, Article V?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, do the rules of "discreet demonstration" of 8PV Code, Section IX, Article V comply with the requirements of para. 328.2.2(i)?
Reply (3): No.
Interpretation: 20·20
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Table 341.3.2, Radiography Acceptance Criteria
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: B31-04-1250
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2oo2 Edition require more stringent examination acceptance criteria
for sour and hydrogen service designated as Normal Fluid Service than for other services designated as Normal Fluid Service?
Reply: No. See paras. 300(c)(5) and F323.
Interpretation: 20·21
Subject: ASME B31.3-2oo2 Edition, Para. K303, Use of B16.9 8uttwelding Fittings
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: 831-05-34
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, mayan ASME 816.9 fitting for which
the design pressure has been established by proof testing in accordance with ASME 816.9 be
used in Chapter IX service?
Reply: Yes, provided the requirements of Table K326.1, Note (2) are met.
Copyright © :!007 by the American Society of Mechanical Englfleers
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 20-22
Subject: Allowances With Owner's Approval
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: B31-0S-4S
Question (1): With the owner's approval, as described in ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, para.
302.2.4(f)(1), is it permissible to exceed the pressure rating or the allowable stress for pressure
design at temperature as described in para. 302.2.4(f)(1)(a) when the variation is self-limiting
(e.g., due to a pressure relieving event)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-1999 Edition, para. 302.2.4(f)(2), permit exceeding the pressure
rating or the allowable stress for pressure design at the temperature at the increased condition
without owner's approval?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 20-23
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Chapter VIII, Piping for Category M Fluid Service
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: B31-0S-107
Question (1): If an ASME BPV Code Section VIII vessel has been determined to be in "lethal
substance" service, must the attached B31.3 piping system be classified as Category M Fluid
Service?
Reply (1): No; see para. 300(b)(1).
Question (2): Is Appendix M of B31.3 mandatory?
Reply (2): No; see Table 300.4. However, see the definition of fluid service in para. 300.2.
Question (3): Is the Code user responsible for considering applicable items in Appendix M?
Reply (3): Yes; see Note (2) of Table 300.4.
Interpretation: 20-24
Subject: ASME B31.3-1998 Addenda to 1996 Edition, and B31.3-2002 Edition, Para. 345.2.3, Piping
Subassemblies
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: B31-oS-1S7 and B31-oS-319
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition define "subassemblies" the same way as it defines
"piping components"?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3c-1998 Addenda and ASME B31.3-2002 Edition,
does para. 34S.2.3(a) allow piping components to be independently tested as required by para.
345.1, and then assembled and placed into service with no additional leak testing?
Reply (2): No, unless the system is assembled with flanged joints or closure welds as described
in paras. 34S.2.3(b) and (c).
Copyright © 2007 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 20-25
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Para. 302.3
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: 831-05-179
Question: Does ASME 831.3-2002 Edition establish a preference in the selection of listed versus
unlisted components?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 20-26
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Para. 304.7.2
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: 831-05-180
Question: Does ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, para. 304.7.2, require calculations consistent with
the design criteria of the Code be performed and that these calculations be substantiated by
means of (a), (b), (c), or (d)?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 20-27
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Para. 345.2.3, Piping Subassemblies
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: 831-05-328
Question: Does the ASME 831.3-2002 Edition definition of a piping subassembly require that
it be in the installed position?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 20-28
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Para. 345.3.1, Hydrostatic Testing of Pipe
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: 831-05-329
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, can buried pipe be leak tested without
visual examination of joints?
Reply: No, unless the joints have been previously tested. See para. 345.3.1.
Interpretation: 20-29
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Appendix A, Note (76)
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: 831-05-388
Question: Does Note (76) apply only to the materials for which Note (76) is specified in
Table A-I?
Reply: Yes.
Copyright © 2007 by the Amcrican Society of Mcchanical Engincers
No reproduction may be made of this matcrial without written consent of ASME
~
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 20-30
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Table A326.1, Applicability of ASTM F 1281, F 1282, and F 1974
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: 831-05-391
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition allow the use of products meeting ASTM F 1281, F
1282, and F 1974 in compressed gas service?
Reply: Yes. See para. A302.2.3 and Appendix F, para. FA323.4(b).
Interpretation: 20-31
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Para. 323.2.2
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: B31..Q5-404
Question (1): For welded (with filler metal added) austenitic stainless steel pipe or fitting
material intended for service with a minimum design metal temperature that is warmer than
the minimum temperature allowed by Table A-I but colder than -20°F, do the requirements of
block A-4(b) of Table 323.2.2 apply?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): If it is required that the stainless steel pipe or fitting manufacturer conduct impact
tests of the weld metal deposits, may the provisions of Note (2) of Table 323.2.2, allowing impact
tests performed as part of the weld procedure qualification, be used to fully satisfy all the impact
test requirements of para. 323.2.2?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): If the stainless steel pipe or fitting manufacturer uses the impact tests performed
as part of the weld procedure qualification to satisfy all the provisions of para. 323.2.2, do the
provisions of block A-I of Table 323.3.1 apply?
Reply (3): No.
Question (4): For austenitic stainless steel applications in ASME 831.3, are manufacturer's
welding procedure specifications and procedure qualifications necessary for any specifications
welded with filler metal?
Reply (4): No.
Question (5): When welding procedure specifications and procedure qualifications that include
qualification of the welding procedure by impact testing are produced by the manufacturer when
producing austenitic stainless steel weld pipe or fittings, may those procedure specifications and
qualifications be used to satisfy the requirements of Table 323.2.2?
Reply (5): Yes.
Copyright © 2007 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
C(IS2
ASME 631.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 20·32
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Appendix A, Table A-I, 321 Stainless Steel Stresses
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: 831-05-405
Question (1): Should the allowable stress for A 403 WP321 fittings conforming to ASME 816.9,
such as elbows and tees, be per A 312 TP321 pipe?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Should the wall thickness for seamless fittings conforming to ASME 816.9, manufactured to A 403 WP321, be calculated based on the allowable stress value for A 403 WP321
material?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 20·33
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Para. 340.4
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: 831-05-454
Question (1): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, para. 340.4, do the qualification
requirements of the owner's inspector apply to the individual designated as the owner's inspector?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, para. 340.4(b), do the qualification
requirements of the owner's inspector apply to the organization employing the inspector?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 20-34
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, Examination and Quality Factor for Longitudinal Welds
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: 831-05-455
Question (1): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, if single butt longitudinal welds
made as part of pipe fabrication are visually examined per para. 341.4.1(a)(3) and examined per
para. 341.4.1(b), does a joint factor, Ej , of 0.80 apply?
Reply (1): Yes; see Table 302.3.4.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, if single butt longitudinal welds
made as part of pipe fabrication are visually examined per para. 341.4.1(a)(3), examined per para.
341.4.1(b), and radiographed per para 341.5.1(a), does a joint factor, Ej, of 0.90 apply?
Reply (2): Yes; see Table 302.3.4.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, if single butt longitudinal welds
made as part of pipe fabrication are visually examined per para. 341.4.1(a)(3) and 100% radiographed per para. 344.5.1 and Table 341.3.2, does a joint factor, Ej , of 1.00 apply?
Reply (3): Yes; see Table 302.3.4.
Copyright © 2007 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 20·35
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Para. 345.2.2, Visual Examination of Fillet Weld
Date Issued: May 20, 2005
File: B31-05-477
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2oo2 Edition require, when a structural attachment is fillet welded
on one side, that the opposite side of the structural attachment be left exposed for examination
during leak testing?
Reply: No. See also interpretation 19-23.
Interpretation: 20-36
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, Paras. M314.2.2 and M335.3.3, and Fig. 335.3.3(a)
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: B31-05-786
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31-3-2004 Edition, may straight thread, O-ring style
connection fittings be used in Category M fluid service?
Reply (1): Yes, provided that they meet the requirements of the Code, including para. M314.2.2
and para. M335.3.3.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, is demonstrating leak tightness
sufficient to qualify use of fittings such as those shown in Fig. 335.3.3(a) for use in Category M
Fluid Service?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 20-37
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, Para. 304.7.2
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: B31-05-1141
Question (1): When qualifying unlisted components for pressure design using ASME B31.3-2004
Edition, para. 304.7.2(d), using the rules of BPVC Section VIII-I, UG-101, may the designer make
analogies among related materials in accordance with para. 304.7.2(e)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2004 Edition define related materials as used in para. 304.7.2(e)?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 20-38
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, Para. 300(c)(3)
Date Issued: October 18,2005
File: B31-05-1142
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo4 Edition, maya designer apply a more rigorous
analysis to qualify a design that deviates from specific requirements of the Code?
Reply: Yes. See para. 300(c)(3).
Copyright © 2007 by the American Socie~ of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
C
6i>-,
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 20-39
Subject: ASME B31.3-2oo4 Edition, Para. 331
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: 831-05-1147
Question (1): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2004 Edition, are the longitudinal seams of
welded seam pipe and seams in welded seam fittings subject to the postweld heat treatment
requirements of para. 331?
Reply (1): Yes, provided the welds are made in accordance with para. 328.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, do the postweld heat treatment
requirements of para. 331 apply to listed components?
Reply (2): No, unless otherwise required by the notes for Appendix A or specified in the
engineering design.
Interpretation: 20-40
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Paras. 301.1(c) and (d)
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: B31-05-1208
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo2 Edition, does the successful completion of
an engineering program that is equivalent to 2 years of full-time study meet the engineering
associate's degree requirement of para. 301.1(c)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does the "experience in the design of related pressure piping" requirement in
para. 301.1(d) differ from the requirements in paras. 301.1(a), (b), and (c)?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Does ASME 831.3-2002 Edition address the initiation of experience in para. 301.1?
Reply (3): No.
Interpretation: 20·41
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Chapter IX, Thickness Limitations
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: 831-05-1209
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo2 Edition, when qualifying a welding procedure
for High Pressure Fluid Service, does the range of material thicknesses specified in Table K323.3.1
apply to determine the number of impact test pieces required?
Reply: Yes.
Copyright © :!007 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
r.!i?:I
I'lilZ
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 20-42
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, Performing Digital Radiography
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: 831-05-1210
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2004 Edition, para. 344, is the use of digital radiography permitted?
Reply: Yes, provided the methodology meets the requirements of para. 344.5.1.
Interpretation: 20-43
Subject: ASME 831.3, Interpretation 17-10
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: 831-05-1211
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2002 Edition, has the Code been changed to supersede
the response to inquiry 17-107
Reply: Interpretation 17-10 applies to ASME 831.3-1997 Edition, Addendum b. Subsequently,
the Code was revised to reflect the present wording.
Interpretation: 20-44
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004 Edition, PWHT Requirements
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: 831-05-1212
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2004 Edition, Table 331.1.1, for P-No. 1 material,
can a weld procedure qualified to ASME Section IX that has a weld joint thickness range from
0.0625 in. to 2.00 in. be used without postweld heat treatment for a butt groove weld joint with
a thickness greater than 74 in.?
Reply: No; see para. 328.2.1(c).
Interpretation: 20-45
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004 Edition, Combining Displacements
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: 831-05-1213
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, are strains caused by cyclic support
displacements during seismic events considered to be externally imposed displacements in accordance with para. 319.2.1(c)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, shall externally imposed displacement strains, excluding single cycle events, be considered in conjunction with thermal displacement strains?
Reply (2): Yes; see para. 319.2.1(d).
Copyright © 2007 by the American Socie; of Mechanical Engineers
~'oduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
(-
~
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 20-46
Subject: ASME 631.3-2002 Edition, Para. 345.2.2(a), Examination for Leaks
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: 631-05-1222
Question: In accordance with ASME 631.3-2002 Edition, does the 10 min minimum hold time
referenced in para. 345.2.2 apply to both hydrostatic leak test in accordance with para. 345.4.2
and pneumatic leak test in accordance with para. 345.5.4?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 20-47
Subject: ASME 631.3-2004 Edition, Hydrostatic Testing
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: 631-05-1223
Question: In accordance with ASME 631.3-2004 Edition, are both a sensitive leak test and a
hydrostatic, pneumatic, or hydrostatic-pneumatic leak test required for Category M piping?
Reply: Yes; see para. M345.
Interpretation: 20-48
Subject: ASME 631.3-2004 Edition, Para. 314, Threaded Joints
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: 631-05-1305
Question (1): Does ASME 631.3-2004 Edition advise against using the relative motion of threaded
connections (i.e., to screw and unscrew some fraction of a tum) to provide flexibility for thermal
expansion?
Reply (1): Yes. See para. 314.1(c).
Question (2): Does ASME 631.3-2004 Edition prohibit the practice of using the relative motion
of threaded connections to provide flexibility for thermal expansion?
Reply (2): No, provided the relative motion does not cause leakage at the joint, as required by
para. 319.1.1.
Interpretation: 20-49
Subject: ASME 631.3-2004 Edition, Use of Sh for Occasional Stress Evaluation
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: 631-05-1306
Question: In accordance with ASME 631.3-2004 Edition, when a piping system operates at
multiple sets of coincident operating temperatures and pressures, and the system may at any
random moment be loaded with an occasional load such as earthquake, wind, or pressure relief,
should all coincident operating pressures and temperatures expected during operation be considered and shall the basic allowable stress used in para. 302.3.6 be based on the applicable temperature for each condition?
Reply: Yes.
Copyright © 2007 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
r.!il:t
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 20·50
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 Edition, Duration of Occasional Loads
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: B31-05-1307
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2002 Edition address the duration of a load in qualifying the load
as being occasional in para. 302.3.6?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 20·51
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, Para. 302.2.4
Date Issued: October 18, 2005
File: B31-05-1308
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo4 Edition, para. 302.2.4(f)(1)(a), is the 33% overpressure allowance for no more than 10 hr at anyone time and no more than 100 hr/yr applicable
to pressure relieving events?
Reply: Yes, provided all other applicable requirements of para. 302.2.4 are met.
-
_
_.._--.Id..8.-_.__
_ _.._
_ _
Copyright © 2007 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers
~
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME. ~
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
ASME 831.3
INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 21
Replies to Technical Inquiries
November 1, 2005 through October 31, 2007
GENERAL INFORMATION
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition stated in the interpretation, or if
none is stated, to the Edition in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent
revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of
the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised
reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where
an interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,
persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve,"
"certify," "rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to
Appendix Z.
NUMERICAL AND SUBJECT INDEXES
Numerical and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations
by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1
tip to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
1-1
Copyright © 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
831.3
File No.
Interpretation
Appendix M and Para. 301.3.1, Temperature Limits for Category D Fluid
Service
Duration of Occasional Loads
Fig. 323.2.2B, Reduction in Minimum Design Metal Temperature Without
Impact Testing
Para. 300.1, Buried Piping
Para. 300.1.1, Content and Coverage
Para. 300.1.3(d), Scope
Para. 300.2, Flammable Service
Para. 300.2, Inline Piping Components
Para. 302.2.4, Allowances for Pressure and Temperature Variations
Para. 302.3.4, Table 302.3.4, and Table AI-B, Weld Joint Quality Factor
Para. 302.3.5(e) and Appendix A, Weld Joint Strength Reduction Factor,
W
Para. 304.1.1(b), Pressure Design of Straight Pipe, Maximum and Nominal
Thread Depth
Paras. 304.1.2, Design of Straight Pipe Under Internal Pressure and 304.2.1,
Pipe Bends
Para. 304.3.3, Reinforcement of Welded Branch Connections
Para. 304.7.2, Pressure Design of Unlisted Components
Paras. 304.7.2 and 328.5.4(d), Partial Penetration Welding
Para. 305.2.3, Material for Severe Cyclic Conditions
Para. 319.2.3, Displacement Stress Range
Para. 319.3.1(b), Flexibility Analysis Thermal Expansion Data
Para. 319.3.2, Properties for Flexibility Analysis
Paras. 321.1.4(c) and 323.2.2(d), Piping Support Materials
Para. 323.2.2; Fig. 323.2.2A; and Table A-I, Note (6); Lower Temperature
Limits for Impact Tests
Paras. 323.3.1 and K323.3.1, and Table K323.3.1, Impact Testing
Para. 328.6, Weld Repair and Table 331.1.1, Postweld Heat Treatment
Para. 331, Heat Treatment Requirements
Para. 335.2.3, Bolt Length of Flanged Joints
Para. 341, Examination
Para. 341.3.1(a), Examinations and Postweld Heat Treatment
Para. 341.4, Extent of Required Examination for Category D Service
Para. 341.4.1, Examination of Welds
Paras. 341.4.1(b)(I), 344.2.2, and 344.7.1, Examination Records
Paras. 342.1 and 342.2, Examination Personnel
Para. 345.2.2, Leak Testing, Other Test Requirements
Para. 345.2.2(a), Duration of Leak Test
Para. 345.2.3(c), Leak Testing of Closure Welds
Para. 345.2.3(c), Leak Testing of Closure Welds
Para. A302.2.4, Pressure Allowances for Nonmetallic Piping
Para. A323.4.2, Fluid Service for Nonmetallic Piping
Para. A323.4.2(a)(3), Fluid Service Requirements for Nonmetallic
Materials
Para. A328, Bonding Procedure Specification for Plastic Piping
Paras. K323.l.5, Product Analysis and K346.2(b), Required Records
Para. K323.3.5 and Table K323.3.5, Impact Testing for High Pressure
Piping
Paras. M319 and MA319, Piping Flexibility
Table 302.3.4, Weld Joint Quality Factor
Table 323.2.2, Low Temperature Toughness Tests and Table 323.3.1,
Impact Testing Required for Metals
Table 323.2.2, A-4(b), Impact Testing of Weld Metal and Heat Affected
Zone
Table 331.1.1, Requirements for Heat Treatment of Carbon Steel Pipe
Table 341.3.2, Acceptance Criteria for Welds - Internal Protrusions
.
.
21-47
21-08
07-1482
06-379
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
21-40
21-07
21-32
21-22
21-25
21-24
21-45
21-37
07-1359
06-377
06-1197
06-1101
06-1104
06-1103
07-1397
07-1356
.
21-35
07-505
.
21-38
07-1357
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
21-13
21-39
21-34
21-02
21-29
21-09
21-16
21-26
21-41
06-1091
07-1358
07-504
06-297
06-1191
06-387
06-1094
06-1105
07-1360
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
21-28
21-18
21-19
21-46
21-14
21-17
21-48
21-23
21-04
21-20
21-05
21-42
21-11
.
.
.
.
21-10
21-36
21-33
21-31
06-1185
06-1097
06-1098
07-1398
06-1092
06-1096
07-1483
06-1102
06-299
06-1099
06-374
07-1361
06-258,
06-295,
06-296
06-388
07-508
07-502
06-1196
.
.
.
21-30
21-15
21-03
06-1194
06-1093
06-298
.
.
.
21-27
21-21
21-06
06-1184
06-1100
06-375
.
21-01
06-253
.
21-43
21-12
21·44
07-1362
06-372
07-1363
.
.
1-2
Copyright © 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Iftterpretlltion: 21·01
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Table 323.2.2, Low Temperature Toughness Tests and Table 323.3.1,
Impact Testing Required for Metals
Date Issued: March 29, 2006
File: 06-253
Question (1): In ASME B31.3, Table 323.3.1, does the term manufacturer in Column A refer to
the manufacturer of the piping component?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3 require additional impact testing of ASTM A 333 Grade 6
material if the assigned minimum temperature is -46°C (-51°P)?
Reply (2): Yes, unless the exemptions in Table 323.2.2, B-3 apply.
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3require the manufacturer to perform impact testing at temperatures below the requirements described in the material specification?
Reply (3): ASME B31.3 does not address who should do the additional testing.
Question (4): Does ASME B31.3 require that the manufacturer, who as part of its manufacture
utilizes girth welds to join ASTM A 333 Grade 6 pipe, perform impact testing if the minimum
temperature is -35°C (-31 °P)?
Reply (4): Yes, unless exemptions in Table 323.2.2, A-3(b) apply.
Interpretlltlon: 21·02
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Paras. 304.7.2 and 328.5.4(d), Partial Penetration Welding
Date Issued: March 29, 2006
Pile: 06-297
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2oo4 permit partial penetration for branch connection groove
welds?
Reply (1): No; see para. 328.5.4(d).
Question (2): In accordance with ASMEB31.3-2004, what is the effective weld throat thickness
required for a proprietary integrally reinforced branch connection fitting?
Reply (2): The thickness is as required by the design qualified in accordance with para. 304.7.2
or MSS SP-97, and para. 328.5.4(d).
Ihterpretatlon: 21·03
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Paras. K323.1.5, Product Analysis and K346.2(b), Required Records
IJ)ate Issued: March 29, 2006
File: 06-298
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2oo4 require any Certified Material Test Reports (CMTR)?
Reply: No; however, see paras. K323.1.5 and K346.2(b).
1-3
Copyright © 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
'15'
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 21·04
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004, Para. 341.4.1, Examination of Welds
Date Issued: March 29, 2006
File: CJ6-299
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2004, para. 341.4.1(b)(1), must welds to be examined
be seliected to ensure that each welding process used by each welder or welding operator doing
the production welding is represented?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 21-05
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004, Paras. 342.1 and 342.2, Examination Personnel
Date Issued: March 29, 2006
File: CJ6-374
Question (1): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2004, can the operator of an automatic welding
machine also perform in-process examination of the production work?
Reply (1): No; see para. 342.2.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2004, can the operator of an automatic welding
machine also perform examination of the production work other than in-process examination?
Reply (2): Yes, if qualified in accordance with para. 342.1.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2004, para. 341, may the examiner be employed
by the contractor/manufacturer?
Reply (3): Yes.
Interpretation: 21·06
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004, Table 302.3.4, Weld Joint Quality Factor
Date Issued: March 29, 2006
File: 06-375
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2004, can the weld joint quality factor of API 5L
SAW,GMAW, or combined GMAW/SAW welded pipe be increased to 1.00 by 100% radiography
of the weld?
Reply: The Code does not address increasing the weld joint quality factor of API 5L SAW,
GMAW, or combined GMAW/SAW welded pipe.
1-4
Copyright © 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&i>.l
-
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 21-07
Subject: ASME B31.3-2oo2, Para. 300.1, Buried Piping
Date Issued: March 29, 2006
File: 06-377
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2oo2 apply to buried piping?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2oo2 provide rules for design of buried piping for overburden
and surface live loads?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 21-08
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Duration of Occasional Loads
Date Issued: March 29, 2006
File: 06-379
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2004 specify or provide guidelines for the duration of occasional
loads?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 21-09
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 319.2.3, Displacement Stress Range
Date Issued: March 29, 2006
File: 06-387
Question: Does ASME 831.3-2004 require that the duration of an operating cycle be considered
when evaluating displacement stress range in accordance with para. 319.2.3?
Reply: No.
'ttterpretation: 21-10
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 345.2.3(c), Leak Testing of Closure Welds
Date Issued: March 29,2006
File: 06-388
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2004 require the owner's approval to apply the closure weld
provisions described in para. 345.2.3(c)?
Reply: No.
1-5
Copyright © 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
dI2:l
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Inte~retation:
21·11
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 345.2.2(a), Duration of Leak Test
Date Issued: September 20,2006
File: 06-258, 06-295, 06-296
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, does a pressure test of less than 10-min duration
by the pipe manufacturer satisfy the requirements of the required leak test in para. 345?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 21-12
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Table 331.1.1, Requirements for Heat Treatment of Carbon Steel Pipe
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-372
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, is PWHT re2uired for circumferential joints
in API 5L X65 pipe when the thickness is greater than 19 mm (~ in.)?
Reply: Yes, unless the provisions of para. 331.2.2 are met.
Interpretation: 21-13
Subject: ASME B31.3-2oo4, Paras. 304.1.2, Design of Straight Pipe Under Internal Pressure and
304.2.1, Pipe Bends
Date Issued: September 20,2006
File: 06-1091
Question (1): ASME B31.3-2004, para. 304.1.2 provides two equations to calculate pressure
design thickness for straight pipe, eq. (3a) and eq. (3b), the former using the outside diameter
and the latter using the inside diameter. Do these two equations yield the same results?
Reply (1): Yes, when the corrosion allowance in para. 304.1.1 is applied to the inside diameter
of the pipe.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, para. 304.2.1, may the minimum required
thickness of the extrados of a bend, after bending, in its finished form, as calculated by eq. (3e),
be less than as required for straight pipe by eq. (3a)?
Reply (2): Yes, provided the requirements of para. 304.2.1 are met.
Intertretation: 21-14
Subject: ASME B31.3-2oo4, Para. 335.2.3, Bolt Lengths of Flanged Joints
DateIssued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1092
~estion: Does the term bolt as used in ASME B31.3-2004, para. 335.2.3 include bolts, bolt
studs, studs, and cap screws?
Reply: Yes; see para. 309. Also see Interpretation 17-20.
1-6
Copyright © 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
dib
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 21-15
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002and B31.3-2004,Para. A328, Bonding Procedure Specification for Plastic
Piping
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1093
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 and B31.3-2oo4, must all items in paras.
A328.2.1(b)(1) through (9) and paras. A328.4(a) through (e) be specified in the bonding procedure
specifications (BPS)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo2 and B31.3-2oo4, maya range be specified
for some of the items in paras. A328.2.1(b)(1) through (9) and paras. A328.4(a) through (e)?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 and B31.3-2004, must the test assembly
required by para. A328.2.5(a) be tested within the ranges specified for some of the items required
by paras. A328.2.1(b)(1) through (9), paras. A328.4(a) through (e), and any additional items in
the BPS?
Reply (3): Yes.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002 and B31.3-2004, if the required items in a
BPS per paras. A328.2.1(b)(1) through (9), A328.4(a) through (e), and any other items listed are
specified as a range, does Chapter VII set range limits for those items?
Reply (4): No.
Question (5): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo2 and B31.3-2004, for the items required by
paras. A328.2.1(b)(1) through (9) and A328.4(a) through (e), are ranges required to be specified
for any of those items?
Reply (5): Yes.
Question (6): Does ASME B31.3 describe what information is required to be included in the
procedure qualification record (PQR) other than the dates and results of the bonding procedure
specification (BPS)?
Reply (6): No.
Question (7): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo2 and B31.3-2oo4, when items, in addition
to those required by paras. A328.2.1(b)(1) through (9) and A328.4(a) through (e), are specified in
a BPS, must all those items be followed when fabricating the BPS qualification test assembly?
Reply (7): Yes, if the additional requirements are applicable.
Question (8): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002and B31.3-2004, when making a BPS qualification test assembly in accordance with para. A328.2.5(c)(2), may three times the piping system
design pressure be used for PT in lieu of three times the manufacturer's allowable pressure for
the components being joined?
Reply (8): No.
Question (9): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo2 and B31.3-2004, when performing a BPS
qualification test for RTR or RPM materials, and the materials for the piping and the component
have different specified manufacturer's allowable pressures, can either the lower or higher of the
two pressures be used for the calculation of PT?
1-7
Copyright © 2008 by the American Societyof Mechanical Engineers.
&I.:l
No reproduction may be made of this materialwithoutwrittenconsentof ASME. ~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Reply (9): The Code does not address this issue.
Question (10): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo2 and B31.3-2004, is it required to write a
BPS for bonding each material formulation to other material formulations if a specific material
listed in Chapter VII is manufactured to meet multiple chemical formulations?
Reply (10): No.
Question (11): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo2 and B31.3-2004, is it required to perform
a BPS qualification test for bonding each material formulation to other material formulations if
a specific material listed in Chapter VII is manufactured to multiple chemical formulations?
Reply (11): No.
Interpretation: 21-16
Subject: ASME B31.3-2oo2, Para. 319.3.1(b), Flexibility Analysis Thermal Expansion Data
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1094
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo2,para. 319.3.1(b), does the phrase "at maximum
(or minimum) temperature for the thermal cycle under analysis" require the use of the highest
(or lowest) anticipated metal temperature?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 21-17
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 341, Examination
Date Issued: September 20,2006
File: 06-1096
Question (1): Are WPS qualified in accordance with ASME BPV Section IX acceptable for use
in ASME B31.3?
Reply (1): Yes, provided they were qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of
para. 328.2.1.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2004specify the mechanism for qualifying examination procedures and which results are required to be recorded?
Reply (2): Yes; see paras. 343 and 344.
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3-2oo4 require visual examination of the assembly of threaded,
bolted, and other joints to satisfy the applicable requirements of paras. 335, A335, M335, MA335,
and K335?
Reply (3): Yes;see paras. 341.4.1(a)(4), A341.4.1(a)(4), 341.4.3(a)(2), M341.4(a)(2), MA341.2(a)(2),
and J1(341.4.1(a)(3).
Question (4): Does ASME B31.3-2004 require visual examination of fabrication (see para. 300.2
for d.finition of fabrication)?
Reply (4): Yes.See paras. 341.1(a)(2), 343.1(a)(1), A341.1(a)(2), M341.4(a)(1), K341(a)(2),and 344.2.
1-8
Copyright © 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&iQ
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
hlterpretation: 21·18
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004, Paras. 323.3.1 and K323.3.1, and Table K323.3.1, Impact Testing
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1097
Question: When performing impact tests to qualify a welding procedure, does the range of
material thickness specified in Table 323.3.1 apply?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 21-19
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004, Para. 328.6, Weld Repair and Table 331.1.1, Postweld Heat Treatment
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1098
Question (1): Does ASME 831.3-2004 require heat treatment of weld repairs that are less than
or equal to 19 mm (% in.) deep in a P-No. 1 material that was required to be heat treated in
accordance with Table 331.1.1 or the engineering design prior to examination?
Reply (1): Yes; see para. 328.6.
Question (2): Does ASME 831.3-2004 require heat treatment of weld repairs that are greater
than 19 mm (% in.) deep in a P-No. 1 material that was required to be heat treated in accordance
with Table 331.1.1 or the engineering design prior to examination?
Reply (2): Yes; see para. 328.6.
laterpretation: 21·20
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004, Paras. 341.4.1(b)(1), 344.2.2, and 344.7.1, Examination Records
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1099
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2004, para. 341.4.1(b)(1), is it required, for each
weld for which in-process examination is substituted, that examination and acceptance of each
applicable item in para. 344.7.1 be recorded?
Reply: Yes; see Interpretations 11-11 and 18-17, and para. 344.2.2.
Interpretation: 21·21
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004, Paras. M319 and MA319, Piping Flexibility
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1100
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2004, may flexible hose be used in Category M Fluid
Service?
Reply: Yes.
1-9
Copyright © 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
QiQ
-
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Inte.,retatlon: 21·22
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004, Para. 3oo.1.3(d), Scope
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1101
Question (1): Does the scope of ASME 831.3-2004 include vacuum insulated piping, e.g.,
cryogenic transfer line?
Reply (1): Yes. Refer to paras. 3oo.1.1(b)(6), 301.7.3, and 345.2.5.
Qaestion (2): Does ASME 831.3 apply to the cryogenic piping interconnecting pressure vessel(s),
while both the piping and the vessel(s) are enclosed within a pressure vessel?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 21·23
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004, Para. 341.4, Extent of Required Examination for Category D Service
Date Issued: September 20,2006
File: 06-1102
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2004, do the requirements of para. 341.4.1(b)(1)
pertaining to radiography or ultrasonic examination apply to Category D fluid service?
Reply: No; see para. 341.4.2.
Interpretation: 21·24
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004, Para. 300.2, Inline Piping Components
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1103
Question (1): Does ASME 831.3-2004 require that the inline portions of instruments be designed,
fabricated, examined, and tested in accordance with the rules of the Code?
Reply (1): Yes; see para. 300.2 (definition of "piping components").
Question (2): Does ASME 831.3-2004 require that the portions of instruments that are not inline
be designed, fabricated, examined, and tested in accordance with the rules of the Code?
Reply (2): The Code does not address this situation.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2004, may inline portions of an instrument not
listed in Table 326.1 be used?
Reply (3): Yes; see paras. 302.2.3 and 326.1.2.
1-10
Copyright © 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&IQ
1:(&
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
interpretation: 21·25
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 300.2, Flammable Service
Date Issued: September 20,2006
File: 06-1104
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, is a liquid that has a flash point of 38°C
(100°F) considered to be "flammable"?
Reply (1): It mayor may not be, depending upon the ambient or expected operating conditions;
see the definition of "flammable" in para. 300.2.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004, maya nontoxic liquid with a flash point
of 38°C (1oo°F) be used as an alternate test fluid per para. 345.4.1?
Reply (2): Yesif the fluid is not flammable, as defined for the purpose of this Code in para. 300.2.
Interpretation: 21·26
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 319.3.2, Properties for Flexibility Analysis
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1105
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo4, para. 319.3.2, can a value for modulus of
elasticity used in the analysis differ from the value shown in Appendix C?
Reply: Yes, when more directly applicable data is available; see Note (1) of Table 300.4.
htterpretatlon: 21-27
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. K323.3.5 and Table K323.3.5, Impact Testing for High Pressure
Piping
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1184
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2oo4 require impact testing according to para. K323.3 for materials
whose product specifications require impact testing?
Reply: Yes.
htterpretatlon: 21-28
Subject: ASME B31.3-2oo4, Para. 323.2.2;Fig. 323.2.2A;and Table A-I, Note (6); Lower Temperature
Limits for Impact Tests
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1185
Question: Are materials, for which a temperature of -20°F (-29°C) is listed in the Minimum
~mperature column of Table A-I, exempt from impact testing for any combination of thickness
and temperature above -20°F (-29°C)?
I
Reply: Yes.
1-11
Copyright © 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
r..<iQ
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 21-29
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004, Para. 305.2.3, Material for Severe Cyclic Conditions
Date Issued: September 20,2006
File: 06-1191
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2004, may pipe material not listed in para. 305.2.3
be used under severe cyclic conditions?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 21-30
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002, Para. A323.4.2(a)(3), Fluid Service Requirements for Nonmetallic Materials
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1194
Question: Are PVC and CPVC products that are specifically designed for compressed air and
inert gas service, which meet the material requirements of ASTM D 1784, acceptable for use in
compressed gas service in 831.3 applications?
Reply: No; see para. A323.4.2(a)(3).
Interpretation: 21-31
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002, Para A323.4.2, Fluid Service for Nonmetallic Piping
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1196
Question: Does the Code permit plastic products for use in compressed air or compressed gas
service in 831.3 applications?
Reply: Yes, except as noted in para. A323.4.2.
Interpretation: 21-32
Subject: ASME 831.3-2002, Para. 300.1.1, Content and Coverage
Date Issued: September 20, 2006
File: 06-1197
Question: Does compliance of a piping component with the requirements of ASME 831.9 assure
compliance with the requirements of ASME 831.3?
Reply: No.
1-12
Copyright © 2008 by the American Societyof Mechanical Engineers.
di>.:l
No reproduction may be made of this material withoutwrittenconsentof ASME. ~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 21-33
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004, Para. A302.2.4, Pressure Allowances for Nonmetallic Piping
Date Issued: April 13,2007
File: 07-502
Question: Does ASME 831.3-2004 provide an allowance for surge pressure above the hydrostatic
design stress for thermoplastic piping?
Reply: No.
interpretation: 21-34
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004, Para. 304.7.2, Pressure Design of Unlisted Components
Date Issued: April 13, 2007
file: 07-504
Question: Does ASME 831.3-2004 provide an approach for designing a hub clamp connector?
Reply: Yes. See either para. 318 or para. 3OO(c)(3).
Interpretation: 21·35
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004, Para. 302.3.5(e) and Appendix A, Weld Joint Strength Reduction
factor, W
Date Issued: April 13,2007
File: 07-505
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3, para. 302.3.5(e),may the weld joint strength reduction
factor, W, be taken as 1.0 when applicable testing shows the weld joint has creep-rupture strength
that is equal to or greater than the base material at the design temperature?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 21·36
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004, Para. 345.2.3(c), Leak Testing of Closure Welds
Date Issued: April 13, 2007
File: 07-508
Question (1): If a piping system is divided into subassemblies with each subassembly tested
in accordance with para. 345.1, and reassembled as a piping system, do the connecting welds
need to be tested in accordance with para. 345.1?
Reply (1): See Interpretation 20-07.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2004, if an integrally reinforced branch connection
utilizes a threaded and socket weld outlet combination as an unvalved hydrostatic vent and
drain, and the piping system is tested in accordance with para. 345.1, does the socket welding
qf the test plugs need to be tested in accordance with para. 345.1?
Reply (2): Yes, unless the provisions of para. 345.2.6 apply.
1-13
Copyright © 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Inte"retation: 21-37
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 302.3.4, Table 302.3.4, and Table A1-B, Weld Joint Quality Factor
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1356
Question: Is it acceptable to increase the joint quality factor of Table 302.3.4, No.4, by additional
examination (i.e., 100% radiography)?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 21-38
Subject: ASME B31.3-2oo6, Para. 304.1.1(b), Pressure Design of Straight Pipe, Maximum and
Nominal Thread Depth
Date Issued: October 2,2007
File: 07-1357
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2006, when a threaded component in accordance
with ASME B1.20.1 is specified, should the value of 0.02 in. be added to the nominal value of h
for inclusion with factor c of para. 304.1.1, eq. (2)?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 21-39
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 304.3.3, Reinforcement of Welded Branch Connections
Date Issued: October 2,2007
File: 07-1358
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2oo6, para. 304.3.3(a), may Tb for use in calculating
L" d 2, and A 3 be based on the thickness of the reinforcing barrel if the thickness of the reinforcing
barrel is not uniform within the L4 limit?
Reply: No; however, see paras. 304.3.1(c) and 3OO(c)(3).
Interpretation: 21-40
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Fig. 323.2.2B, Reduction in Minimum Design Metal Temperature
Without Impact Testing
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1359
Question: Shall the pressures coincident with the metal temperatures under consideration be
used lin determining the stress ratio as defined in the General Notes of Fig. 323.2.2B?
Refly: Yes.
1-14
Copyright © 2008 by the American Societyof Mechanical Engineers.
&
No reproduction may be made of this materialwithoutwrittenconsentof ASME. ~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 21-41
Subject: ASME B31.3-2oo6, Paras. 321.1.4(c) and 323.2.2(d), Piping Support Materials
Date Issued: October 2,2007
File: 07-1360
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2oo6 address specific impact test requirements for pipe supporting
elements?
Reply: No. See para. 321.1.4(a),which requires materials to be suitable for the service conditions.
Interpretation: 21·42
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 345.2.2, Leak Testing, Other Test Requirements
Date Issued: October 2,2007
File: 07-1361
Question (1): Is it permissible to use a pump to maintain system test pressure during the testing
period?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): How much pressure drop is acceptable during a hydrostatic leak test?
Reply (2): The Code does not address this issue.
Question (3): Is there a maximum test pressure allowed during the pressure testing period?
Reply (3): No; however, see paras. 345.2.1(a) and 345.4.2.
Interpretation: 21-43
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Table 323.2.2, A-4(b), Impact Testing of Weld Metal and Heat
Affected Zone
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1362
Question: If one or more of the three exceptions for impact testing of weld metal deposits in
austenitic stainless steel, as stated in clause A-4(b) of Table 323.2.2, are satisfied, is impact testing
of the weld metal and HAZ required for cases where the design minimum temperature is below
-29°C (-20
0P)?
Reply: No.
1-15
Copyright © 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
W
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
IntellPretation: 21·44
Subject: ASME 831.3-2004, Table 341.3.2, Acceptance Criteria for Welds -
Internal Protrusions
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1363
Question (1): Does B31.3-2004 address the effect on process flow by internal protrusions in
groove welds?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does Table 341.3.2 define the imperfection where one edge of a groove is left
unconsumed at the root without internal misalignment as incomplete penetration?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): In accordance with Criterion Value Notes for Table 341.3.2, Symbol E for T w > 6
mm (~ in.), is the multiplication factor 1.5 applicable for aligned porosity length and clustered
porosity length?
Reply (3): Yes.
Interpretation: 21-45
Subject: ASME B31.3-2oo6, Para. 302.2.4, Allowances for Pressure and Temperature Variations
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1397
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2006, does para. 302.2.4(f)(1)(b) apply when the
overpressure in a system in Normal Fluid Service is less than or equal to 20%?
Reply: Yes, provided the other requirements of para. 302.2.4 are met.
InterJretation: 21-46
Subject: ASME B31.3-2oo6, Para. 331, Heat Treatment Requirements
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1398
Question: For API 5L double submerged arc welded (DSAW) pipe with a wall thickness greater
than %in., do all welds (e.g., circumferential and longitudinal) require postweld heat treatment
to meet the requirements of ASME B31.3?
Reply: Yes, except as provided for in para. 331.1.1.
1-16
Copyright © 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
r.<I>.:l
t:(Ii
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 21·47
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Appendix M and Para. 301.3.1, Temperature Limits for Category D
Fluid Service
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1482
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2004 permit a fluid service that is nonflammable, nontoxic, nondamaging to human tissues, with a design gage pressure less than 1 035 kPa, and a design
temperature between -29°C and 186°C, to be classified as a Category D fluid service, if the design
minimum temperature as defined in para. 301.3.1 is below -29°C?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 21·48
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Para. 341.3.1(a), Examinations and Postweld Heat Treatment
Date Issued: October 2, 2007
File: 07-1483
Question: Does para. 341.3.1(a)require examinations be performed after the final heat treatment?
Reply: Yes.
1-17
Copyright © 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
ASME B31.3
INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 22
Replies to Technical Inquiries
April 29, 2008 through October 5, 2009
GENERAL INFORMATION
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition stated in the interpretation, or if
none is stated, to the Edition in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent
revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of
the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised
reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where
an interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,
persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve,"
"certify," "rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to
Appendix Z.
NUMERICAL AND SUBJECT INDEXES
Numerical and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations
by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1
up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
1-1
Copyright @ 201 1 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
@)
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Subject
File No.
Interpretation
831.3 Versus U-Stamp ....................................................
Code Case 181. Table 1 ...................................................
Code Case 181. Table 1. Use of Altemative Ultrasonic Examination Acceptance
Criteria ...............................................................
Code Case 181. Use of Altemative Ultrasonic Examination Acceptance
Criteria ...............................................................
Fig. 328.28 and Para. 300.2. Definitions .....................................
Flame Arrester ...........................................................
Para . 300.2. Definition of Piping Component ................................
Paras . 300.2 and 301.3. Category D Design Temperature ......................
Para . 302.2.4. Weld Joint Strength Reduction Factors .........................
Paras . 302.3.5(d) and P302.3.5(d), Allowable Stress Range and Allowable
Operating Stress Limit ..................................................
Para . 304.1.1. Pressure Thickness ...........................................
Paras . 304.3.5(e) and 319.3.6. Reinforcement Pad Thickness ...................
Para . 305.1. General Pipe ..................................................
Para . 322.6.3. System Pneumatic Leak Test Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para . 323.2.2(d). Carbon Steel Materials Without Impact Testing ...............
Para . 323.2.2(d). Use of Carbon Steel Materials Without Impact Testing ........
Para . 323.2.2(f). Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para . 323.3. Impact Testing Methods and Acceptance Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para . 328.5.1@). Weld Map and Welder Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para . 328.5.1(c). Tack Welding Welder Performance Qualifications .............
Para . 328.5.4(d). Welded Branch Connections ................................
Para . 331.1.3. Poshveld Heat Treatment (PWHT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para . 341.3.3. Defective Components and Workmanship ......................
Para . 341.4.1. Examination Normally Required ..............................
Para . 344.5.1. Radiographic Examination ....................................
Paras. 345.1. 345.3.4. and 345.5.1. Leak Testing/Limits of Tested Piping ........
Para . 345.2.3(a). Leak Testing ..............................................
Paras. 345.2.3(a) and 345.8. Leak Testing ....................................
Para . 345.2.3(c). Closure Welds ............................................
Para . 345.3.1. Hydrotest ...................................................
Para . 345.3.1. Joints Exposed and Para . 326.3. Reference Documents ...........
Paras . 345.4 and 345.5. Leak Testing With Negative Pressure ..................
Pressure Design and Fatigue Cycles ........................................
Tables 302.3.4 and A-1B. Longitudinal Weld Joints in Pipes. Tubes. and
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 302.3.5. General Note (b). Critical Temperatures ........................
Table 323.2.2, A4(a) and A-4(b); Paras . 323.2.2(f)(1) and (2); Use of
Austenitic Stainless Steel Materials at Low Temperatures ...................
Table 323.3.4. Charpy Impact Test Temperature Reduction ....................
Table 326.1 and Appendix A. Listed Components............................
Table 341.3.2, Acceptance Criteria for Welds ................................
Table A-1. Basic Allowable Stresses for Metals ..............................
Table A-1. Material 25Cr-20Ni Pipe ........................................
Table A-1. Prohibition of API 5LX Grade Materials at Temperatures Exceeding
400°F .................................................................
Table B-1. Nonmetallic Piping .............................................
Weld Repair Requirements ................................................
Copyright @ 201 1 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers .
No reproduction may be made of this matcrial without written consent of ASME .
@)
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 22-01
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 323.3, Impact Testing Methods and Acceptance Criteria
Date Issued: April 29, 2008
File: 08-472
Question (1): If a welding procedure has been qualified by impact testing for service at a
temperature of -46°C in accordance with para. 323.3, but the base material and weld material
were impact tested at a warmer temperature in accordance with their respective material specifications, may the weld procedure be used for service at temperatures as low as -46"C?
Reply (1): Yes, provided the essential variables, and supplemental essential variables in
ASME Section IX, are met.
Question (2): Is it required that the same brand and batch number of material, as used in weld
procedure qualification impact testing, be used for production welds?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 22-02
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Table 323.3.4, Charpy Impact Test Temperature Reduction
Date Issued: April 29, 2008
File: 08-476
Question: To qualify a material to -46"C, should a 5 mm Charpy impact specimen produced
from a 6.32 mm material thickness be tested at -50.1°C?
Reply: Yes; see para. 323.3.4(b).
Interpretation: 22-03
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Table 323.2.2, A-4(a) and A-4(b); Paras. 323.2.2(f)(l) and (2); Use of
Austenitic Stainless Steel Materials at Low Temperatures
Date Issued: April 29, 2008
File: 08-477
Question: Does the Code permit austenitic stainless steel materials listed in Table A-1 to be
used to the minimum temperatures listed regardless if they are a seamless or welded product
form?
Reply: Yes, provided the requirements of Table 323.2.2, A-4(a) and applicable Notes in Table A-1
are followed.
1-3
Copyright @ 201 1 by the American Society of Mechanical Bngincers.
No reproduction rnay be made of this matcrial without written consent of ASMB.
@)
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 22-04
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Pressure Design and Fatigue Cycles
Date Issued: April 29, 2008
File: 08-478
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3 address fatigue due to pressure cycling?
Reply (1): Yes; see paras. 301.10, 302.2.4(d), 304.1.2(b), and K304.8, and also paras. 300(c)(3)
and (5).
Question (2): Does para. 302.3.5 address pressure cycling?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 22-05
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Table 326.1 and Appendix A, Listed Components
Date Issued: April 29, 2008
File: 08-483
Question: Are piping and tube specifications listed in Appendix A considered to be listed
components and included as part of Table 326.1?
Reply: Yes. See Note (5) of Table 326.1.
Interpretation: 22-06
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Paras. 300.2 and 301.3, Category D Design Temperature
Date Issued: April 29, 2008
File: 08-594
Question: Can a fluid service that is nonflammable, nontoxic, and not damaging to human
tissues, with a design gage pressure not exceeding 1035 kPa and a design temperature less than
-2g°C, be classified as a Category D fluid service?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 22-07
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Paras. 302.3.5(d) and P302.3.5(d), Allowable Stress Range and
Allowable Operating Stress Limit
Date Issued: April 29, 2008
File: 08-603
Question: Where the value of the stress range factor,f, is permitted to be greater than 1, does
the Code permit the allowable stress range, SA, for displacement stresses and the allowable
operating stress limit, SoA,to be the greater of
(a) the value computed with f = 1 and without the f, limitations on S, and Sh
(b) the value computed with f > 1 with the f, limitations on S, and Sh?
Reply: Yes.
Copyright @ 201 1 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASMB.
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 22-08
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 344.5.1, Radiographic Examination
Date Issued: April 30, 2008
File: 08-469
Question: Per para. 344.5.1, do the recommended values listed in ASME BPV Code Section V,
Article 2, para. T-274 for geometric unsharpness requirements need to be met by the manufacturer
under T-285?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 22-09
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 345.3.1, Joints Exposed and Para. 326.3, Reference Documents
Date Issued: April 30, 2008
File: 08-471
Question: Do longitudinal weld joints in pipe meeting a standard listed in para. 326 have to
be exposed during leak testing in accordance with para. 345?
Reply: No; see para. 326.3.
Interpretation: 22-10
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Tables 302.3.4 and A-lB, Longitudinal Weld Joints in Pipes, Tubes,
and Fittings
Date Issued: April 30, 2008
File: 08-480
Question (1):Does the Code permit an EFW pipe produced without filler metal to be upgraded
to a weld joint quality factor of 1.00 through radiography?
Reply (1): Yes; see Table 302.3.4.
Question (2): Do weld joint quality factors apply to circumferential welds?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 22-11
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Paras. 345.4 and 345.5, Leak Testing With Negative Pressure
Date Issued: April 30, 2008
File: 08-481
Question: Does the Code permit externally pressurized piping to be pneumatically tested using
an internal vacuum?
Reply: No; see para. 345.2.4.
1-5
Copyright @ 201 1 by the Amcrican Society of Mechanical Bnginccrs.
No rcproduction may be madc of this matcrial without writtcn consent of ASMB.
@)
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 22-12
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Table A-1, Prohibition of API 5LX Grade Materials at Temperatures
Exceeding 400°F
Date Issued: April 30, 2008
File: 08-595
Question (1):Are API 5L Grades X52 and X56 listed materials?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Can API 5L Grades X52 and X56 be used above 400°F?
Reply (2):No; see double bars (11) as defined in Note (7) and Note (55) of Table A-1.
Interpretation: 22-13
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Code Case 181, Table 1
Date Issued: May 1, 2008
File: 08-474
Question: For wall thicknesses of less than 25 mm (1in.), must both the a/t and the t? limit in
Table 1 be satisfied?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 22-14
Subject:ASME B31.3-2006, Paras. 345.1,345.3.4, and 345.5.1, Leak Testing/Limits of Tested Piping
Date Issued: May 1, 2008
File: 08-475
Question: Is it acceptable for a pneumatic leak test to be conducted with test medium continuously added to compensate for known leaks so that the test pressure is maintained?
Reply: Yes, recognizing the additional hazards associated with pneumatic testing. See para.
345.5.1.
Copyright @ 201 1 by the Amcrican Society of Mechanical Engincen.
( No rcoroduction mav be made of this matcrial without wittcn consent of ASMB.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 22-15
Subject: ASME 831.3-2006, Paras. 345.2.3(a) and 345.8, Leak Testing
Date Issued: May 1, 2008
File: 08-593
Question (1): To comply with section 345, must a piping system be leak tested at the factory
fully assembled, or can individual pipe spools and equipment be tested separately as suggested
in para. 345.2.3(a)?
Reply (1): The Committee believes your question can be answered by previous Interpretation
20-25, a copy of which is attached.
Question (2): If a piping system in Normal Fluid Service has passed a hydrostatic leak test in
accordance with para. 345.4, a pneumatic leak test in accordance with para. 345.5, or a hydrostaticpneumatic leak test in accordance with para. 345.6, is a sensitive leak test in accordance with
para. 345.8 required?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 22-16
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 345.2.3(c), Closure Welds
Date Issued: May 1, 2008
File: 08-596
Question (1): Does the Code permit a piping system consisting of piping subassemblies and/or
components to have more than one closure weld?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does the Code permit the leak test requirement of para. 345 to be replaced by
100% radiographic or ultrasonic examination?
Reply (2): No.
1-7
Copyright @ 201 1 by the Arncrican Society of Mechanical Bnginccrs.
No reproduction may be madc of this matcrial without writtcn conscnt of ASMB.
@)
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 22-17
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 341.4.1, Examination Normally Required
Date Issued: May 1, 2008
File: 08-597
Question (1): Are the longitudinal welds made in accordance with material specifications listed
in Table A-1 or Table 326.1 required to be examined per para. 341.4.1@)(1)when intersecting a
circumferential weld that is being examined?
Reply (1): No; reference Table 341.3.2, Note (3).
Question (2): Are piping components fabricated with longitudinal welds made in accordance
with Chapter V that are intersected by a circumferential weld during fabrication, assembly, or
erection that is examined, required to also be examined per para. 341.4.1(b)(l)?
Reply (2):Yes.
Question (3): Are piping components fabricated with longitudinal welds made in accordance
with para. 302.2.3 that are intersected by a circumferential weld during fabrication, assembly, or
erection that is examined, required to also be examined per para. 341.4.1(b)(l)?
Reply (3): Yes.
Question (4): If specified in the engineering design or specifically authorized by the Inspector,
may in-process examination be substituted for radiographic examination required by para.
341.4.1(b)(l)on a weld-for-weld basis?
Reply (4): The Committee believes your question can be answered by previous Interpretation
11-15, a copy of which is attached.
Question (5): May ultrasonic examination be substituted for radiographic examination for
welds made with the addition of filler metal shown in Table 302.3.4, No. 3 and 4 if
(a) designer determines the ultrasonic examination technique employed and the acceptance
criteria used will meet the acceptance limits established for defects in Table 341.3.2 for radiography
(b) designer documents the technique and criteria in the engineering design and also acknowledges the Code Committee replies in Interpretation 11-05
(c) Owner accepts the validity of the technique and criteria and also acknowledges the Code
Committee replies in Interpretation 11-05
Reply (5): The Code does not specifically address this; see para. 300(c)(3).
Interpretation: 22-18
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 345.2.3(a),Leak Testing
Date Issued: October 13, 2008
File: 08-1241
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2006 Edition, if flanged subassemblies of a piping
system have separately passed leak tests per para. 345.4, 345.5, or 345.6, does B31.3 require any
additional testing after assembly?
Reply: No.
Copyright @ 201 1 by the Amcrican Society of Mechanical Bnginecrs.
No reproduction may be made of this matcrial without writtcn consent of ASMB.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 22-19
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 331.1.3, Postweld Heat Treatment (PWHT)
Date Issued: October 13, 2008
File: 08-1243
Question: If P-No. 1material of 19 mm thickness is welded to P-No. 1material that is nominally
25 mm but has been tapered bored to 19 mm at the weld joint, is PWHT required?
Reply: The Committee believes your question can be answered by previous Interpretation 17-21.
Interpretation: 22-20
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Paras. 304.3.5(e) and 319.3.6, Reinforcement Pad Thickness
Date Issued: October 13, 2008
File: 08-1244
Question (1):Does the Code provide a maximum reinforcing pad thickness for pressure design?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does the Code prohibit the use of more than one reinforcing pad, such as the
use of two 3-mm pads to provide 6-mm pad thickness?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Does the Code reference complete encirclement reinforcement?
Reply (3): Yes. See para. 304.3.5(e).
Question (4): Does the Code provide a specific SIF for complete encirclement reinforcement
on tees?
Reply (4): No.
Question (5): Does the Code permit the use of more applicable data to establish an SIF for
reinforced intersections?
Reply (5): Yes. See para. 319.3.6.
Interpretation: 22-21
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 304.1.1, Pressure Thickness
Date Issued: October 13, 2008
File: 08-1245
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2006 Edition permit the use of pipe supplied to a thickness less
than t, as defined in para. 304.1.1?
Reply: No. See also Interpretations 10-20 and 13-07.
Copyright @ 201 1 by the Amcrican Society of Mechanical Enginccrr.
( No rcoroduction may be madc of this matcrial without wittcn conscnt of ASMB. @)
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 22-22
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 328.5.4(d),Welded Branch Connections
Date Issued: October 13,2008
File: 08-1246
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2006 Edition, when para. 328.5.4(d) is applied to
proprietary integrally reinforced branch connection fittings, does the term@lly penetrated groove
weld describe a weld that fills to the manufacturer's weld line or to the top of the groove if no
weld line is present?
Reply: Yes; see definition of groove weld under size of weld in para. 300.2. See also Interpretation
13-11.
Interpretation: 22-23
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 323.2.2(f), Stainless Steel
Date Issued: October 13, 2008
File: 08-1438
Question: Do the temperature limitations specified in ASME B31.3-2006, para. 323.2.2(f) apply
to austenitic stainless steel pipe and fitting materials listed in Table A-1 or are they applicable
only to the circumferential welds when these components are joined by welding?
Reply: The Committee believes your question can be answered by previous Interpretation 18-12.
Interpretation: 22-24
Subject: ASME 831.3-2006, Weld Repair Requirements
Date Issued: October 13, 2008
File: 08-1439
Question (1): Does Interpretation 2-18 apply to the ASME B31.3-2006 Edition?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2006 Edition, does Interpretation 2-18 apply to
welds made by manufacturers of listed components?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): If interpretation numbers are listed in the latest version of B31.3 (i.e., 2006), are
they still valid?
Reply (3): See general information published with interpretations.
1-10
Copyright @ 201 1 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction rnay be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 22-25
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 328.5.1(b), Weld Map and Welder Sign
Date Issued: October 13, 2008
File: 08-1440
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2006 Edition, para. 328.5.1@), is it required that a
weld map be created to identify the work of each welder or welding operator if each weld or
adjacent area has been marked to identify the welder or welding operator?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 22-26
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 323.2.2(d),Use of Carbon Steel Materials Without Impact Testing
Date Issued: April 6, 2009
File: 09-529
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2006 Edition, if a material is exempted from impact
testing because the requirements of para. 323.2.2(d) are satisfied, are welds and heat affected
zones (including those of production welds) required to be impact tested per Table 323.2.2,
Column B (8-3)?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 22-27
Subject: ASME 831.3-2006, Para. 345.3.1, Hydrotest
Date Issued: April 7, 2009
File: 08-1669
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2006 Edition permit hydrostatic leak testing of metallic pipe after
the internal nonmetallic coating is applied?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 22-28
Subject: ASME 831.3-2008, Table A-1, Basic Allowable Stresses for Metals
Date Issued: April 10, 2009
File: 08-1608
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2008 Edition, may the Table A-1 basic allowable
stresses in tension above 1000°F for ASTM A 182, Grade F316L forging be applied for ASTM
A 182, Grade F316 forging having a carbon content less than 0.04%?
Reply: Yes.
Copyright @ 201 1 by the Amcrican Society of Mechanical Bnginccrs.
No reproduction may be made of this matcrial without written consent of ASMB.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 22-29
Subject: ASME 831.3-2006, Code Case 181, Use of Alternative Ultrasonic Examination Acceptance
Criteria
Date Issued: April 10, 2009
File: 08-1611
Question: Does Code Case 181 have a limitation for the minimum thickness of material for
its use?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 22-30
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 322.6.3, System Pneumatic Leak Test Pressure
Date Issued: April 10, 2009
File: 09-247
Question (1):In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008 Edition, during relieving events with system
relief devices per para. 322.6.3, may the pressure in the piping system during the event exceed
the system pneumatic leak test pressure?
Reply (1): No. See para. 302.2.4(e).
Question (2):When establishing the maximum allowable relieving pressure permitted in accordance with para. 322.6.3(c), may the test pressure used in accordance with para. 345 be exceeded?
Reply (2): The Code does not explicitly address this situation.
Interpretation: 22-31
Subject: Code Case 181, Table 1, Use of Alternative Ultrasonic Examination Acceptance Criteria
Date Issued: April 10, 2009
File: 09-424
Question: In Code Case 181, Table 1, must both the a/t and e criteria be satisfied for acceptance?
Reply: Yes. See revised Code Case 181, new para. (i)(4)(d)for alternate acceptance criteria.
Interpretation: 22-32
Subject: ASME B31.3-2004, Fig. 328.2B and Para. 300.2, Definitions
Date Issued: April 10, 2009
File: 09-497
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2004 Edition, if the fabricator failed to meet the
minimum weld sizes described in para. 328.5.2, does para. 300(c)(3)allow the designer to perform
an analysis after fabrication, document it in the engineering design, and have the validity accepted
by the owner, to show that the existing fillet weld sizes are adequate?
Reply: Yes.
Copyright @ 201 1 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
( No re~roductionmav be made of this matcrial without writtcn consent of ASMB.
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 22-33
Subject: ASME B31.3-2006, Para. 341.3.3, Defective Components and Workmanship
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 08-473
Question: For a weld repair to a portion of a circumferentialweld that was completely examined,
does ASME B31.3-2004, para. 341.3.3 require that only the repair weld area be reexamined after
the repair?
Reply: Yes, unless the materials are P-Nos. 3, 4, or 5 and heat treatment is required; then the
entire weld must be reexamined after completion of any heat treatment [see para. 328.6, para. 331.1,
Table 331.1.1, and para. 341.3.1(a)].
Interpretation: 22-34
Subject: ASME 831.3-2008, B31.3 Versus U-Stamp
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 09-1002
Question (1): Are heat exchangers within the scope of ASME B31.3?
Reply (1): No. Refer to para. 300.1.3(d) and Fig. 300.1.1. However, applicable design standards
may be as agreed between purchaser and manufacturer.
Question (2): Does ASME 831.3 have a certification and code stamp requirement?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Are there any advantages to designing to ASME B31.3 instead of ASME Section VIII?
Reply (3): We cannot respond to your request, since ASME does not provide consulting assistance. We regret that we cannot serve you in this instance, and suggest that you contact a reputable
consulting organization experienced in 831 piping applications.
Interpretation: 22-35
Subject: ASME 831.3-2008, Para. 328.5.1(c),Tack Welding Welder Performance Qualifications
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 09-1003
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3, para. 328.5.1(c) require that tack welds, whether they are to
be incorporated into the final weld or be removed, be made by a qualified welder?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3, para. 328.5.1(c)require that tack welds be made to a qualified
WPS for that joint?
Reply (2): Yes; see para. 328.5.1(a).
Question (3): Does ASME 831.3, para. 328.5.1(c)allow tack welds on a groove weld joint to be
made by a welder qualified on a fillet weld test?
Reply (3): No. See ASME BPV Code Section IX, para. 303.2.
1-13
Copyright @ 201 1 by the Amcrican Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this matcrial without written consent of ASMB.
@)
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 22-36
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Table 302.3.5, General Note (b), Critical Temperatures
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 09-1066
Question (1):In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008 Edition, when determining critical temperature of welded pipe, and when ASME BPV Code Section 11, Part D, Table 1A does not have a
time-dependent Note associated with the material, shall the designer use the time-dependent
Note associated with the base material of which the pipe is constructed?
Reply (1): Yes; see General Note (b) in Table 302.3.5.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008 Edition, when determining critical temperature and when ASME BPV Code Section 11, Part D, Table 1A does not have a time-dependent
Note associated with the material, shall the designer treat the material as a material not listed
in Section 11, Part D for the purpose of determining critical temperatures?
Reply (2): Yes; see General Note (b) in Table 302.3.5.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2008 Edition, when a material has multiple
listings in ASME BPV Code Section 11, Part D that have different time-dependent Notes associated
with them, and the designer does not have sufficient information to determine the original product
form from which a component has been manufactured, is the designer required to use the
minimum calculated critical temperature based upon all listings for the product form in ASME
BPV Code Section 11, Part D?
Reply (3):We cannot respond to your request, since ASME does not provide consulting assistance. We regret that we cannot serve you in this instance, and suggest that you contact a reputable
consulting organization experienced in B31 piping applications.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008 Edition, when a designer has specified a
dual certified material, may the designer use the time-dependent Notes associated with any of
the product forms to which the material complies when determining the critical temperature?
Reply (4):We cannot respond to your request, since ASME does not provide consulting assistance. We regret that we cannot serve you in this instance, and suggest that you contact a reputable
consulting organization experienced in B31 piping applications.
Question (5): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008 Edition, when a material does not appear
in ASME BPV Code Section 11, Part D, Table 1A but does appear in Table lB, shall the designer
use the same methodology for determining critical temperature as for materials listed in Table lA?
Reply (5): This matter is not addressed by the Code.
Question (6):In accordance with ASME 831.3-2008Edition, may a designer treat a listed material
as an unlisted material, establish allowable stresses in accordance with para. 302.3.2, and then
calculate the critical temperature in accordance with Table 302.3.5, General Note (b)?
Reply (6): No.
Copyright @ 201 1 by the Amcrican Society of Mechanical Bnginccrs.
No reproduction may be made of this matcrial without writtcn consent of ASMB.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 22-37
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 302.2.4, Weld Joint Strength Reduction Factors
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 09-1067
Question (1): Where carbon steel is used at design temperatures below 800°F, does ASME
B31.3-2008 require that a weld joint strength reduction factor, W, of 1.0 be used?
Reply (1): The Code does not provide a weld joint strength reduction factor for carbon steel.
Question (2): Where carbon steel requires a design temperature above 800°F to allow for a
short-term upset condition that falls outside the scope of para. 302.2.4, does ASME B31.3-2008
require the use of a weld joint strength reduction factor, W, other than 1.0?
Reply (2): The Code does not provide a weld joint strength reduction factor for carbon steel.
Interpretation: 22-38
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Table B-1, Nonmetallic Piping
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 09-1068
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008, when Table B-1 materials without a maximum recommended temperature limit are to be used at temperatures greater than 23"C, is the
designer responsible for demonstrating the validity of the allowable stresses and other limits in
accordance with para. A323.2.4?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008, when Table B-1 materials without a maximum recommended temperature limit are to be used at temperatures greater than 23"C, is the
designer permitted to use published manufacturer's data for material properties without verifying
the manufacturer's methodology, calculations, and test results for development of the data?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3-2008 establish maximum temperature limits for nonmetallic
materials listed in Appendix B?
Reply (3): No. See para. A323.2.1@).
Question (4):When Table 8-1explicitly states thicknesses of pipe/tubing, does ASME B31.3-2008
require the use of the hydrostatic design stresses listed for determining other thicknesses of the
same material?
Reply (4): The Code does not address this issue.
Question (5): For materials listed in Table B-1, are the hydrostatic design stresses listed in
ASME B31.3-2008 applicable for all design pressures?
Reply (5): Yes.
Question (6): When Table B-1 materials with a minimum recommended temperature limit of
23°C are to be used at temperatures less than 23"C, does ASME B31.3-2008 require the designer
to specify toughness testing at or below the lowest expected service temperature?
Reply (6): Yes.
1-15
Copyright @ 201 1 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reprodiiction may be made of this matcrial without u~ittenconsent of ASMB.
@)
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 22-39
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Flame Arrester
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 09-1069
Question: Shall in-line pressure-retaining portions of a flame arrester be designed, fabricated,
examined, and tested in accordance with ASME B31.3?
Reply: Yes. See definitions of piping and piping components in ASME B31.3, para. 300.2. See also
para. 300.1.1.
Interpretation: 22-40
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Table 341.3.2, Acceptance Criteria for Welds
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 09-1444
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2008 require the use of the undercut criteria in Table 341.3.2
to evaluate metal removal from the toe of a weld by mechanical means?
Reply (1): The Code does not address this issue.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2008 allow for the repair of excessive undercutting by any
means other than adding weld metal to bring the metal to an acceptable plane?
Reply (2):Yes, provided the criteria in Table 341.3.2 and the requirements of para. 304 are met.
Interpretation: 22-41
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 300.2, Definition of Piping Component
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 09-1445
Question: Are non-inline instruments (e.g.,pressure transmitter) connected to piping considered
piping components as defined in para. 300.2?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 22-42
Subject: ASME 831.3-2008, Table A-1, Material 25Cr-20Ni Pipe
Date Issued: October 5,2009
File: 09-1446
Question: Does ASME B31.3 permit the values listed in Table A-1 including Note (35) for
material 25Cr-20Ni pipe, ASTM A 312 Grade TP310 to be used to determine design requirements
for Grade TP310H?
Reply: Yes.
1-16
Copyright @ 201 1 by the American Society of Mechanical Enginccrs.
No rcproduction may be made of this matcrial without nrittcn conscnt of ASME.
@)
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 22-43
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 305.1, General Pipe
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 09-1489
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3, may API 5L Grades A and B spiral seam welded
pipe be used for Normal Fluid Service and Category M Fluid Service piping?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 22-44
Subject: ASME 831.3-2006, Para. 323.2.2(d),Carbon Steel Materials Without Impact Testing
Date Issued: October 5, 2009
File: 09-1605
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3 permit the application of para. 345.2.3(c) for a piping system
that is exempt from impact testing in accordance with para. 323.2.2(d) except for the closure
weld, which is qualified according to Table 323.2.2, Column A?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3 permit the application of para. 345.2.3(c) for a piping system
that is exempt from impact testing in accordance with para. 323.2.2(d) except for the closure
weld, which is qualified according to Table 323.2.2, Column B?
Reply (2): Yes.
Copyright @ 201 1 by the Amcrican Society of Mechanical Bnginccrs.
No reproduction may be made of this matcrial without written consent of ASMB.
@)
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
ASME 831.3
INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 23
Replies to Technical Inquiries
April 23, 2010 through September 27, 2011
GENERAL INFORMATION
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the 831 Committee concerning 831 .3
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition stated in the interpretation, or if
none is stated, to the Edition in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent
revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of
the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised
reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where
an interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,
persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve,"
"certify," "rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the 831 Committee, refer to
Appendix Z.
NUMERICAL AND SUBJECT INDEXES
Numerical and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations
by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1
up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
I-1
Copyright© 2013 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
ASM E B31.3 INTERPRETATI ONS
831.3
Interp retation
Para. 301.3.2, Fluid Temperature ..... . . . . .. .. ... . ............. .. . . ........ .
Para . 304.1, Wall Thickness . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .. . . . . . .... . ............. . . .
Para. 304.3.3, Reinforcement of Welded Branch Connections .... .
Para. 304.7.2, Application of a Detailed Stress Analysis Performed Using a
Numerical Method .
...........
. . . .......... .
Para. 304.7.2, Unlisted Components. . . . . . .
. .. . ....... . ... .. . . . .... .
Para. 319.4.3, Basic Assumptions and Requirements ... . . . . . . . . ........ . .. .
Para. 323.2.2, Reference to Table A-1 ........................... . .. .. . . . .. . .
Para. 323.2.2, Reference to Table A-1
.. . .. . .. .
Para. 323.2.2 and Fig. 323.2.2B, Lower Temperature Limits for Listed
Materials.
Para. 331, Review of Interpretations 20-39 and 21-46 ............ . .. . . .. .. . . . .
Para. 345, Leak Testing of Piping Components . . ...
Para. 345.1(b), Required Leak Test and Para. 304.7.2, Unlisted
Components. . . . .
. . .. .. .. . . . . .. ... ... . . . .... . . . ....... .
Para. 345.1(d), Pressure Test Exemption for Vents and Drains . ... . .. .. ....... .
Paras. 345.2.4 and 345.2.5, External Differential Pressure . ... .. .. . ..... . . . .... .
Para. 345.5.2, Pressure Relief Device ............. . ........ . ......... .
Para. 345.5.5, Pressure Testing ... . ... .. . ... ...... . ... .... . . . . . ... . .. . . ... . .
Table 302.3.3C, Casting Quality Factor ........... . . ... . .... . . .. .. .. . . .... . .
Table 323.2.2, Impact Testing .............. .. . .... . .. . . . . .. .. . ... . . .. . . . .. .
. .. . .... . .. .. . .. ... .. ... . .. . .. . .. . .
Table 323.2.2, Stress Ratio Figure. . . . .
Table 341.3.2, Partial Joint Penetration Welds . .. ... . . . . .. . . . . . . .. .
Tables A-1 and A-3, Allowable Stress Values ... .
Table A-lB, Electric Fusion Welded Tube
File No.
23-06
23-16
23-18
10-540
11-445
11-847
23-07
23-03
23-04
23-08
23-12
10-542
10-535
10-537
10-702
10-1503
20-13R
21-46R
23-14
11-448
11-16
11-17
23-05
23-20
23-17
23-11
23-15
23-10
23-13
23-01
23-02
23-19
23-09
10-538
11-1539
11-578
10-1502
11-444
10-1501
10-1560
10-533
10-534
11-1075
10-1500
I-2
Copyright© 2013 by the American Society of Mechan ical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material witho ut wri tten consent of ASME.
&
~
ASME 831 .3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 20-13R
Subject: ASME B31.3-2002 th rough B31.3-2010, Para. 323.2.2 and Fig. 323.2.2B, Lower Temperature
Limits for Listed Materials
Date Issued: April 12, 2011
File: 11-448
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3, Fig. 323.2.2B, provide a basis for the use of impact-tested
carbon steels at a minimum design metal temp erature (MDMT) colder than the impact test
temperature, provided the stress ratio defined in Fig. 323.2.2B is less than 1 but greater than 0.3,
and the MDMT is not colder than -48°C (-55°F)?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3, Fig. 323.2.2B, provide a basis for the use of impact-tested
carbon steels at a minimum design metal temperature (MDMT) colder than the impact test
temperature, provided the stress ratio defined in Fig. 323.2.2B is less than 1 but greater than 0.3,
and the MDMT is colder than -48°C (- 55°F)?
Reply (2) : No.
Question (3) : Does ASME B31.3, Table 323.2.2, Note (3), provide a basis for the use of impacttested carbon steels at a minimum design metal temperature (MDMT) colder than the impact
test temperature, provided the stress ratio defined in Fig. 323.2.2B is equal to or less than 0.3
when the MDMT is colder than - 48°C (-55°F)?
Reply (3): Yes.
Question (4): Does ASME B31.3 permit Fig. 323.2.2B to be used to provide a basis for the use
of impact-tested duplex stainless steels, UNS S31803, impact tested at - 51 oc (-60°F), in the same
manner as described in question (1)?
Reply (4): No.
Interpretation 21-46R
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 331, Review of Interpretations 20-39 and 21-46
Date Issued: April 12, 2011
File: 11-16
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3 require both circumferential and longitudinal welds made by
the pipe manufacturer of API SL double submerged arc welded (DSAW) pipe to be heat trea ted
in accordance with para. 331?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31 .3 require both circumferential and longitudinal welds made by
the piping fabricator on API SL double submerged a rc welded (DSAW) marked pipe to be heat
treated in accordance with para. 331?
Reply (2): Yes.
1-3
Copyright© 2013 by the American Society of Mechanical Engi neers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME 831.3 IN TERPRETATION S
Interpretation 23-01
Subject: ASME 831.3-2008, Table 323.2.2, Stress Ratio Figure
Date Issued: April 23, 2010
File: 10-533
Question (1): Does the Code provide rules for the use of duplex stainless steel material
(UNS S31803) with a lower design temperature than - 60°F (-51 oq under certain conditions with
limitations?
Reply (1): Yes; see para. 323.2.2(c).
Question (2): Are the provisions described in Note (3) of Table 323.2.2 also applicable for duplex
stainless steel material?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation 23-02
Subject: ASME 831.3-2008, Table 341.3.2, Partial Joint Penetration Welds
Date Issued: April 23, 2010
File: 10-534
Question: Does para. 300(c)(3) allow partial joint penetration welds if a more rigorous analysis
addressing the design, construction, examination, inspection, and testing details is documented
in the engineering design and accepted by the owner?
Reply: Yes. Note that requirements for Code rules that are not applicable as written to such
construction, such as examination and fatigue design, need to be addressed. See also Interpretation
16-12.
Interpretation 23-03
Subject: ASME 831.3-2008, Para. 304.7.2, Unlisted Components
Date Issued: April 23, 2010
File: 10-535
Question: Does para. 304.7.2(c) address product form and material type when proof testing in
accordance with ASME 816.9; MSS SP-97; or Section VIII, Division 1, UG-101?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 23-04
Subject: ASME 831.3-2008, Para. 319.4.3, Basic Assumptions and Requirements
Date Issued: April 23, 2010
File: 10-537
Question: Does the Code address how the effects of friction are to be included in earthquake
analyses?
Reply: No.
I-4
Copyright© 2013 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
~
ASME 831. 3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 23-05
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para . 345.1(b), Required Leak Test and Para. 304.7.2, Unlisted
Components
Date Issued: April 23, 2010
File: 10-538
Question: Does the Code address alternate methods of proof testing other than those listed in
para. 304.7.2(c)?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 23-06
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 301.3.2, Fluid Temperature
Date Issued: April 23, 2010
File: 10-540
Question (1): Does the Code define "fluid temperature" in para. 301.3.2 as" design temperature"?
Reply (1) : No.
Question (2): Does the Code permit "fluid temperature" in para. 301.3.2 to be understood as
"operating temperature"?
Reply (2): The Code does not define operating temperature.
Interpretation 23-07
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 304.7.2, Application of a Detailed Stress Analysis Performed
Using a Numerical Method
Date Issued: April 23, 2010
File: 10-542
Question: If the designer performs a finite element method evaluation of an unlisted component
that is accepted by the owner in accordance with para. 300(c)(3), is the designer required to
perform the calculation to be substantiated in accordance with para. 304.7.2?
Reply: Yes.
I-5
Copyright© 2013 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 23-08
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Para. 323.2.2, Reference to Table A-1
Date Issued: April 23, 2010
File: 10-702
Question (1): When a welding procedure specification (WPS) has been qualified, including
impact testing, for an austenitic stainless steel plate that has a design minimum temperature
below the minimum temperature given in Table A-1, does the Code require production welds
to be impact tested?
Reply (1): No .
Question (2): When a welding procedure specification (WPS) has been qualified, including
impact testing, for an austenitic stainless steel plate that has a design minimum temperature
below the minimum tempera ture given in Table A-1, does the Code require the plate material
to be impact tested?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation 23-09
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Table A-lB, Electric Fusion Welded Tube
Date Issued: October 1, 2010
File: 10-1500
Question: May the valu es for longitudinal weld joint quality factor, Ei, listed in Table A-lB, with
fu rther supplemental radiography per Table 302.3.4, be used to d etermine design requirements for
electric fusion welded pipe, in which the weld is made with filler metal?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation 23-10
Subject: ASME B31.3-2008, Table 302.3.3C, Casting Quality Factor
Date Issued: October 1, 2010
File: 10-1501
Question: If a fully machined exterior (250 rms or finer) and pull bored interior (125 rms or
finer) surfaced centrifugal cast tube section is fully liquid penetrant examined in accordance with
ASTM El65 and judged acceptable per Table 1 of MSS SP-53 using ASTM El25 as a reference
for surface flaws per Note (2) of ASME B31.3, Table 302.3.3C over its entire exterior surface and
up to one diameter on the interior surface of each end, does the Code permit the use of an
increased casting quality factor, E" of 0.90?
Reply: No. To increase the casting quality factor, all surfaces shall be examined; see N ote (2)(b)
of Table 302.3.3C.
I-6
Copyright© 2013 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers .
No reproduction may be made of this materi al without written consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME 831 .3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 23-11
Subject: ASME 831.3-2008, Para. 345.5.2, Pressure Relief Device
Date Issued: October 1, 2010
File: 10-1502
Question: Does ASME 831.3-2008 require that the pressure relief device described in para. 345.5.2
comply with para . 322.6.3(a)?
Reply: No, unless the pressure relief device is a permanent component of the piping system
being tested.
Interpretation 23-12
Subject: ASME 831.3-2008, Para. 323.2.2 Reference to Table A-1
Date Issued: October 1, 2010
File: 10-1503
Question (1): Does ASME 831.3-2008 reference ASME 831E, Standard for the Seismic Design and
Retrofit of Above-Ground Piping Systems, as an alternative to the requirements in para. 302.3.6?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME 831.3-2008 allow an alternative to the requirements in para. 302.3.6
for seismic design of above-ground piping?
Reply (2): Yes; see para. 300(c)(3).
Interpretation 23-13
Subject: ASME 831.3-2008, Table 323.2.2, Impact Testing
Date Issued: October 1, 2010
File: 10-1560
Question (1): Do Table 323.2.2 boxes A-3(b) and A-4(b) exclude HAZ impact testing?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does the code permit the weld deposit impact testing exemptions of Table 323.2.2
box A-3(b) for joining ASTM A333, A334, A350, A352, and A420?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation 23-14
Subject: ASME 831.3-2008, Para. 345, Leak Testing of Piping Components
Date Issued: April 12, 2011
File: 11-17
Question: Does ASME 831.3-2008 require listed piping components, including valves, to be
leak tested in accordance with para. 345?
Reply: No. See para. 326.3.
I-7
Copyright© 2013 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 23-15
Subject: ASME 831 .3-2008, Para. 345.5.5, Pressure Testing
Date Issued: April 12, 2011
File: 11-444
Question: Does ASME 831.3 require that a pneumatic leak test be maintained at the test pressure
for at least 10 min?
Reply: Yes. See para. 345.2.2(a).
Interpretation 23-16
Subject: ASME 831.3-2008, Para. 304.1, Wall Thickness
Date Issued: April 12, 2011
File: 11-445
Question: Does ASME 831.3-2008 have an equation for pressure design thickness with straight
pipe where t equals or exceeds one-sixth of the outside diameter of the pipe (D I 6)?
Reply: No, except as provided in Chapter IX.
Interpretation 23-17
Subject: ASME 831.3-2008, Paras. 345.2.4 and 345.2.5, External Differential Pressure
Date Issued: April 12, 2011
File: 11-578
Question (1): In para. 345.2.4, Externally Pressured Piping, does the term "external differential
pressure" mean maximum differential pressure between any coincident internal pressure and
external pressure?
Reply (1): Yes. See para. 301.2.1(d).
Question (2): Does para. 345.2.5, Jacketed Piping, require separate leak tests for both internal
line and jacket?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation 23-18
Subject: ASME 831.3-2010, Para. 304.3.3, Reinforcement of Welded Branch Connections
Date Issued: September 27, 2011
File: 11-847
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3-2010, do the equations for A 3 and A 4 in para. 304.3.3(c)
apply to branch connections other than the configuration shown in Fig. 304.3.3?
Reply: No; however, see para. 304.3.1.
I-8
Copyright © 2013 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME 631.3 INTERPR ETATION S
Interpretation 23-19
Subject: ASME B31.3-2010, Tables A-1 and A-3, Allowable Stress Values
Date Issued: September 27, 2011
File: 11-1075
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2010 require the use of allowable stresses shown in Table A-1?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2010 require the use of allowable stresses shown in Table A-3?
Reply (2): No. See Appendix A, General Note (c).
Question (3): Based on ASME B31.3-2010, para. 302.3.2, Bases for Design Stresses, footnote 2,
may the designer use the stress values in ASME BPV Code Section II, Part D, Tables 2A, 2B, and
3 for stresses at temperatures below the creep range instead of the allowable stresses in
ASME B31.3-2010, Tables A-1, A-2, and A-3, respectively?
Reply (3): No.
Question (4): Based on ASME B31.3-2010, para. 302.3.2, footnote 2, may the designer use the
stress values in ASME BPV Code Section II, Part D, Tables 1A and 1B for stresses at temperatures
in the creep range instead of the allowable stresses in ASME B31.3-2010, Tables A-1, A-2, and
A-3, respectively?
Reply (4): No.
Interpretation 23-20
Subject: ASME B31.3-2010, Para. 345.1(d), Pressure Test Exemption for Vents and Drains
Date Issued: September 27, 2011
File: 11-1539
Question (1): For Normal Fluid Service or Category D Fluid Service, does ASME B31.3-2010,
para. 345.1(d), exempt leak testing for all drain or vent lines open to the atmosphere?
Reply (1): Yes, unless otherwise specified in the engineering design.
Question (2): Does the statement in ASME B31.3-2010, para. 345.1(d), of "such as vents or
drains downstream of the last shutoff valve" mean that this is the only configuration open to
the atmosphere exempt from leak testing by this paragraph?
Reply (2): No.
I-9
Copyright © 20 13 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
ASME 831.3
INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 24
Replies to Technical Inquiries
April 30, 2012 through December 16, 2013
GENERAL INFORMATION
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition stated in the interpretation, or if
none is stated, to the Edition in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent
revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of
the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. ln these cases, a revised
reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. ln the case where
an interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix Eis used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
infom1ation is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,
persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve,"
"certify," "rate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the 831 Committee, refer to
Appendix Z.
NUMERICAL AND SUBJECT INDEXES
Numerical and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations
by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1
up to and including the present volume, and wiU be updated with each volume.
1-1
Copyright © 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without writien consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Subject
831.3
Interpretation
Chapter IX, I ligh Pressure Piping (1331.3-2012) ..................... .... .... •
Fig. 323.2.28, Design Minimum Temperature According to ASME 631T
(631.3-2010) ... ........ . .. . ... ...... . . .. ... . ... .. .. .. .... . ... .. ... . •• ..
Para. 302.3.6(a), Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to Occasional Loads
(831.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................................. •• ..
Para. 304.7.2, Pressure Design (1331.3-2010) ...... ...... .... ..... ..... ...... . .
Para. 307.1.2, Qualification of Valve Pressure Design (831.3-2010) ... .... ••• .. .
Para. 322.6.3, Rclicl Devices (631.3-2012) . . ... .... .... ....... . . ....... . ..•...
Para. 323.3.5, Acceptance Criteria (631.3-2012)...... . ................. . ..... .
Para. 328.5.4 and Fig. 328.5.40, Welded Branch Connection (631.3-2010) . ..... .
Para. 328.5.4, Welded Bra nch Connections (631.3-2010) . .. .. . . . ........ . .
Paras. 328.5.4(d) and (e), Use of a Branch Connection Where the
Abutting Branch Pipe Is Not Welded to the Run (1331.3-2012) .............. .
Para. 340.4(a), Owner's Inspectors (631.3-2010) ........ .. ..... . . ... .. .... . .. .
Para. 341.3.l (a), NOE After PWHT for P-Nos. 3, 4, and 5 Ma terials
(631.3-2010) ..... .. ........ . .. ...... . ................................. .
Para. 341.3.3, Defective Components and Workmanship (631.3-1996
Ed it ion Through 831.3-2012) .. ...... . .. . ... .... . .. ... .... . ........ .
Para. 341.4.l(b), Sample Ex:1minat ions (631.3-2010) .. . .... . . ...... .. ........ .
Para. 341.4.l(b)(l), Prequalification of Welds by Random Examination
(631.3-201 2) ...... . .. .................. .. ... .... ................. .. ... .
Paras. 344.2.1 and 342.1, Vi sual Exam inaticm (631.3-2012) . ... ... .. .. ... . . .... .
Para. 345, Pneumatic Leak Testing (631.3-2010) .... ..... .... ..... .... . .
Para. 345.2.2(a), Examination During Leak Testing (631.3-1996 Edition Through
631.3-2010) ..... ..... .... ...... ..... .. . ....... .. . . ... ..... ..... . . .. ... .
Para. 345.2.3(b), Flanged joints (631 .3-2010) . .. ... . .. .. .. ... . .. . .. • ... . .. .. . •
Para. 345.2.3(c), Closure Welds (631.3-201 2) ...... . . .. ............ • ... ...... •
Para. 1<328.2.l(b), Welding Qualifications (631.3-2010) ....................... .
Para. K328.2.1(d), Welding Qualifications (631.3-2010) . ... .. .. . . . ..... ....••. .
Random Examination (631.3-2012) ... . ... ... ... .. .. .. .... . . ......... . ... • •.
Table 302.3.5, Weld Joint Strength Reduction Factor, W (631.3-2010)..... ....• ..
Table 323.2.2, Low Temperature Toughness Tests for Metals (1331.3-2008) ...... .
Table 323.2.2, Notes (3) and (5), Impact Testing (631.3-2010) ... . .. .. .... .
Table 323.3.1, Impact Tes ting for Metals (631.3-2010) . ............. .. .... •• ...
Table 323.3.1, Impact Testing Requirements for Metals (631.3-2008) ......• •• ...
Table 341.3.2, Acceptance Criteria (631.3-2010) .............. ..... .......... .
Table 341 .3.2 and Pa ras. 341.4.1, 341.4.2, and M341.4, Radiography for
Fillet Welds (631.3-2010) ............ . ......... . ........................ .
File No.
24-13
12-1782
24-04
12-243
24-24
24-09
24-18
24-16
2+26
24-15
24-10
13-1331
12-1504
13-509
13-266
13-1508
13-76
12-1584
24-23
24-05
13-789
12-499
24-30
11-1769
24-29
24-08
13-709
12-1071
24-22
24-21
24-11
13-786
13-710
12-1610
24-07
24-19
24-25
24-06
24-17
24-20
24-12
24-27
24-01
24-14
24-28
24-03
12-56, 12-666
13-620
13-1499
12-623
13-474
13-704
12-1728
13-1548
12-57
12-2057
13-1549
12-241
24-02
12-102
1-2
Copyrigh t © 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
o reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-01
Subject: Table 323.2.2, Notes (3) and (5), Impact Testing (831 .3-2010)
Date Issued: April 30, 2012
File: 12-57
Question: Jn accordance with ASME 831.3-2010, if a material meets the requirements of
Table 323.2.2, Note (3) exception to impact testing requirements, does it matter what size specimen
is obtainable as described in Note (5)?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 24-02
Subject: Table 341.3.2 and Paras. 341.4.1, 341.4.2, and M341.4, Radiography for Fillet Welds
(831.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 30, 2012
File: 12-102
Question: ln accordance with ASME 831.3-2010, is it a requirement to perform radiography
on fillet welds?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 24-03
Subject: Table 341.3.2, Acceptance Criteria (831.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 30, 2012
File: 12-241
Question: In accordance with ASME 831.3, if indications are detected in the base metal or a
weld not required to be examined, are the indications required to be evaluated?
Reply: The Code does not specifically address this issue. However, the Introduction states that
the owner is responsible for imposing requirements supplementary to those of the Code if
necessary to assure safe piping for the proposed installation. Also see para. 300(c)(4).
1-3
Copyrigh1 © 20 15 by the American Society of Mechanical Engi neers.
No reproduction may be made of this material wilhoul wrillen consent of ASM E.
lfil1
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-04
Subject: Fig. 323.2.26, Design Minimum Temperature According to ASME B31T (631.3-2010)
Date Issued: Apri I 30, 2012
File: 12-243
Question (1): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2010, may Fig. 323.2.28 be used for impact-tested
materials in the same manner as described in the ASME 8PV Code rules?
Reply (1): No. See interpretation 20-13R.
Question (2): [n accordance with ASME 831.3-2010, is the use of ASME 831 T, Standa rd
Toughness Requirements for Piping, mandatory?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2010, does Fig. 323.2.28 apply to UNS 531803
(22Cr duplex)?
Reply (3): No.
Interpretation 24-05
Subject: Para. 340.4(a), Owner's Inspectors (631.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 30, 2012
File: 12--199
Background: An EPC (Engineering, Procu rement, and Construction) contractor has been
awarded a contract to engineer, procure, construct, and install a pressure piping system.
Question (1): Does ASME 831.3 allow an EPC contractor to act as the owner's inspector until
the piping system is complete and ready to be turned over to the owner?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does J\SME 831.3 allow the owner to designate in writing an employee of the
EPC contractor to act as the owner's inspector until the piping system is complete and ready to
be turned over to the owner?
Reply (2): No.
1-4
Copyright © 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made oflhis material without written consent of ASME.
~.
W.
ASME 831. 3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-06
Subject: Para. K328.2.1{b), Welding Qualifications (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 30, 2012
File: 12-623
Question (1): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2010, is a separate qualification of the welding
procedure required for each combination of base material specification(s) forming a joint in
Chapter IX, 1-:!igh Pressure Piping, even if the material type or grade remains the same?
Reply (1): Yes; see para. K328.2.l(b).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2010, if a welded joint comprised of two different
material spec ifications with the same type or grade in Chapter lX, High Pressure Piping, is
qualified, does the welding procedure also qualify welding of each individual base material to
itself?
Reply (2): No; see para. K328.2.1(b).
I-5
Copyright © 20 15 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME 831.J INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-07
Subject: Pa ra. 345.2.2(a), Exam ination During Leak Testing (631.3-1996 Edition Through
631 .3-2010)
Date Issued: October 5, 2012
File: 12-56, 12-666
Question (1): In accordance with ASME 631.3-1996 Edition through ASME 631.3-2010, para.
345.2.2(a), must examination for leaks be performed in accordance with the visual examination
method in para. 344.2?
Reply {l): No.
Question (2): Other than sen sitive lea k testing, do ASME 8 31.3-1996 Edition through
ASME 831.3-2010, define leak testing examination requirements?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): ln accordance with ASME 631.3-1996 Edition through ASME 831.3-2010, para.
345.2.2(a), must personnel performing the examination for leaks be qualified for visual examination per paras. 342.1 or 344.2?
Reply (3): No.
Question (4): In accordance with ASME 831.3-1996 Edition through ASME 631.3-2010, para.
345.2.2(a), must leak testing be performed in accordance with a written procedure for visual
examination?
Reply (4): No.
Question (5): Other than sensitive leak testing, do ASME 631.3-1996 Edition through
ASME 831.3-2010 require compliance with the requirements of ASME BPV Code Section V,
Articles 9 or 10 for leak testing?
Reply (5): No.
Question (6): In accordance with ASME 631.3-1996 Edition through ASME 831.3-2010, during
a hydrostatic lea k test, if the examiner is satisfi ed that the requirements of para. 345.2.2(a) are
met, is a 100% visual examination (i.e., a visual examination of 360 deg of the pipe or joint
surface) of each joint or connection required?
Reply (6): No.
Interpretation 24-08
Subject: Para. 341.4.l{b), Sample Examinations (831.3-2010)
Date lssued: October 5, 2012
File: 12-1071
Question: If one welder makes the tack welds in a circumferential butt weld and another welder
welds the root pass and remainder of the weld, is it required that the welder who made the tack
welds be represented in the sample examinations required by para. 341.4.1 (b) or the progressive
sampling of para. 341.3.4?
Reply: No.
I-6
Copyright © 20 I 5 by the American Society of Mechan ical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
e •
ASME B31.3 IN'TfRPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-09
Subject: Para . 304.7.2, Press ure Design (631.3-2010)
Date Issued: October 5, 2012
File: 12-1504
Question: In accordance with ASME 631.3-2010, para. 307.1.2, Unlisted Valves, if valve pressuretemperature ratings are established by the method set forth in ASME 616.34, Appendix B, is it
necessary to qualify the pressure design in accordance with ASME 831.3, para. 304.7.2?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 24-10
Subject: Para. 328.5.4, Welded Branch Connections (831.3-2010)
Date Issued: October 5, 2012
File: 12-1584
Question: In ASME 831.3-2010, for the installation of instrument tap type branch connections,
do the weld types specified in ASME Section VIII, Division 1, UW-15(b) (i.e., welds that require
no strength calculations) and corresponding acceptable welding types shown in UW-16, which
include not-fully-penetrated branch connection groove welds, comply with the acceptable welding
details shown in ASME 631.3, para. 328.5.4?
Reply: No; however, see para. 300(c)(3).
Interpretation 24-11
Subject: Para. 345, Pneumatic Leak Testing (831.3-2010)
Date Issued: October 5, 2012
File: 12-1610
Question: Jn accordance with ASME 831.3-2010, para. 345.5.4(a), with or without the owner's
approval, does the Code permit pneumatic testing in excess of 1.33 times the design pressure?
Reply: No; however, see para. 300(c)(3).
1-7
Copyright © 20 15 by lhe /\mcrican Society of Mechanical Engi neers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-1 2
Subject: Table 302.3.5, Weld Joint Strength Reduction Factor, W (631.3-2010)
Date Issued: October 5, 2012
File: 12-1728
Question (1): ln accordance with ASME 831.3-2010, Table 302.3.5, is the weld strength reduction
factor, W, for P91 alloy steel material (CSEF subcritical) at 950°F equal to 0.5?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2010, Table 302.3.5, should the weld strength
reduction factor, W, for P91 alloy steel material be the same value as in ASME 831.1-2010?
Reply (2): The ASME 831.3 Committee is unable to provide the information you have requested.
The Committee does not respond to requests for rationaJe. Code rules reflect not only technical
data and safety criteria, but also the collective experience of the Committee members. interdependence of rules in various Chapters also plays a part in any given requirement.
If you believe, however, that a particular Code rule or rules may benefit from consideration
of new or additional data and approaches, the Committee welcomes your desire to contribute.
We invite you to submit pertinent material for transmittaJ to the Code Section Committee involved.
If you desire, an invi tation can be extended for you to attend a meeting of the Committee at
which the material will be discussed. We appreciate your interest.
1-8
Copyright © 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
&
<&.
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-13
Subject: Chapter IX, High Pressure Piping (831.3-2012)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 12-1782
Question (1 ): Does ASME 831.3-2012 require compliance with Chapter IX, High Pressure Piping,
under any circumstance other than when such compliance is specified by the owner?
Reply (1): No; see para. K300(a).
Question (2): Does ASME 631.3-2012 require that piping designed for a pressure in excess of
that allowed by ASME 616.5, Class 2500 rating for the specified design temperature and material
group be designed in accordance with Chapter IX if the piping system is not designated by the
owner as being in High Pressure Fluid Service?
Reply (2): No; see para. K300(a).
Interpretation 24-14
Subject: Table 323.3.1, Impact Testing for Metals (831.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 12-2057
Question (1 ): Do rows 4 through 7 of Table 323.3.l of ASME 831.3-2010 apply to welds used
in the manufacture of piping components?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Do rows 1 through 3 of Table 323.3.1 of ASME 831.3-2010 apply to welds used
in the manufacture of piping components?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation 24-15
Subject: Para. 328.5.4 and Fig. 328.5.40, Welded Branch Connection (831.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 13-76
Question: Does ASME 831.3-2010 permit the use of a complete (full) encirclement split-tee as
a branch connection, where a branch pipe is butt welded to the branch opening of the split-tee,
if the requirements of paras. 303 and 304.7.2 are met?
Reply: Yes. Sec also paras. 300(c)(3) and 300(c)(4).
Interpretation 24-16
Subject: Para. 322.6.3, Relief Devices (831.3-2012)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 13-266
Question: Does ASME 831.3 require that all relief devices that meet para. 322.6.3 but not A Pl 526
be evaluated as unlisted components?
Reply: Yes; see para. 302.2.3.
I-9
Copyright © 20 15 by the American Society of Mechan ical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without wri tten consent of ASM E.
~
e •
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-17
Subject: Para. K328.2.1(d), Welding Qualifications (831.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 13-474
Question (1): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2010, para. K328.2.1(d), if transverse tensile testing
is required for a full penetration groove weld test coupon for Welding Procedure Qualification in
accordance with the ASME BPV Code, Section IX, shall yield strength be determined on the
transverse tensile test coupon?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2010, para. K328.2.1(d), shall all-weld-metal
tensile testing be conducted and the yield strength of the weld be determined if transverse
tensile testing is required for a full penetration groove weld test coupon for Welding Procedure
Qualification in accordance with the ASME BPV Code, Section fX?
Reply (2): No, unless the filler metal is not yet incorporated into Section IX (see para. K328.3.1).
Interpretation 24-18
Subject: P;.ua. 307.1.2, Qualification of Valve Pressure Design (631.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 13-509
Question: Does para. 307.1.2 of ASME 831.3-2010 permit a valve manufactured from a material
not listed in ASME 816.34 to have the pressure-temperature rating established i.n accordance
with the method set forth in ASME 816.34?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation 24-19
Subject: Para. 345.2.3(b), Flanged Joints (831.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 13-620
Question (1): In accordance with ASME 631.3-2010, do components listed in Table 326.1 need
to be leak tested in accordance with para. 345?
Reply (1): We believe your question can be answered by previous interpretation 23-14.
Question (2): Does the phrase "previously been tested" in para. 345.2.3(b) refer to leak testing
in accordance with the requirements of ASME 631.3?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation 24-20
Subject: Random Examination (831.3-2012)
Date Issued: April 15, 2013
File: 13-704
Question: Does ASME 831.3-2012 prohibit commencement of random examination prior to
completion of all welds in a designated lot?
Reply: No.
I-10
Copyright © 20 15 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
e •
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-21
Subject: Paras. 344.2.l and 342.1, Visual Exam ination (B31 .3-2012)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-710
Question (1 ): Does ASME B31.3-2012 have any qualification requirements for visual examiners
performing Code-required examinations?
Reply (1): Yes. See paras. 342.1 and 344.2.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2012 require individuals that check the fit and alignment of
weld joints during fabrication to be qualified for visual examination as described in paras. 342.1
and 344.2?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation 24-22
Subject: Para. 341.4.l(b)(l), Prequalification of Welds by Random Examination (831.3-2012)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-786
Question: When ASME 831.3-2012, para . 341.4.l(b)(l) requi res random exam ination of 5% of
circumferential girth or miter groove welds by radiography or ultrasonk examination for Normal
Fluid Service, must all welds in the lot be completed prior to the completion of the required
examinations on the selected welds?
Reply: The Code does not address this issue. See previous interpretations 2-12 and 24-20.
Interpretation 24-23
Subject: Paras. 328.5.4(d) and (e), Use of a Branch Connection Where the Abutting Branch Pipe
Is Not Welded to the Run (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-789
Question: Under the rules of ASME B3l.3-2012, may a branch connection be added to a piping
run using branch attachment details other than specified by para. 328.5.4(d), which require fully
penetrated groove welds to the run pipe, or para. 328.5.4(e)?
Reply: No, unless qualified in accordance with paras. 300(c)(3), 300(c)(4), and 304.7.2.
1-11
Copyright © 2015 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
~
e U> s
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-24
Subject: Para. 302.3.6(a), Limits of Calculated Stresses Due to Occasional Loads (831.3-2012)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
Pile: 13-1331
Question (1): Is the final paragraph in para. 302.3.6(a) applicable to castings only?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME 831.3 permit the occasional stress of austenitic steel piping to rise
above yield?
Reply (2): Yes; however, see para. 302.3.2(e).
Interpretation 24-25
Subject: Para. 345.2.3{c), Closure Welds (831.3-2012)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-1499
Question: lf a pipe is bent in accordance with para. 306.2, can it be installed using closure
welds without being leak tested in accordance with para. 345?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 24-26
Subject: Para. 323.3.5, Acceptance Criteria (831.3-2012)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-1508
Question (1): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2012, para. 323.3.S(a), do the acceptance criteria
for minimum energy requirements apply to carbon and low alloy steels having specified minimum
tensile strengths equal to or greater than 656 MPa (95 ksi) or for high alloy steels (P-Nos. 6, 7,
and 8)?
Reply {l): No. Sec para. 323.3.S(b) for acceptance criteria for these materials.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2012, para. 323.3.5(c), are the acceptance criteria
for weld impact test requirements applicable for clad-pipe to clad-pipe welds?
Reply (2): No. See paras. 323.3.S{a) and 323.3.5{b).
Question (3): In accordance with ASME 831.3-2012, para. 323.3.S{c), when dissimilar base metals
(e.g., Pl and P8) are joined by welding and the weld metal has a tensile strength most closely
matching that of the P8 base material, shall the acceptance criteria for impact tests conform to
the lateral expansion requirements of para. 323.3.S(b)?
Reply (3): Yes.
1-12
Copyright © 20 I5 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
<fj};;.
•
~
0
ASME 831.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-27
Subject: Table 323.2.2, Low Temperature Toughness Tests for Metals (B31.3-2008)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-1548
Question: In accordance with ASME 631.3-2008, when ASTM 8423 N08825 base metal is welded
by SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-3 N06625 filler metal, do the rules of Table 323.2.2, Box A-6(b) require
that testing in accordance w ith Box B-6 be performed?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation 24-28
Subject: Table 323.3.1, Impact Testing Requirements for Metals (631.3-2008)
Date Issued: October 3, 2013
File: 13-1549
Question: In accordance w ith ASME 831.3-2008, Table 323.3.1, box A-5, is the qualified thickness
range T / 2 to T + 6 mm (!'4 in.)?
Reply: Yes. Also see previous Interpretation 4-17.
Interpretation 24-29
Subject: Para. 341.3.3, Defective Components and Workmanship (831.3-1996 Edition Through
831 .3-2012)
Date Issued: December 12, 2013
File: 13-709
Question: ls it the intent of ASME 631.3-1996 Edition through ASME 831.3-2012, para. 341.3.3
to allow replacement welds for rejected welds to be examined by any nondestructive (NOE)
method that is allowed for the original welds, as it is for high pressure piping system welds in
K341.3.3, rather than requiring the same NDE m ethod as used on the original defective welds?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation 24-30
Subject: Para. 341.3.l(a), NOE After PWHT for P-Nos. 3, 4, and 5 Materials (831.3-2010)
Date Issued: December 16, 2013
File: 11-1769
Question: A piping assembly made of P-No. 5 material consisting of severa l welds is furnace
heat treated and radiographed. One of those welds is defective and repaired. The assembly is
then heat treated again. ls it the intent of para. 341.3.l(a) that all of the welds in that piping
assembly be radiographcd again?
Reply: No.
1-13
Copyright © 20 15 by lhe American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made oflhis material without wri tten consent of ASME.
~
~
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
ASME B31.3
INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 25
Replies to Technical Inquiries
April 14, 2014 through September 23, 2015
GENERAL INFORMATION
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.3
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the Edition stated in the interpretation, or if
none is stated, to the Edition in effect on the date of issuance of the interpretation. Subsequent
revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of
the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised
reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where
an interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,
persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,”
“certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For detailed instructions on preparation of technical inquiries to the B31 Committee, refer to
Appendix Z.
NUMERICAL AND SUBJECT INDEXES
Numerical and Subject Indexes have been prepared to assist the user in locating interpretations
by location or by subject matter in the Code. They cover interpretations issued from Volume 1
up to and including the present volume, and will be updated with each volume.
I-1
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
B31.3
Subject
Interpretation
Chapters V and VI (B31.3-1996 Through B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter VI (B31.3-2012). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 323.2.2B, General Notes, Allowable Stress, S, at Temperature Lower
Than Impact Test Temperature/Minimum Temperature (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 328.5.4D, Acceptable Details for Branch Attachment Welds
(B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paras. 302.3.2(f), 304.7.2, and 323.1.2, Additive Manufacturing
(B31.3-2014) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paras. 302.3.2(f), 304.7.2, and 323.1.2, Additive Manufacturing Materials
(B31.3-2014) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 302.3.5(c), Stress Due to Sustained Loads (B31.3-2012). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paras. 304.3, 304.7.2, and 300.2, Branch Connections, Unlisted
Components, and Definitions (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paras. 304.3, 304.7.2, and 300.2, Branch Connections, Unlisted
Components, and Definitions (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paras. 304.3.4(d)(4), Limitations on Radius (B31.3-2014) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 304.7.2, Clarification of Pressure Design Using Proof Testing
(B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 304.7.2, Pressure Design of Other Components, Unlisted Components
(B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 304.7.2, Unlisted Components (B31.3-2006 Through B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 306.1, Pipe Fittings (B31.3-1996 Through B31.3-2014) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paras. 323.2.2(d), (d)(1), and (d)(2), and Fig. 323.2.2B, Impact Tested
Material (B31.3-2008 Through B31.3-2014). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 323.3 and Table 323.3.1, Item A-4, Impact Testing Requirements for
Metals (B31.3-2012 and B31.3-2014). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 323.3.5(d), Retest for Impact Test (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 323.4.3, Cladding and Lining Materials (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paras. 328.2 and U341.4.1, Welding Radiography (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 328.5.1(c), Tack Welding Welder Performance Qualifications
(B31.3-2008) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paras. 331.1.3(a)(2) and (c), Preheat and PWHT Governing Thickness
(B31.3-2014) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 333.1.2, Soldering Qualification (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 335.1(c), Alignment of Assembly and Erection (B31.3-1999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 341.3.3, Defective Components and Workmanship (B31.3-2012). . . . . . . . . . .
25-09
25-27
14-483
14-1817
25-12
14-1182
25-20
14-1470
25-40
15-2053
25-39
25-02
15-2052
14-44
25-11
14-1171
25-15
25-31
14-1312
15-788
25-19
14-1466
25-03
25-08
25-41
14-257
14-482
15-2061
25-32
25-37
25-38
25-25
25-26
15-810
15-1992,
15-1995
15-1997
14-1683
14-1790
22-35R
09-1003
25-30
25-06
25-01
25-13
Para. 341.3.4, Progressive Sampling for Examination (B31.3-2012). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 341.3.4, Progressive Sampling for Examination (B31.3-2012). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 341.3.4(f), Progressive Sampling for Examination (B31.3-2010) . . . . . . . . . . .
Paras. 341.4.1(b), 345.2.3(c), and 345.2.6, and Figs. 328.5.4D and 328.5.4E,
Branch Attachment Welds and Radiography (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paras. 344.2 and 342.1, Visual Examination (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paras. 345.1, 345.2.3, and 345.9, Leak Test (B31.3-2012). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 345.2.3(c), Special Provisions for Testing, Closure Welds
(B31.3-2014) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paras. 345.2.3(c) and K345.2.3(c), Closure Welds (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 345.5, Pneumatic Leak Test (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 345.5.5, Pneumatic Leak Test Procedure (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 345.9, Alternative Leak Test (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. K304.7.3, Components With Nonmetallic Parts (B31.3-2012). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. K331.1.1(b), Minimum Difference Between Tempering and PWHT
Temperature (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paras. M341/341 and M345/345, Examination and Testing: VT/PT/MT
and RT/UT Versus Leak Testing and Pressure Testing (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . .
Para. X302.2.3, Leak Test Under Pneumatic Condition on Appendix X
Expansion Joints (B31.3-2012). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 302.3.5, Para. 302.2.4, and Para. 302.3.5(e), Pressure and
Temperature Conditions (B31.3-1996 Through B31.3-2014) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25-14
25-21
25-05
15-616
14-433
13-1677
14-1259,
14-1266
14-1287
14-1482
14-355
25-17
24-21R
25-23
14-1383
13-710
14-1681
25-34
25-24
25-07
25-04
25-28
25-33
15-1723
14-1682
14-435
14-269
14-1907
15-1690
25-10
14-690
25-18
14-1401
25-16
14-1372
25-42
15-2137
I-2
File No.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Subject
Interpretation
Table 308.2.1, Flange Thickness (B31.3-2014). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 323.2.2, Items A-4(a) and A-4(b), and Paras. 323.2.2(f)(1) and (2),
Use of Austenitic Stainless Steel Materials at Low Temperatures
(B31.3-2006) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 323.3.1, Column B, Simulation Heat Treatment for Low
Temperature Carbon Steel Piping Material (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 323.3.1, Welding Procedures With Impact Tests (B31.3-2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table K326.1 and Para. K323.3, HP Valve Product Codes (B31.3-2014) . . . . . . . . . .
25-36
15-1885
22-03R
08-477
25-22
25-29
25-35
14-1553
15-586
15-1804
I-3
File No.
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 22-03R
Subject: Table 323.2.2, Items A-4(a) and A-4(b), and Paras. 323.2.2(f)(1) and (2), Use of Austenitic
Stainless Steel Materials at Low Temperatures (ASME B31.3-2006)
Date Issued: April 14, 2014
File: 08-477
Question: Does the code permit austenitic stainless steel materials listed in Table A-1 to be
used to the minimum temperatures listed regardless if they are seamless or welded product
form?
Reply: Yes, provided the requirements of Table 323.2.2, items A-4(a) and A-4(b), and applicable
Notes in Table A-1 are followed.
Interpretation 22-35R
Subject: Para. 328.5.1(c), Tack Welding Welder Performance Qualifications (B31.3-2008)
Date Issued: September 23, 2015
File: 09-1003
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3, para. 328.5.1(c) require that tack welds, whether they are to
be incorporated into the final weld or be removed, be made by a qualified welder?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3, para. 328.5.1(c) require that tack welds be made to a qualified
WPS for that joint?
Reply (2): Yes; see para. 328.5.1(a).
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3, para. 328.5.1(c) provide rules for the qualification of welders
or welding operators depositing tack welds?
Reply (3): No. See para. 328.2.
I-4
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 24-21R
Subject: Paras. 344.2 and 342.1, Visual Examination (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 23, 2015
File: 13-710
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2012 have any qualification requirements for visual examiners
performing Code-required examinations?
Reply (1): Yes. See paras. 342.1 and 344.2.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3-2012 require individuals to be qualified for visual examination
as described in paras. 342.1 and 344.2 when performing visual examinations of weld joints to
meet the examination requirements of para. 341.4.1(a) and the engineering design?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3-2012 require individuals to be qualified for visual examination
as described in paras. 342.1 and 344.2 when performing visual examinations of weld joints beyond
the examination requirements of para. 341.4.1(a) and the engineering design?
Reply (3): No.
Question (4): Does ASME B31.3-2012 require individuals that check the fit and alignment of
weld joints during fabrication to be qualified for visual examination as described in paras. 342.1
and 344.2?
Reply (4): No.
Interpretation 25-01
Subject: Para. 335.1(c), Alignment of Assembly and Erection (B31.3-1999)
Date Issued: April 14, 2014
File: 13-1677
Question (1): Does the Code specify who is responsible for meeting the flange alignment
requirements of ASME B31.3-1999, para. 335.1(c)?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): May the flange alignment requirements of ASME B31.3-1999, para. 335.1(c) be
verified by measuring the parallelism between flanges?
Reply (2): The Code does not address this issue.
I-5
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 25-02
Subject: Para. 302.3.5(c), Stress Due to Sustained Loads (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: April 14, 2014
File: 14-44
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, does the phrase “all possible support
scenarios” in para. S302.6.2 include the effects of liftoff due to the effects of temperature?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, are the requirements of para. 302.3.5(c)
satisfied by compliance with ASME B31.3-2012, Appendix P, para. P302.3.5?
Reply (2): No, Appendix P does not provide an alternative to 302.3.5(c). See para. P300(c).
Interpretation 25-03
Subject: Para. 304.7.2, Pressure Design of Other Components, Unlisted Components (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: April 14, 2014
File: 14-257
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, do branch outlet fittings in accordance
with MSS SP-97 require qualification in accordance with para. 304.7.2?
Reply (1): No; see para. 303.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, do tees and reducing tees in accordance
with ASME B16.9 require qualification in accordance with para. 304.7.2?
Reply (2): No; see para. 303.
Interpretation 25-04
Subject: Para. 345.5.5, Pneumatic Leak Test Procedure (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: April 14, 2014
File: 14-269
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3-2012, para. 345.5.5 specify the method of examination for
leakage under the provisions of para. 345.2.2(a)?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, para. 345.5.5, are leak detection fluids,
noble gas leak detection methods, pressure gauge measurements, and other methods prohibited
during the examination for leakage during a pneumatic leak test?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, are examination personnel qualifications
in para. 342 and examination procedures in para. 343 required for para. 345.5.5?
Reply (3): No. See Interpretation 24-07.
I-6
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 25-05
Subject: Para. 341.3.4(f), Progressive Sampling for Examination (B31.3-2010)
Date Issued: April 14, 2014
File: 14-355
Question: A weld in an examination lot is found defective, is replaced or repaired, and is again
found defective. Per para. 341.3.4(f) of ASME B31.3-2010, does the second failure of this weld
require further progressive examinations?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 25-06
Subject: Para. 333.1.2, Soldering Qualification (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: April 14, 2014
File: 14-433
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2012 include qualification criteria for solderers?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 25-07
Subject: Para. 345.5, Pneumatic Leak Test (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: April 14, 2014
File: 14-435
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, para. 345.5.4, for piping connected with no
isolation capability and different design pressures, does the Code permit the pneumatic test
pressure to be less than 1.1 times the highest design pressure or more than 1.33 times the lowest
design pressure?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 25-08
Subject: Para. 304.7.2, Unlisted Components (B31.3-2006 Through B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: April 14, 2014
File: 14-482
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2006 through ASME B31.3-2012, para. 304.7.2(a),
does the Code limit the source of the extensive, successful service experience?
Reply: No.
I-7
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 25-09
Subject: Chapters V and VI (B31.3-1996 Through B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: April 14, 2014
File: 14-483
Question: Do ASME B31.3-1996 through B31.3-2012 require that welding-related requirements
presented in B31.3 Chapters V and VI, including weld acceptance criteria, welding procedures,
and welding and nondestructive examination personnel certifications, be met in the manufacture
of unlisted components meeting the requirements of para. 302.2.3?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 25-10
Subject: Para. K331.1.1(b), Minimum Difference Between Tempering and PWHT Temperature
(B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-690
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, para. K331.1.1, for welds other than longitudinal
in P-No. 1 quenched and tempered materials where heat treatment is required by the engineering
design, shall the heat treatment requirements specified in Table 331.1.1 apply?
Reply: Yes, unless the requirements in para. K331.1.1(b) apply or the provisions of para. 331.2.2
are met.
Interpretation 25-11
Subject: Paras. 304.3, 304.7.2, and 300.2, Branch Connections, Unlisted Components, and
Definitions (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1171
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2012 permit the use of a branch connection fitting qualified in
accordance with para. 304.7.2?
Reply: Yes, provided the other applicable requirements of the Code are met.
I-8
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 25-12
Subject: Fig. 323.2.2B, General Notes, Allowable Stress, S, at Temperature Lower Than Impact
Test Temperature/Minimum Temperature (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1182
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, Fig. 323.2.2B, General Note (a)(1), is S the
allowable stress listed in the column “Min. Temp. to 100” of Table A-1?
Reply (1): Yes. Also see para. 323.2.2(e).
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, Fig. 323.2.2B, General Note (a)(2), is the
component pressure rating used to determine the stress ratio the component pressure rating at
the temperature for the condition under consideration?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation 25-13
Subject: Para. 341.3.3, Defective Components and Workmanship (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1259, 14-1266
Question: If a weld that is part of an examination lot is repaired or replaced by the same or a
different welder, is the repair or replacement weld subject to progressive sampling?
Reply: No. See para. 341.3.3 and Interpretation 16-01.
Interpretation 25-14
Subject: Para. 341.3.4, Progressive Sampling for Examination (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1287
Question: When both radiography and ultrasonic examination are acceptable methods in accordance with the engineering design, and a weld defect is located, may progressive sampling of
welds per para. 341.3.4(a) be performed by either of these examination methods?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation 25-15
Subject: Paras. 304.3, 304.7.2, and 300.2, Branch Connections, Unlisted Components, and
Definitions (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1312
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2012 permit the use of a branch connection using a branch connection fitting conforming to the referenced edition of MSS SP-97?
Reply: Yes, provided the other applicable requirements of the Code are met.
I-9
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 25-16
Subject: Para. X302.2.3, Leak Test Under Pneumatic Condition on Appendix X Expansion Joints
(B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1372
Question: If a pneumatic leak test is performed in accordance with the requirements of
para. X302.2.3, does the Code permit the use of a test pressure value of 1.1 times the design
pressure in accordance with the rules of para. 345.5.4?
Reply: No.
Interpretation 25-17
Subject: Paras. 341.4.1(b), 345.2.3(c), and 345.2.6, and Figs. 328.5.4D and 328.5.4E, Branch
Attachment Welds and Radiography (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1383
Question (1): Are welds attaching contour outlet fittings to the run pipe as shown in Fig. 328.5.4E,
sketch (1) in a Normal Fluid Service piping system required to be included in the random
radiographic or ultrasonic examinations of para. 341.4.1(b)?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): May branch connection welds that cannot be fully examined by radiography or
ultrasonic examination, such as those shown in Fig. 328.5.4D, be considered closure welds in
accordance with para. 345.2.3(c)?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): May welds connecting contour outlet fittings to a run pipe, like those shown in
Fig. 328.5.4E, sketch (1), be considered closure welds per para. 345.2.3(c)?
Reply (3): Yes.
Question (4): May a socket weld that cannot be fully examined by radiography or ultrasonic
examination be considered a closure weld in accordance with para. 345.2.3(c)?
Reply (4): No.
Question (5): May welds connecting a contour outlet fitting to the run pipe and to the branch
pipe, as shown in Fig. 328.5.4E, sketch (1), both be considered closure welds per para. 345.2.3(c)?
Reply (5): Yes; see Interpretation 22-16.
I-10
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 25-18
Subject: Paras. M341/341 and M345/345, Examination and Testing: VT/PT/MT and RT/UT
Versus Leak Testing and Pressure Testing (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1401
Question (1): Are the leak tests required in para. 345.1 independent from the examinations
required in para. 341.4.1?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In accordance with para. 345.1, are the applicable examinations required by
para. 341 to be performed prior to leak testing?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation 25-19
Subject: Para. 304.7.2, Clarification of Pressure Design Using Proof Testing (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1466
Question: Does the Code permit substantiation of the pressure design of an unlisted component
using a proof test in accordance with para. 304.7.2(c) when the component will be used at
temperatures where time-dependent properties govern allowable stress values?
Reply: Yes.
I-11
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 25-20
Subject: Fig. 328.5.4D, Acceptable Details for Branch Attachment Welds (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1470
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3 prohibit branch connections like those shown in Fig. 328.5.4D
to be installed through a circumferential butt weld?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): If branch connections like that shown in Fig. 328.5.4D are installed through a
circumferential butt weld, must the Code-required leak test be performed prior to installation of
any required ring or saddle reinforcement?
Reply (2): No, provided that all joints and connections are examined for leaks during the leak
test, as required in para. 345.2.2(a).
Question (3): If branch connections like those shown in Fig. 328.5.4D are installed through a
circumferential butt weld that requires examination, does the portion of the weld that will be
covered by the reinforcement ring or saddle require examination of the weld prior to installation
of the ring or saddle?
Reply (3): Yes.
Question (4): Does ASME B31.3 allow branch connections like those shown in Fig. 328.5.4D to
be installed through a longitudinal butt weld in pipe?
Reply (4): Yes.
Question (5): Does ASME B31.3 allow branch connections like those shown in Fig. 328.5.4D to
be installed through the weld intersection of a longitudinal butt weld in pipe and a circumferential
butt weld?
Reply (5): Yes.
Question (6): Does ASME B31.3 provide any rules, restrictions, or limits for the distance between
circumferential butt welds in a piping assembly?
Reply (6): No.
Interpretation 25-21
Subject: Para. 341.3.4, Progressive Sampling for Examination (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1482
Question: Does para. 341.3.4(e) require that all welds represented by the progressive sampling
in para. 341.3.4(c) be evaluated in accordance with para. 341.3.4(e)(1) or (e)(2)?
Reply: Yes.
I-12
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 25-22
Subject: Table 323.3.1, Column B, Simulation Heat Treatment for Low Temperature Carbon Steel
Piping Material (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1553
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, Table 323.3.1, is item B-3 applicable to
manufacturers?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, is it mandatory to procure Low Temperature
Carbon Steel (LTCS) fittings of thickness greater than 20 mm to be tested with simulation heat
treatment?
Reply (2): The Code does not address this issue.
Interpretation 25-23
Subject: Paras. 345.1, 345.2.3, and 345.9, Leak Test (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1681
Question (1): When the owner considers hydrostatic and pneumatic leak testing impracticable,
does para. 345.1(c) allow use of the alternative leak test per para. 345.9, provided at least one
condition in each of paras. 345.1(c)(1) and (c)(2) are met?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Does para. 345.1 require leak testing of each piping system, except for specific
joints where the provisions of para. 345.2.3 are applicable?
Reply (2): Yes; see Interpretation 22-16.
Interpretation 25-24
Subject: Paras. 345.2.3(c) and K345.2.3(c), Closure Welds (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1682
Question (1): May a through-wall or partial weld removal and repair of a weld that has
previously passed the required leak test be examined in accordance with the requirements of
para. 345.2.3(c)?
Reply (1): No; however, see para. 300(c)(3).
Question (2): May a through-wall or partial weld removal and repair of a weld in a High
Pressure Fluid Service system meeting Chapter IX, which has previously passed the required
leak test, be examined in accordance with the requirements of para. K345.2.3(c)?
Reply (2): No; however, see para. 300(c)(3).
I-13
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 25-25
Subject: Para. 323.4.3, Cladding and Lining Materials (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1683
Question (1): Shall the stress caused by differential thermal expansion between the metallic
liner and base metal be considered in the piping design?
Reply (1): Yes; see para. 301.7.3.
Question (2): Is the residual base metal hoop stress caused by liner mechanical expansion
during fabrication required to be included in the base metal pipe pressure design wall thickness
calculations?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Does the Code prescribe specific methodology for flexibility analyses of lined pipe?
Reply (3): No.
Interpretation 25-26
Subject: Paras. 328.2 and U341.4.1, Welding Radiography (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1790
Question (1): May a welding operator be qualified by radiography of his/her initial production
welding?
Reply (1): Yes; see para. 328.2.
Question (2): May the production welding be examined by weld coupon examination in lieu
of radiography?
Reply (2): Yes, in accordance with para. U341.4.1.
Question (3): May weld coupon examination be used for welding operator’s performance
qualification in lieu of radiography?
Reply (3): No.
I-14
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 25-27
Subject: Chapter VI (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 25, 2014
File: 14-1817
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2012 provide an acceptance criterion for the amount of base
material deformation adjacent to butt welds, commonly referred to as “hoop shrinkage,” shown
in the following diagram?
Fig. 25-27 Schematic Showing Shrinkage in Buttwelded Pipe
CL of weld
␦, max radial shrinkage
CL of weld
GENERAL NOTE: Diagram extracted from “Analysis of Shrinkage in Stainless Steel Pipe to Pipe Butt Welds,”
Chakrapani Basavaraju, PVP1997 Conf Proc, Vol 347; 231–244. ASME ©1997.
Reply: No.
Interpretation 25-28
Subject: Para. 345.9, Alternative Leak Test (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: April 28, 2015
File: 14-1907
Question: When the owner elects to apply alternative leak-testing provisions given in para. 345.9
as permitted by para. 345.1(c), does the Code require that all of the requirements described in
para. 345.9 be followed?
Reply: Yes.
I-15
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 25-29
Subject: Table 323.3.1, Welding Procedures With Impact Tests (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: April 28, 2015
File: 15-586
Question: The requirements for qualification of a welding procedure with impact tests given
in Table 323.3.1 are different from the requirements of ASME Section IX, QW-403.6. Moreover,
QG-100(b) of Section IX states that the rules of the construction code take precedence over the
rules of Section IX. Does the Code require Table 323.3.1 be applied when qualifying a welding
procedure with impact tests?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation 25-30
Subject: Paras. 331.1.3(a)(2) and (c), Preheat and PWHT Governing Thickness (B31.3-2014)
Date Issued: April 28, 2015
File: 15-616
Question (1): In para. 331.1.3(a)(2), does the phrase “the thickness of the materials being joined
at the weld” mean the nominal thickness of the materials being joined at the weld?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): In para. 331.1.3(a)(2), does the phrase “the thickness of the pressure-containing
material” mean the nominal thickness of the pressure-containing material?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): In para. 331.1.3(c), does the phrase “the thicker of the materials being joined at
the weld” mean the nominal thickness at the weld of the thicker of the materials being joined?
Reply (3): Yes.
Interpretation 25-31
Subject: Para. 304.3.4(d)(4), Limitations on Radius (B31.3-2014)
Date Issued: April 28, 2015
File: 15-788
Question: Does para. 304.3.4(d)(4) apply only to extruded outlets?
Reply: Yes; see para. 304.3.1(a).
I-16
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 25-32
Subject: Paras. 323.2.2(d), (d)(1), and (d)(2), and Fig. 323.2.2B, Impact Tested Material (B31.3-2008
Through B31.3-2014)
Date Issued: April 28, 2015
File: 15-810
Question (1): For a carbon steel material, when applying the rules of paras. 323.2.2(d) and
(d)(2) in B31.3-2014, if the design metal temperature is colder than −55°F but at or warmer than
−155°F, and the stress ratio as defined in Fig. 323.2.2B does not exceed 0.3, does the Code require
impact tested material if the piping under question
(a) may experience shock loading or thermal bowing?
(b) contains welds between dissimilar materials?
Reply (1):
(a) Yes.
(b) Yes.
Question (2): For a carbon steel material, when applying the rules of paras. 323.2.2(d) and
(d)(1) in B31.3-2008 through B31.3-2012, if the design metal temperature is -55°F or warmer, and
the stress ratio as defined in Fig. 323.2.2B is less than 1.0, is the designer required to consider
shock loading or thermal bowing and/or welds between dissimilar materials, beyond what is
required in paras. 301.4 through 301.11 of the Code, when using Fig. 323.2.2B?
Reply (2): No; however, see para. 300(c)(5).
Interpretation 25-33
Subject: Para. K304.7.3, Components With Nonmetallic Parts (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 23, 2015
File: 15-1690
Question (1): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, para. K304.7.3, is a valve considered to be
a piping component?
Reply (1): Yes; see para. 300.2.
Question (2): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, para. K304.7.3, may O-rings and lip seals
acting as gaskets or packing be used in valves in High Pressure Fluid Service?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012, para. K304.7.3, may nonmetallic seats be
used in valves in High Pressure Fluid Service?
Reply (3): No.
Interpretation 25-34
Subject: Para. 345.2.3(c), Special Provisions for Testing, Closure Welds (B31.3-2014)
Date Issued: September 23, 2015
File: 15-1723
Question: Does ASME B31.3-2014, para. 345.2.3(c) permit the use of a socket weld that cannot
be 100% examined in accordance with paras. 344.5 or 344.6 as a closure weld?
Reply: No.
I-17
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 25-35
Subject: Table K326.1 and Para. K323.3, HP Valve Product Codes (B31.3-2014)
Date Issued: September 23, 2015
File: 15-1804
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2014, may API Specification 6A piping components
be used in Chapter IX High Pressure Fluid Service?
Reply: No, unless the requirements of para. K302.2.3 are met.
Interpretation 25-36
Subject: Table 308.2.1, Flange Thickness (B31.3-2014)
Date Issued: September 23, 2015
File: 15-1885
Question: May slip-on flanges be used as lapped flanges within the size ranges specified in
Table 308.2.1 when the thickness at the bolt circle satisfies the minimum requirements for slipon flanges, but does not meet the minimum requirements for lapped flanges?
Reply: No, unless pressure design is qualified per para. 304.5.1.
Interpretation 25-37
Subject: Para. 323.3 and Table 323.3.1, Item A-4, Impact Testing Requirements for Metals
(B31.3-2012 and B31.3-2014)
Date Issued: September 23, 2015
File: 15-1992 and 15-1995
Question (1): For welds made by the fabricator, does ASME B31.3-2014, Table 323.3.1, item 4
require the heat treatment of test pieces to be the same as for production welds?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): For welds made by the component manufacturer, does ASME B31.3-2014,
Table 323.3.1, item 4 require the heat treatment of test pieces to be the same as for production
welds?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): Does ASME B31.3-2014, Table 323.3.1, item 4 require that separate test pieces be
qualified individually using base materials in the various heat treated conditions (e.g., as-rolled,
normalized, quenched and tempered, etc.)?
Reply (3): No.
I-18
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 25-38
Subject: Para. 323.3.5(d), Retest for Impact Test (B31.3-2012)
Date Issued: September 23, 2015
File: 15-1997
Question: In accordance with ASME B31.3-2014, para. 323.3.5(d)(1), where the average absorbed
energy value in Charpy V-notch impact test results exceeds the minimum required value for a
single specimen, two individual values are below the required average value, and one of the
individual values is below the minimum required value for a single specimen, is a retest permitted?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation 25-39
Subject: Paras. 302.3.2(f), 304.7.2, and 323.1.2, Additive Manufacturing Materials (B31.3-2014)
Date Issued: September 23, 2015
File: 15-2052
Question: Does ASME B31.3 permit the use of an unlisted piping component manufactured
using the additive manufacturing process?
Reply: Yes, provided it meets all of the requirements of the Code, including the material being
qualified in accordance with the requirements of para. 323.1.2, and the component meeting the
requirements of paras. 326.1.2 and 326.2.2.
Interpretation 25-40
Subject: Paras. 302.3.2(f), 304.7.2, and 323.1.2, Additive Manufacturing (B31.3-2014)
Date Issued: September 23, 2015
File: 15-2053
Question (1): Does ASME B31.3 permit the use of an unlisted piping component manufactured
using the additive manufacturing process?
Reply (1): Yes, provided it meets all of the requirements of the Code, including the material
being qualified in accordance with the requirements of para. 323.1.2, and the component meeting
the requirements of paras. 326.1.2 and 326.2.2.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.3 provide different requirements for piping that is inside a
secondary containment?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): According to ASME B31.3, may piping that is inside a secondary containment
be considered to be safeguarded?
Reply (3): Yes. See Appendix G.
I-19
ASME B31.3 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation 25-41
Subject: Para. 306.1, Pipe Fittings (B31.3-1996 Through B31.3-2014)
Date Issued: September 23, 2015
File: 15-2061
Question (1): Does the Code address the pressure boundary portions of an instrument that is
inserted through a threaded, welded, or flanged joint?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does the Code address the pressure boundary portions of a thermowell that is
inserted through a threaded, welded, or flanged joint?
Reply (2): Yes; see para. 306.6.
Interpretation 25-42
Subject: Table 302.3.5, Para. 302.2.4, and Para. 302.3.5(e), Pressure and Temperature Conditions
(B31.3-1996 Through B31.3-2014)
Date Issued: September 23, 2015
File: 15-2137
Question (1): Are the values to be determined for W to be based on anticipated coincident
operating pressure and temperature conditions?
Reply (1): Yes; see Table 302.3.5, General Note (c).
Question (2): May a value of W p 1.0 be used for the assessment of pressure and temperature
conditions that exceed the anticipated long-term operating conditions?
Reply (2): Yes, provided the requirements of paras. 302.2.4 and 302.3.5(e) are satisfied.
I-20
Interpretation 18-12R
Subject:
B31.3-2014-B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Table 323.2.2
Applicability to Longitudinally Welded Seam Components
Column
A
(b)
Date Issued:
September 27, 2017
File:
17-1781
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda, may welded austenitic
stainless steel pipe and fittings, with carbon content less than or equal to 0.1%
and furnished in the solution heat-treated condition, be used at temperatures
equal to or warmer than those listed in the Minimum Temperature Column of
Table A-I for the particular alloy in question without impact testing of the base
metal?
Reply 1:
Yes.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda, Table 323.2.2, does box A4(a) apply to austenitic stainless steel pipe and fittings?
Reply 2:
Yes.
Question 3:
In accordance with ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda, Table 323.2.2, does box A-4
(b) apply only to welds performed on austenitic stainless steel piping by the
fabricator?
Reply 3:
Yes.
Question 4:
In accordance with ASME B31.3a-2000 Addenda, does para. 323.2.2(f) apply to
welds (with or without filler metal added) that are not subsequently solution heat
treated?
Reply 4:
Yes.
Interpretation 22-15R
Subject:
ASME B31.3-2006, Process Piping, Paras. 345.2.3(a) and 345.8, Leak Testing
Date Issued:
October 13, 2016
File:
16-2465
Question 1:
To comply with Section 345, must a piping system be leak tested at the factory
fully assembled, or can individual pipe spools and equipment be tested
separately as suggested in para. 345.2.3(a)?
Reply 1:
The committee believes your question can be answered by previous
interpretation 20-24, a copy of which is attached.
Question 2:
If a piping system in Normal Fluid Service has passed a hydrostatic leak test in
accordance with para. 345.4 or a pneumatic leak test in accordance with para.
345.5 or a hydrostatic-pneumatic leak test in accordance with para. 345.6, is a
sensitive leak test in accordance with para. 345.8 required?
Reply 2:
No.
Interpretation 23-07R
Subject:
B31.3-2008, Interpretation of Para. 304.7.2 Application of a Detailed Stress
Analysis Performed Using a Numerical Method
Date Issued:
April 27, 2016
File:
16-1009
Question:
If the designer performs a finite element method evaluation of an unlisted
component that is accepted by the owner in accordance with para. 300(c)(3), is
the designer required to perform the calculation to be substantiated in
accordance with para. 304.7.2?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 24-06R
Subject:
B31.3-2010, Interpretation of Para. K328.2.1(b), Welding Qualifications
Date Issued:
April 11, 2018
File:
18-911
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, para. K328.2.1(b) is a separate
qualification of the welding procedure required for each combination of base
material specification(s) forming a joint, even if the material type or grade
remains the same?
Reply 1:
Yes, unless para. K328.2.1(f) applies.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2010, if a welded joint comprised of two
different material specifications with the same type or grade in Chapter lX, High
Pressure Piping, is qualified, does the welding procedure also qualify welding of
each individual base material to itself?
Reply 2:
No; see para. K328.2.1(b).
Interpretation 26-09R
Subject:
B31.3-2012, Interpretation of Table 341.3.2 Acceptance Criteria for Welds Notes
“K”
Date Issued:
April 20, 2017
File:
17-992
Question 1:
Does ASME B31.3-2012 address evaluation or acceptance of the depth of root
surface concavity on a radiographic film through use of film density differential?
Reply 1:
The Committee believes your question can be answered by previous
Interpretations 6-04, Question (2) and Reply (2) and 16-07, copies of which are
attached.
Question 2:
Does ASME B31.3-2012, Table 341.3.2 address evaluation or acceptance of the
depth of root surface concavity or total joint thickness, including weld
reinforcement, by visual examination?
Reply 2:
Yes.
Question 3:
Does ASME B31.3-2012 address evaluation of the depth of root surface
concavity or total joint thickness, including weld reinforcement, by ultrasonic
thickness measurements?
Reply 3:
No.
Interpretation 26-01
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Para. 341.3.4(a) Progressive Sampling for
Examination
Date Issued:
April 27, 2016
File:
15-2246
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2014 para. 341.3.4, when required spot
examination reveals a defect and progressive sampling is required, may “two
additional samples of the same kind” allow two additional spot examinations of
the same joint?
Reply 1:
Yes.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2014 para. 341.3.4, when required random
examination reveals a defective joint and progressive sampling is required, does
“two additional samples of the same kind” mean two additional joints?
Reply 2:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-02
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Para. 331 Weld between “Non Pressure Part” on
Heat Treatment Requirements
Date Issued:
April 27, 2016
File:
15-2767
Question:
Do ASME B31.3, para. 331 postweld heat treatment requirements apply to that
portion of an integral attachment where a non-pressure containing component is
welded to a non-pressure containing component?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 26-03
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Code Case 180, Leak Testing of Subassemblies of
Jacketed Piping for Use in ASME B31.3 Piping Systems
Date Issued:
April 27, 2016
File:
16-577
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2014, Code Case 180, is a leak test in
accordance with para. 345.1 required in addition to the Sensitive Leak Test?
Reply:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-04
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Para. 341.3.4 Progressive Sampling
Date Issued:
April 27, 2016
File:
16-843
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2014, does para. 341.3.4 apply when welds are
made by more than one welder or welding process?
Reply:
Yes. Also see Interpretation #1-62.
Interpretation 26-05
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Para. 321 Piping Supports
Date Issued:
April 27, 2016
File:
16-892
Question 1:
Paragraph 321.3 Structural Attachments states “External and internal
attachments to piping shall be designed”; does this mean that piping support
elements must be designed in accordance with 304.7.2 if the items are not
listed?
Reply 1:
No.
Question 2:
Table 326.1 contains a reference to MSS SP 58; are other pipe support elements
required to be designed in accordance with 304.7.2?
Reply 2:
No.
Interpretation 26-06
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Para. 345.1 Testing Responsibility
Date Issued:
April 27, 2016
File:
16-907
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2012 address who is responsible for performing the leak test
required by para. 345.1?
Reply:
No. The Code requires that leak testing be performed. The Code does not
specify who is responsible for performing the leak test.
Interpretation 26-07
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Proposed Revision to Para. 345.1 Required Leak Test
Date Issued:
April 27, 2016
File:
16-951
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2014, para. 345.1, prohibit use of solids to displace a portion
of the test fluid during a leak test?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 26-08
Subject:
B31.3-2002, Interpretation of Para. 345.2.3(c) Closure Welds
Date Issued:
October 13, 2016
File:
16-1130
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2002, if a weld joint in a piping system that had
been successfully leak tested is subsequently completely removed and replaced
with a new weld joint or joints, can that new weld joint or joints be treated as
closure welds if all provisions of para. 345.2.3(c) are met?
Reply:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-09
Subject:
B31.3-2012, Interpretation of Table 341.3.2 Acceptance Criteria for Welds Notes
“K”
Date Issued:
October 13, 2016
File:
16-1557
Question 1:
Does ASME B31.3-2012 address evaluation or acceptance of weld root
concavity on a radiographic film through use of film density differential?
Reply 1:
The Committee believes your question can be answered by previous
Interpretations 6-04, Question and Reply (2) and 16-07, copies of which are
attached.
Question 2:
Does ASME B31.3-2012, Table 341.3.2 address evaluation or acceptance of
weld root concavity or weld thickness (TW) by visual examination?
Reply 2:
Yes.
Question 3:
Does ASME B31.3-2012 address evaluation of weld root concavity or weld
thickness (TW) by ultrasonic thickness measurements?
Reply 3:
The Code does not address this.
Interpretation 26-10
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Table 341.3.2 Reinforcement Allowed
Date Issued:
October 13, 2016
File:
16-1559
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2014 Table 341.3.2, does Criterion Value Note
L allow the maximum external reinforcement plus the maximum internal
protrusion as the total reinforcement for welds?
Reply:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-11
Subject:
B31.3-2012, Interpretation of Table 323.2.2 Note 2 Impact Testing for Weld
Procedure Qualification
Date Issued:
October 13, 2016
File:
16-1680
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2014 Edition, if impact tests that meet Table
323.3.1 were performed at -320°F as part of a weld procedure qualification, does
that satisfy Table 323.2.2 Note 2 and allow use of this weld procedure for B31.3
piping systems with design minimum temperature down to -423°F without
additional impact testing at the design minimum temperature?
Reply:
No. See previous Interpretation 8-30, Question 3.
Interpretation 26-12
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Para. 302.2.2 List Components Not Having Specific
Ratings
Date Issued:
October 13, 2016
File:
16-1876
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2014, may a listed component have its
pressure-temperature rating determined through one of the means in para. 304?
Reply:
Yes, see para 303.
Interpretation 26-13
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Para. 331.1.1, 331.1.3, and Table 331.1.1 PWHT
Date Issued:
October 13, 2016
File:
16-2140
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3, para. 330.1.1, shall the nominal thickness of a
hubless ring-type flange be considered for determining preheat on a full
penetration groove weld through the thickness of the attached pipe?
Reply:
Yes. See also para. 331.1.3(c).
Interpretation 26-14
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Para. 304.7.2 Flanges
Date Issued:
April 20, 2017
File:
16-2507
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2016 para. 304.7.2 (a) permit the use of a metallic flange
without performing additional flange thickness calculations when designs are
checked for adequacy of mechanical strength as described in para. 302.5 and
documentation showing qualification for pressure design in accordance with
para. 304.7.2 is made available for the owner's approval?
Reply:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-15
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Figure 328.5.4F Cover Fillet
Date Issued:
April 20, 2017
File:
16-2522
Question:
Do ASME B31.3-2014, paragraph 328.5.4(i) and Figure 328.5.4F require the
cover fillet weld to be made with a single pass?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 26-16
Subject:
B31.3-2012, Interpretation of Table 341.3.2 Determination of Tw for Note K
Date Issued:
April 20, 2017
File:
16-2661
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2012 address how to evaluate root concavity or total joint
thickness, including weld reinforcement, by radiography where visual access to
the internal surface is not possible?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 26-17
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Para. 307.2.1 Bonnet Bolting
Date Issued:
April 20, 2017
File:
16-2989
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016, for fluid services other than Category D,
do quick opening closures need to have at least four bolts?
Reply:
The Code does not address this issue.
Interpretation 26-18
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Para. 301.3.2 Uninsulated Component Design
Temperature
Date Issued:
April 20, 2017
File:
16-3057
Question:
Does the criteria in para. 301.3.2 (Uninsulated Components) that establish
component temperature apply to uninsulated components in a piping system that
is otherwise insulated?
Reply:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-19
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Paras. 345.1(c)(1)(a) and 345.1(c)(1)(b) Required
Leak Test
Date Issued:
April 20, 2017
File:
17-4
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2014, do all of the requirements in paras.
345.1(c)(1)(a) through 345.1(c)(1)(d) have to be met for para. 345.1(c)(1) to
apply?
Reply:
No. If any of the requirements in (a) through (d) are met, then para. 345.1(c)(1)
applies.
Interpretation 26-20
Subject:
B31.3-2012 and B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Para. 331 Post Weld Heat
Treatment
Date Issued:
April 20, 2017
File:
17-24
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2012 and B31.3-2014, is postweld heat
treatment required for P-No. 11C material?
Reply 1:
No, unless required by the WPS or the engineering design.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2014, is postweld heat treatment required for
over 50 mm (2 in) thick P-No. 1 welded to P-No. 11C if the exemption
requirements in Table 331.1.3 are met?
Reply 2:
No, unless required by the WPS or the engineering design.
Interpretation 26-21
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Table A-1 Aluminum Casting
Date Issued:
April 20, 2017
File:
17-220
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3 2014 Edition, is cast aluminum ASTM B26,
Grade A356.0, Temper T6, UNS A13560 a listed material?
Reply 1:
No.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3 2014 Edition, is cast aluminum ASTM B26,
Grade 356.0, Temper T6, UNS A03560 a listed material?
Reply 2:
Yes.
Question 3:
In accordance with ASME B31.3 2014 Edition, may cast aluminum ASTM B26,
Grade A356.0, Temper T6, UNS A13560 that is dual marked and dual certified
as grade 356.0/A356.0 use the Table A-1 or A-1M allowable stresses for grade
356.0?
Reply 3:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-22
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Note 77 in Appendix A
Date Issued:
April 20, 2017
File:
17-562
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3 2016 Edition, does Appendix A, Note (77) also
include the P-number/Group number designation of API 5L grades of pipe to
CSA Z245.1 grades of pipe?
Reply 1:
Yes.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3 2016 Edition, does Appendix A, Note (77) apply
to fittings in accordance with CSA Z245.11 or flanges in accordance with CSA
Z245.12?
Reply 2:
No.
Interpretation 26-23
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Para. K328.2 Welder Performance Qualification
Date Issued:
April 20, 2017
File:
17-866
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2014, are the requirements in para. K328.2.1(b)
applicable to welder and welding operator performance qualifications?
Reply:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-24
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Para. 323.1.2 Use of SA-193-B8 Class 2B Bolts
Date Issued:
September 27, 2017
File:
17-1107
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016 Edition, may para. 323.1.2 Unlisted
Materials be used to qualify unlisted material ASTM A193 or ASME SA193,
Grade B8, Class 2B bolting with diameter greater than 38 mm (1.5 inches) and
less than or equal to 75 mm (3 inches) be used in B31.3 construction?
Reply 1:
Yes.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016 Edition, are Tables A-2 and A-2M Notes
(15) and (60) applicable to a bolting material that is unlisted in Table A‐2 or A2M, Design Stress Values for Bolting Materials?
Reply 2:
The Code does not address this.
Interpretation 26-25
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Paras. 304.3.3 and 328.5.4 Complete Encirclement
Reinforcement Pad over a Longitudinal Welded Pipe
Date Issued:
September 27, 2017
File:
17-1793
Question 1:
Does ASME B31.3-2014 prohibit installation of a complete encirclement
reinforcement pad over a longitudinal welded pipe?
Reply 1:
No.
Question 2:
Does ASME B31.3-2014 prohibit reinforcement pad fillet welds from crossing a
longitudinal pipe weld seam?
Reply 2:
No.
Question 3:
Does ASME B31.3-2014 provide requirements or guidance specific to fillet welds,
which cross a longitudinal pipe weld seams?
Reply 3:
No.
Interpretation 26-26
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Paras. 304.3.1 “General” (a)(2) Unlisted Branch
Connections
Date Issued:
September 27, 2017
File:
17-1965
Question:
ASME B31.3-2014 Para. 304.3.1, is the limitation of DN 80 (NPS 3) related to
only the coupling?
Reply:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-27
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Paras. 328.5.2 Weld Fitting to SO/SW Flange
Date Issued:
September 27, 2017
File:
17-2236
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2014, does the Code prohibit welding a
buttwelding fitting to a slip-on or socket weld component?
Reply:
No. The Code is not a design handbook. Many decisions that must be made to
produce a sound piping installation are not specified in detail within this Code.
The Code does not serve as a substitute for sound engineering judgments by the
owner and the designer.
Interpretation 26-28
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Para. 300(c)(3) Design and Acceptance of Code
Prohibitions
Date Issued:
April 11, 2018
File:
17-2465
Question:
Does the Code permit para. 300(c)(3) to be used to accept a design that is
specifically not permitted elsewhere in the Code?
Reply:
Yes, provided the details of design, construction, examination, testing, and
calculations are consistent with the design criteria of this Code.
Interpretation 26-29
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Para. 335.2.5 Flanged Assembly
Date Issued:
April 11, 2018
File:
17-2704
Question:
Does ASME B31.3 require that the BPV Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix
2 be considered to determine bolt initial assembly stress?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 26-30
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Table 323.2.2 Dissimilar Weld and Base Metal
Date Issued:
April 11, 2018
File:
17-3098
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3 2016 Edition, Table 323.2.2 Box A-3(a), for
ASTM A333 Gr.6 base metal that is internally lined or clad with UNS N08825, is it
required to perform additional impact tests on the base metal when used at a
design minimum temperature warmer than the value in the Min. Temp. column in
Table A-1/A-1M?
Reply 1:
No, provided the lining or cladding process does not affect the metallurgy of the
base metal.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3 2016 Edition, Table 323.2.2 Box A-3(b), for an
ASTM A333 Gr.6 base metal internally lined or clad with UNS N08825 and
welded with ER NiCrMo-3 weld metal, is impact testing of the HAZ and weld
metal required when used at a design minimum temperature colder than -29°C (20°F) and warmer than the value in the Min. Temp. column in Table A-1/A-1M?
Reply 2:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-31
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Para. 302.3 Allowable Stresses and Other Stress
Limits
Date Issued:
April 11, 2018
File:
17-3163
Question 1:
Does ASME B31.3 prohibit the actual assembled bolt stress from exceeding the
listed Table A-2 bolt allowable stress?
Reply 1:
No. See para 304.5.1(e) and 335.2.5.
Question 2:
Does ASME B31.3 provide limits for stress of bolts in the actual assembled
condition?
Reply 2:
No. See para 304.5.1(e) and 335.2.5.
Interpretation 26-32
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Para. 304.1.1(b) Variable Definition
Date Issued:
April 11, 2018
File:
17-3206
Question 1:
Does ASME B31.3-2016 include the mill tolerance on pipe wall thickness in the
variable “c” in Eqn. (2)?
Reply 1:
No. For mill tolerance, see 304.1.1(a).
Question 2:
Does ASME B31.3-2016 require inclusion of the tolerance on diameter in the
variables “d” and “D”?
Reply 2:
No.
Interpretation 26-33
Subject:
B31.3-2008, Interpretation of Table 341.3.2 / Figure 341.3.2 (c) Incomplete
Penetration
Date Issued:
April 11, 2018
File:
18-95
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008 for the purpose of evaluation of
incomplete penetration by radiography, would incomplete penetration also apply
if there was a missed root edge but no misalignment in Figure 341.3.2(c)?
Reply:
Yes. See also Fig. 341.3.2(d).
Interpretation 26-34
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Para. 328.2.2 Ownership of Welding Procedures
Date Issued:
April 11, 2018
File:
18-164
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016, may a contractor follow a WPS that has
been qualified by another company in accordance with the requirements of para.
328.2.2?
Reply 1:
Yes.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016, does para. 328.2.2 take precedence over
the rules of ASME Section IX?
Reply 2:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-35
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Table 326.1 General Note (b) Evaluation of Unlisted
Materials
Date Issued:
April 11, 2018
File:
18-410
Question:
Does the Code require materials used by standards listed in Table 326.1 to be
evaluated in accordance with para. 323.1.2?
Reply:
No. See para. 326.3.
Interpretation 26-36
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Paras. 301.2, 300.1.3, Fig 300.1.1 Packaged or
Process Equipment
Date Issued:
April 11, 2018
File:
18-621
Question:
Does the Code require that multiple stage process equipment be defined as
packaged equipment?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 26-37
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Para. 344.6.2 Acceptance Criteria for UT, Linear
Indication for Ultrasonics
Date Issued:
April 11, 2018
File:
18-662
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016, does the Code define a linear-type
discontinuity?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 26-38
Subject:
B31.3-2012-B31.3-2016, Intent Interpretation of Para. 328.6 Weld Repair
Date Issued:
June 22, 2018
File:
18-913 and 18-907
Question:
Is it the intent of ASME B31.3 para. 328.6, 2012 through 2018, that only
Standard Welding Procedure Specifications described in paragraph 328.2.1 are
permitted for weld repair?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 26-39
Subject:
B31.3-2008, Interpretation of Table 341.3.2/Symbol E Porosity
Date Issued:
September 26, 2018
File:
18-1018
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008, Table 341.3.2, symbol E (size and
distribution of internal porosity), do the acceptable limits apply to all
configurations of porosity?
Reply:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-40
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Note (55) of Table A-1/A-1M Heat Treatment of X
grades of API 5L
Date Issued:
September 26, 2018
File:
18-1051
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016 Edition, may X grades of API 5L pipe be
used?
Reply 1:
Yes.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016 Edition, are X grades of API 5L pipe made
of TMCP (Thermo-Mechanically Controlled Process) steel plates considered to
be in the “as-rolled” condition in accordance with Table A-1/A-1M Note (55)?
Reply 2:
The Code does not specifically address this issue.
Interpretation 26-41
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of 328.4.2(a)(1) End Preparation on Surface
Thermally Affected by Previous Welding and Cutting
Date Issued:
September 26, 2018
File:
18-1311
Question 1:
Does ASME B31.3-2016, para. 328.4.2(a)(1) prohibit end preparation on material
surfaces previously welded?
Reply 1:
No.
Question 2:
Does ASME B31.3-2016, para. 328.4.2(a)(1) provide requirements or guidance
about minimum length of material to be removed from previously welded
surfaces?
Reply 2:
No.
Interpretation 26-42
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Table 323.2.2 - Box A-3(b)B Impact Test
Requirements for Welding ASTM A333 Grade 6 Material
Date Issued:
September 26, 2018
File:
18-1529
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3, Table 323.2.2, Box A-3(b) for welding ASTM
A333 grade 6 material with design minimum temperature between -29°C (-20°F)
and -46°C (-50°F) is impact testing in accordance with paragraph 323.3 required
for weld metal deposit and heat affected zone?
Reply:
Yes. See also Table 323.3.1, Box 6.
Interpretation 26-43
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Para. 304.7.2 Proof Testing Requirements
Date Issued:
September 26, 2018
File:
18-1572
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016, para. 304.7.2(c), are the proof test
requirements of the selected referenced code to be followed?
Reply 1:
Yes.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016, para. 304.7.2(c), must an unlisted piping
component being proof tested meet the overall scope description of the selected
referenced code (MSS SP-97, ASME B16.9, or ASME BPVC Section VIII, Div.
1)?
Reply 2:
No.
Interpretation 26-44
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Para. 301.2.2 Required Pressure Containment or
Relief
Date Issued:
September 26, 2018
File:
18-1598
Question:
Does ASME B31.3 2016 Edition, para. 301.2.2(a), define the highest expected
pressure during service?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 26-45
Subject:
B31.3-2012,
Examination
Interpretation
of
Para.
341.3.4
Progressive
Sampling
for
Date Issued:
September 26, 2018
File:
18-1624
Question:
Two weld joints in a designated lot require progressive sampling (10% random
examination requirement by engineering design) and both joints reveal a
defective weld. In accordance with para. 341.3.4(a), are four additional samples
(two for each of the defective welds) from the original designated lot required to
be given the same type of examination?
Reply:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-46
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Paras. 341.4.4, 344.1.2, 344.6.2, Appendix R
Ultrasonic Examination
Date Issued:
September 26, 2018
File:
18-1808
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3–2016, when ultrasonic examination is
performed in accordance with para. 341.4.4(b)(1) for Elevated Temperature Fluid
Services that requires 100% ultrasonic examination, does the code prohibit use
of ultrasonic shear-wave or automated or semi-automated ultrasonic examination
with computer-based ultrasonic data acquisition?
Reply 1:
No.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3–2016, are automated or semi-automated
ultrasonic examinations with computer-based ultrasonic data acquisition
classified as Special Methods in accordance with para. 344.1.2?
Reply 2:
No.
Question 3:
In accordance with ASME B31.3–2016, may automated or semi-automated
ultrasonic examination with computer-based ultrasonic data acquisition be used
to satisfy para. 344.6.2(a)?
Reply 3:
Yes.
Question 4:
In accordance with ASME B31.3–2016, may automated or semi-automated
ultrasonic examination with computer-based ultrasonic data acquisition be used
outside the requirements of Appendix R to satisfy the requirements of para.
341.4.4(b)(1)?
Reply 4:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-47
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Table 323.2.2 and Figure 323.2.2A Use of Curve D
for Normalized Carbon Steel Materials
Date Issued:
September 26, 2018
File:
18-2198
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016 Edition, does Figure 323.2.2A Note (3)
permit ASTM A671 and ASTM A672 pipe made from ASTM A516 normalized
plate to use curve D for determining impact test exemption if the pipe is not
normalized after forming and welding?
Reply 1:
No.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016 Edition, does Column A of Table 323.2.2
apply to Curve D materials determined by Figure 323.2.2A, Note (3)?
Reply 2:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-48
Subject:
B31.3-2012, Interpretation of Paragraph 341.3.1(a), Defective Components and
Workmanship
Date Issued:
April 23, 2019
File:
18-2669
Question 1:
For a weld repair to a portion of a circumferential weld that was completely
examined, does ASME B31.3-2012, para.341.3.3 require only the repair weld
area to be reexamined after the repair?
Reply 1:
Yes, unless the materials are P Nos. 3, 4, or 5 and heat treatment is required;
then the entire weld must be reexamined after completion of any heat treatment.
See para. 341.3.1(a).
Question 2:
For a weld repair to a portion of a circumferential weld that was completely
examined, does ASME B31.3-2016, para.341.3.1(a) require only the repair weld
area be reexamined after the repair and additional heat treatment?
Reply 2:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-49
Subject:
B31.3-2012, Interpretation
Interpretation 22-33
of
Paragraph
341.3.1(a),
Consideration
Date Issued:
April 23, 2019
File:
18-2671
Question:
Does Interpretation 22-33 apply to the ASME B31.3-2012 Edition?
Reply:
Yes.
of
Interpretation 26-50
Subject:
B31.3-2012, Interpretation of Table 341.3.2, Cross Penetration
Date Issued:
April 23, 2019
File:
18-2839
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016, Table 341.3.2 for the purpose of
radiography, should the term ‘inadequate cross penetration’ as used in API 1104
and is similar to AWS A3.0 Figure B.26 sketch (E), be subject to the same
acceptance criteria as incomplete penetration?
Reply:
Yes. All forms of incomplete penetration fall under the same acceptance criteria
of Table 341.3.2. The Code does not address the term 'inadequate cross
penetration'.
Interpretation 26-51
Subject:
B31.3-2010, Interpretation of Para. 328.5.1(b), Temporary Attachments
Date Issued:
April 23, 2019
File:
19-216
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2010 address temporary welds for the purpose of leak
testing?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 26-52
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Para. 340.2, Inspector Performing Examination
Date Issued:
April 23, 2019
File:
19-339
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016, para. 340.4 if the owner is also the
manufacturer, fabricator, or erector, may the examiner and Inspector be the
same person?
Reply 1:
The Code does not address this.
Question 2:
If the owner’s Inspector performs examination, do they take on the examination
responsibilities in accordance with para. 341?
Reply 2:
No. See para. 341.2.
Interpretation 26-53
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Paras. 302.2.5 and 301.2.2, Relief Device
Date Issued:
April 23, 2019
File:
19-495
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016, does a lower pressure system connected
to a higher pressure system in accordance with para. 302.2.5 require a relief
device in accordance with para. 301.2.2 to protect the lower pressure system?
Reply 1:
No.
Question 2:
Does ASME B31.3-2016 require a lower pressure system connected to a higher
pressure system in accordance with para. 302.2.5 that is not protected by a relief
device in accordance with para. 301.2.2 be designed for at least the highest
expected pressure?
Reply 2:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-54
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Para. 341.2, Responsibility for Examination
Date Issued:
April 23, 2019
File:
19-673
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016 para. 341, may a construction
management company that is not the owner and that oversees one or more
manufacturers, fabricators, or erectors perform examination functions?
Reply:
Yes. However, the responsibility for the examination remains with the
manufacturer, fabricator, or erector. See para. 341.2.
Interpretation 26-55
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Para. 302.3.5(d), Allowable Displacement Stress
Range
Date Issued:
April 23, 2019
File:
19-873
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2016 para. 302.3.5(d) require any further reduction in the
basic allowable stress, Sc or Sh, other than the 138 MPa (20 ksi) maximum value
when calculating the allowable displacement stress range, SA, and Sc or Sh is
above 138 MPa (20 ksi)?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 26-56
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Para. 341.3.2, Figure (c), Incomplete Penetration
Date Issued:
April 23, 2019
File:
19-895
Question:
ASME B31.3-2016, Fig. 341.3.2 sketch (c) depicts incomplete penetration with
internal misalignment. Does the Code consider it to be incomplete penetration if
the same missed joint edge occurred without internal misalignment?
Reply:
Yes.
Interpretation 26-57
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Para. 345, Sealing Method for Hydrostatic Testing
Date Issued:
April 23, 2019
File:
19-1001
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2016 define requirements for temporary piping components
or assemblies used to obtain internal or external seals for the purpose of leak
testing?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 27-01
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Table 331.1.3, Exemptions to Mandatory Postweld
Heat Treatment
Date Issued:
September 27, 2019
File:
19-1605
Question:
Under the rules of Table 331.1.1 of ASME B31.3-2016, is postweld heat
treatment required for P-No.1 materials having a control thickness not greater
than 25 mm (1 inch) when the qualifying conditions of Table 331.1.3 have been
met?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 27-02
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Paragraphs 341.4.2, 341.3.2 and 341.3.4 Category
D
Date Issued:
September 27, 2019
File:
19-2067
Question 1:
For Category D fluid service, does ASME B31.3 require that the work product of
every welder or welding operator be represented in welds chosen for
examination?
Reply 1:
No.
Question 2:
Does ASME B31.3 require that the provisions of para. 341.3.4, Progressive
Sampling for Examination, be applied for Category D fluid service piping?
Reply 2:
No.
Interpretation 27-03
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Paras. 302.3.2(d)(5) and (6), Design Life
Date Issued:
June 5, 2020
File:
19-2667
Question 1:
Does the 100,000 hour creep data used to establish the allowable stress
establish a limit on the life of a piping system?
Reply 1:
No.
Question 2:
Does ASME B31.3-2018 establish an allowable life of a piping system?
Reply 2:
No.
Interpretation 27-04
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Para. M345, Sensitive Leak Test
Date Issued:
June 5, 2020
File:
20-179
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2018 para. M345 are the joints and welds
excluded by para. 345.2.3(b) & (c) required to be included in the sensitive leak
test per para. 345.8?
Reply 1:
Yes.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2018 para. M345 are joints described in para.
345.3.1(d) permitted to be primed or painted after they have been tested in
accordance with para. 345.1 but prior to the sensitive leak test per para. 345.8?
Reply 2:
No.
Interpretation 27-05
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Para. 328.4.2(b)(6), Trimming of ASME B16.9
Fittings
Date Issued:
June 5, 2020
File:
20-501
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016 if an ASME B16.9 elbow is modified by
trimming such that it no longer is in compliance with ASME B16.9, must it be
qualified as an unlisted component in accordance with para. 304.7.2?
Reply 1:
Yes. Also see Interpretation 18-06.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2016 para. 328.4.2(b)(6), if an ASME B16.9
fitting is trimmed producing a total angular offset between the two jointed parts
not exceeding 3 deg. is it still qualified as a listed component?
Reply 2:
Yes. Also see Interpretation 18-06.
Interpretation 27-06
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Table 341.3.2 Symbol H and I Undercut Evaluation
Date Issued:
June 5, 2020
File:
20-991
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2016 address evaluation or acceptance of the depth of
undercut on a radiographic film through use of undercut comparator shims?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 27-07
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Para. 345.5.2 Leak Test Relief Device Requirement
Date Issued:
September 24, 2020
File:
20-1159
Question 1:
Does ASME B31.3-2018, para. 345.5.2 require a relief device for pneumatic leak
testing when the pressure cannot exceed the rating of the piping system being
tested?
Reply 1:
Yes.
Question 2:
Does ASME B31.3-2018, para. 345.1 require a leak test for a piping system
when all the piping components are rated higher than the design pressure?
Reply 2:
Yes.
Question 3:
Do paras. 345.4.2 and 345.5.4 of ASME B31.3-2018 require a leak test for a
piping system be performed at a test pressure based upon the maximum piping
component rating?
Reply 3:
No.
Interpretation 27-08
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Table 341.3.2 Symbol L Excessive Penetration
Date Issued:
September 24, 2020
File:
20-1169
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2018 address evaluation or acceptance of heights of
reinforcement or internal protrusion by radiography?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 27-09
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Para. 345.8.2 Leak Tests
Date Issued:
September 24, 2020
File:
20-1179
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2018, para. 345.8.2, if “another leak test
method” as described in para. 345.8.2 is used, is it required to be in accordance
with ASME BPVC, Section V, Article 10?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 27-10
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Para. 344.6 Ultrasonic Examination
Date Issued:
September 24, 2020
File:
20-1257
Question 1:
Does ASME B31.3-2018 para. 344.6 restrict the ultrasonic examination
technique that may be applied under ASME BPVC, Section V, Article 4?
Reply 1:
No.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2018 may the fracture-mechanics-based
ultrasonic examination acceptance criteria in para. 344.6.2(b) be used when
manual ultrasonic examination of welds is performed in accordance with ASME
BPVC, Section V, Article 4?
Reply 2:
No (see Appendix R).
Interpretation 27-11
Subject:
B31.3-2014, Interpretation of Table 323.3.1 Box 4 PWHT Time at Temperature
for PQR and Number of Test
Date Issued:
September 24, 2020
File:
20-1371
Question 1:
In accordance with B31.3-2014 edition Table 323.3.1, Box 4, when a single PQR
test coupon having a thickness of 10 mm is prepared with 4 mm GTAW and 6
mm SMAW deposits of weld metal, is a single set of impact test specimens
having a width along the notch of 8 mm sufficient to qualify the WPS with impact
testing?
Reply 1:
No.
Question 2:
In accordance with B31.3-2014 edition Table 331.1.1, when a production butt
weld is deposited in 10.97 mm thick pipe following a WPS supported by a PQR
qualified with PWHT applied for 2 hours during qualification, is it acceptable for
PWHT to be applied for 30 minutes based upon the production weld thickness if
the WPS does not restrict it?
Reply 2:
Yes.
Interpretation 27-12
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Para. 302.2.4(f)(2) Pressure Relieving Event
Date Issued:
September 24, 2020
File:
20-1384
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2018, para. 302.2.4(f)(2), when a variation is
limited by the operation of a manual valve, is the variation self-limiting?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 27-13
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Para. 323.2.2, Table 323.2.2, Table A-1 Impact
Testing
Date Issued:
September 24, 2020
File:
20-1458
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2018 Edition, para. 323.2.2(f) and Table 323.2.2
Column A, when using steel piping materials at or warmer than the minimum
temperature provided in Tables A-1 and A-1M, Figure 323.2.2A, or as described
in Para. 323.2.2(h) and the design minimum temperature is not colder than -20°F
(-29°C), is the WPS used to join piping components by welding required to be
qualified with impact tests?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 27-14
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Paras. 342 and 344.2 Examiner Qualification
Date Issued:
April 21, 2021
File:
20-2469
Question 1:
Does ASME B31.3-2018 Edition, paras. 342 and/or 344.2 require that personnel
(including those who may hold national or international central certification)
performing visual examinations required by paras. 341.4 and 344.7 be qualified
and certified in accordance with an employer's written practice?
Reply 1:
Yes.
Question 2:
Does ASME B31.3-2018 Edition, paras. 342 and/or 344.2 permit personnel
performing visual examinations required by paras. 341.4 and 344.7 to be
qualified and certified to AWS QC1, Specification for AWS Certification of
Welding Inspectors instead of an employer’s written practice?
Reply 2:
No.
Question 3:
Does ASME B31.3-2018 Edition, paras. 342 and 344.2 require the visual
examinations per paras. 341.4 and 344.7 to be performed by personnel that are
qualified and certified in accordance with the employer’s written practice per
ASME BPVC Section V, Article 1 T-120(e) or (f)?
Reply 3:
Yes.
Interpretation 27-15
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Para. 344.6 Phased Array Ultrasonic Examination
Date Issued:
April 21, 2021
File:
20-2965
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2018, may automated or semi-automated
ultrasonic examination with computer-based ultrasonic data acquisition be used
to satisfy para. 344.6.1 requirements?
Reply:
Yes.
Interpretation 27-16
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Para. 300.1 Scope
Date Issued:
April 21, 2021
File:
21-485
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2018, is it the owner’s responsibility to select
the Code Section that most nearly applies to a proposed piping installation?
Reply:
Yes.
Interpretation 27-17
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Paras. 300(c)(3), 345.7 Use of Acoustic Leak
Detection
Date Issued:
April 21, 2021
File:
21-498
Background:
When an initial service leak test is being conducted in accordance with para.
345.7 and the service fluid is a gas or vapor, a preliminary visual examination of
the joints is required in accordance with para. 345.5.5.
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2018 permit the performance of an ultrasonic leak detection
test in accordance with ASME BPVC Section V, Article 10, Appendix X in lieu of
the examination of joints per para. 345.7.2?
Reply:
The Code does not address this. But, see para. 300(c)(3).
Interpretation 27-18
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Para. 322.6.3 Pressure Relief Devices
Date Issued:
April 21, 2021
File:
21-672
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2018, para. 322.6.3, is it permissible to use all
the maximum relieving pressure limits per ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 1,
UG-125(c) regardless of the piping system leak test pressure?
Reply 1:
Yes.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2018, para. 322.6.3, is owner approval required
to use all the maximum relieving pressure limits per ASME BPVC, Section VIII,
Division 1, UG-125(c) regardless of the piping system leak test pressure?
Reply 2:
No.
Interpretation 27-19
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Para. 345.2.3 Testing of Subassemblies
Date Issued:
April 21, 2021
File:
21-715
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2018 para. 345.2.3(b) only apply to flanged joints?
Reply:
Yes.
Interpretation 27-20
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Para. 341.3 Examination
Date Issued:
April 21, 2021
File:
21-720
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2018 para. 341.4.1(b)(1) require that, in addition to the
radiographic or ultrasonic examination of not less than 5% of circumferential
groove welds for a designated lot of piping in Normal Fluid Service, a minimum of
5% of each welder's welds be also examined?
Reply:
No, however para. 341.4.1 requires that each welder's and welding operator’s
work be included in welds to be examined in that lot.
Interpretation 27-21
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Para. 344.6.1 Manual Ultrasonics
Date Issued:
April 21, 2021
File:
21-785
Question:
Per ASME B31.3-2018, para. 344.6.1, when applying the workmanship
acceptance criteria in para. 344.6.2(a), may manual (non-encoded) ultrasonic
examination techniques in accordance with ASME BPVC Section V, Article 4 be
used to satisfy ultrasonic examination of groove welds ?
Reply:
Yes.
Interpretation 28-01
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Paras. 301.2, 302.2.4, and 302.3.5 Design
Pressure Water Hammer
Date Issued:
September 21, 2021
File:
21-857
Question 1:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2018, does paragraph 301.2 Design Pressure
require consideration of pressure transients such as water hammer?
Reply 1:
Yes. Also see para. 302.2.4.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2018, does paragraph 302.2.4 Allowances for
Pressure and Temperature Variations apply to pressure transients such as water
hammer?
Reply 2:
Yes. Alternatively, a more rigorous analysis may be performed, see para.
300(c)(3). Also, see interpretation 20-03.
Question 3:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2018, do the calculated stresses due to
occasional loads in para. 302.3.6(a) include consideration of pressure transients
such as water hammer?
Reply 3:
Yes. As an alternative to para. 302.3.6, a more rigorous analysis may be
performed, see para. 300(c)(3). Also, see interpretation 19-18.
Interpretation 28-02
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Para. 345.2.3(c) Closure Weld
Date Issued:
September 21, 2021
File:
21-1111
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2018, when utilizing closure welds per para.
345.2.3(c) on a weld connecting a piping system to an ASME B16.5 pipe flange
(which is a listed component – see para. 326.3), is the B16.5 pipe flange required
to be successfully leak tested in accordance with para. 345?
Reply:
No. See also Interpretation 23-14.
Interpretation 28-03
Subject:
B31.3-2020, Interpretation of Para. 341.4 Use of In-Process Examination in-lieu
of Radiographic Examination
Date Issued:
September 21, 2021
File:
21-1459
Question 1:
Does ASME B31.3-2020, para. 341.4.1(b)(1) for Normal Fluid Service, address
radiographic or ultrasonic examination of welds other than circumferential butt
and miter groove welds?
Reply 1:
No.
Question 2:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2020, para. 341.4.1(b)(1), if radiographic
examination of a branch connection weld in Normal Fluid Service is specified by
the engineering design must the engineering design include acceptance criteria
and any allowance to substitute in-process examination?
Reply 2:
Yes.
Interpretation 28-04
Subject:
B31.3-2020, Interpretation of Para. M341.4 In-Process Examination In-lieu of
Radiographic Examination for Category M Fluid Service
Date Issued:
September 21, 2021
File:
21-1460
Question:
When specified in the engineering design or specifically authorized by the
Inspector per para. 341.4.1(b)(1), does ASME B31.3-2020, para M341.4, allow
the use of in-process examination in accordance with para. 344.7?
Reply:
Yes.
Interpretation 28-05
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Para. 300(c) Heat Treatment for Longitudinal l Weld
of ASTM A358 Pipe after Spool Fabrication
Date Issued:
September 21, 2021
File:
21-1696
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2016 permit discontinuities in the longitudinal welds of welded
pipes manufactured in accordance with ASTM A358 grades 304, 304L, 316, and
316L, to be repaired by the fabricator without further heat treatment?
Reply:
The Code does not address if heat treatment is required. See para. 341.3.3.
Interpretation 28-06
Subject:
B31.3-2020, Interpretation of Notes to Table A-1, A-1M, A-1A, Etc., Note 6 Use
of Non-Impact Tested Welded Carbon Steel Materials below -18°C
Date Issued:
April 4, 2022
File:
21-1943
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2020 edition, Table A-1 and A-1M Note 6, may
a listed carbon steel material containing welds made by the manufacturer be
used at a design minimum temperature of -29°C (-20°F) without performing
impact testing of the weld and heat affected zone in addition to what is required
by the material specification?
Reply:
Yes, provided the requirements of para. 323.2.2(f) as corrected by an Errata #211996 are met. The corrected paragraph reads “…minimum temperature is colder
than -29°C (-20°F), except for manufacturing welds…”.
Interpretation 28-07
Subject:
B31.3-2020, Interpretation of Para. 331.1.3(a)(2), Control Thickness for PWHT of
Corrosion Resistant
Date Issued:
April 4, 2022
File:
22-542
Question (1):
Does ASME B31.3-2020, para. 331.1.3(a)(2) apply to the corrosion resistant
weld metal overlay cladding?
Reply (1):
No.
Question (2):
Do ASME B31.3-2020, Table 331.1.1 and Table 331.1.3 apply to weld overlay
application?
Reply (2):
No.
Question (3):
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2020, when fabricating piping with corrosion
resistant weld metal overlay cladding may ASME BPVC Section VIII, Division 1,
UCL-30 through UCL-52 be applied under the rules of para. 323.4.3(d)?
Reply (3):
Yes.
Interpretation 28-08
Subject:
B31.3-2016, Interpretation of Table 341.3.2, Sugared Root
Date Issued:
September 21, 2022
File:
22-1093
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2016 specify acceptance criteria for “sugaring” or “oxidation”
of stainless-steel weld roots?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 28-09
Subject:
B31.3-2020, Interpretation of Paras. 345.1 Required Leak Test and Para. 345.3
Preparation for Leak Test
Date Issued:
September 21, 2022
File:
22-1243
Question:
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2020, para. 345.1, shall the examination of
para. 341.3.1 (required and any additional examinations specified by engineering
design) be completed before leak testing is performed?
Reply:
Yes.
Interpretation 28-10
Subject:
B31.3-2020, Interpretation of Paras. 300(d), 328.3, 333.2, 345.1 and K328.3
Welding Electrode and Filler Metal
Date Issued:
September 21, 2022
File:
22-1605
Question (1):
Are weld electrodes or filler metals in the unused condition listed materials?
Reply (1):
No.
Question (2):
Are solder or brazing filler metal and flux in the unused condition listed materials?
Reply (2):
No.
Question (3):
If the weld electrodes, filler metals, solder, or braze filler metal in the unused
condition are unlisted, is the material allowable stress to be determined in
accordance with para. 302.3.2 Bases for Design Stresses?
Reply (3):
No. The rules for listed/unlisted materials do not apply to welding electrodes, filler
metals, solder, or braze filler metal. See para. 328.3.1 and 333.2.
Question (4):
If the weld electrodes, filler metals, solder, or braze filler metal in the unused
condition are unlisted, is the material required to be evaluated in accordance with
para. 323.1.2 Unlisted Materials?
Reply (4):
No. Welding electrodes, filler metals, solder, or braze filler metal are not
“components”, as per B31.3 definition in para. 300.2.
Interpretation 28-11
Subject:
B31.3-2020, Interpretation of Para. M345 Sensitive Leak Test of Welds
Date Issued:
September 21, 2022
File:
22-1732
Question (1):
Does ASME B31.3-2020, para. M345 require a sensitive leak test be performed
in addition to the required leak testing of para. 345.1?
Reply (1):
Yes.
Question (2):
Does ASME B31.3-2020, para. 345.8 sensitive leak test apply to all joints and
welds including structural attachment welds to pressure containing components?
Reply (2):
Yes.
Interpretation 22-30R
Subject:
B31.3-2008, Para. 322.6.3, System Pneumatic Leak Test Pressure Temperature
Variation
Date Issued:
May 2, 2023
File:
23-499
Question (1):
In accordance with ASME B31.3-2008 Edition, during relieving events with system
relief devices per para. 322.6.3, may the pressure in the piping system during the
event exceed the system pneumatic leak test pressure?
Reply (1):
Yes, provided the maximum relieving pressure requirements of ASME BPVC
Section VIII, Division 1 are met.
Question (2):
When establishing the maximum allowable relieving pressure permitted in
accordance with para. 322.6.3(c), may the test pressure used in accordance with
para. 345 be exceeded?
Reply (2):
Yes, provided the maximum relieving pressure requirements of ASME BPVC
Section VIII, Division 1 are met.
Interpretation 29-01
Subject:
B31.3-2020, Interpretation of Para. 344.5.1 Location Markers
Date Issued:
May 2, 2023
File:
22-1840
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2020 require the radiograph location markers specified by
ASME Section V to remain visible on the part once the weld has been accepted?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 29-02
Subject:
B31.3-2020, Interpretation of Para. 323.2.2, Tables 323.2.2 and 323.3.1 HAZ
Impact Testing
Date Issued:
May 2, 2023
File:
22-2257
Question:
In accordance with B31.3-2020 edition paragraph 323.2.2, Table 323.2.2 and
Table 323.3.1, is impact testing of the heat affected zone (HAZ) in accordance with
Table 323.3.1 Box 6 required for minimum design temperatures of -18°C (0°F)
through -29°C (-20°F) when both the weld metal and the base materials are
exempt from impact testing in accordance with Table 323.2.2 Box A-3 and para.
323.2.2?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 29-03
Subject:
B31.3-2020, Interpretation of Paras. 345.2.3 and 341.3.4 Progressive Sampling
Date Issued:
May 2, 2023
File:
22-2392
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2020, para. 341.3.4 Progressive Sampling for Examination
apply to para. 345.2.3(c) Closure Welds?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 29-04
Subject:
B31.3-2018, Interpretation of Para. 341.3.4 Penalty for Closure Weld
Date Issued:
May 2, 2023
File:
22-2401
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2018, para. 341.3.4 Progressive Sampling for Examination
apply to para. 345.2.3(c) Closure Welds?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 29-05
Subject:
B31.3-2022, Interpretation of Para. 322.6.3 Pressure-Relieving Devices
Date Issued:
May 2, 2023
File:
23-487
Question:
Is it permissible to use the 2019 edition of ASME BPVC, Section VIII, Division 1 to
meet the requirements in paragraph 322.6.3 of ASME B31.3-2022?
Reply:
Yes, if specified in the engineering design in accordance with Appendix E.
Interpretation 29-06
Subject:
B31.3-2022, Interpretation of Para. 345.3.1 Preparation for Leak Test
Date Issued:
May 2, 2023
File:
23-676
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2022, para. 345.3.1(d), apply to hot dip galvanizing?
Reply:
No.
Interpretation 29-07
Subject:
B31.3-2022, Interpretation of Para. 304.1.3 ASTM A691 1-1/4CR Pipe Material
Under External Pressure
Date Issued:
September 28, 2023
File:
23-1860
Question:
Does ASME B31.3-2022 Edition, para. 304.1.3 require that the pipe material is
also permitted for use in ASME BPVC Section VIII, Division 1?
Reply:
No.
Download